AVIC-Z130BT - GPS Navigator PIONEER - Free user manual and instructions

Name: AVIC-Z130BT
Brand: PIONEER
Rating: 7 (128 reviews)

Find the device manual for free AVIC-Z130BT PIONEER in PDF.

📄 232 pages

EN ⬇ Download 💬 AI Question ❓ 10 questions ⚙️ Specs

Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

This manual is not available in your language

Desired language Your email address

Product Type	GPS Navigator with DVD Receiver
Brand	Pioneer
Model	AVIC-Z130BT
Display Size	7.0-inch WVGA (800x480) Touchscreen
Dimensions (W x H x D)	178 x 100 x 165 mm
Weight	2.8 kg
Power Supply	12V DC (10A max)
Map Coverage	Preloaded maps of USA & Canada with TMC traffic
Audio Playback	DVD, CD, MP3, WMA, AAC, DivX, WMV
Bluetooth	Hands-free calling and audio streaming (A2DP, HFP)
Navigation Features	Voice guidance, 3D landmarks, Lane guidance, Speed limit info
SiriusXM Ready	Yes (requires SXV200 tuner)
Rear Camera Input	Yes (compatible with backup cameras)
Smartphone Integration	AppRadio Mode (for select Android/iOS apps)
Remote Control	Included (wired or wireless)
USB Ports	1 x USB (front, for iPod/iPhone and USB storage)
Audio Outputs	6-channel preamp (front, rear, subwoofer) with 4V
Equalizer	13-band graphic EQ with time alignment
Installation Size	2-DIN (double-DIN)
Maintenance	Clean screen with soft dry cloth; avoid solvents

Frequently Asked Questions - AVIC-Z130BT PIONEER

How do I update the maps on my Pioneer AVIC-Z130BT?

Map updates are available via the Pioneer Navigation Updater software. Connect a USB drive to your computer, download the updater from Pioneer's website, and follow the on-screen instructions. The unit also supports SD card map updates.

Can I connect my smartphone to the AVIC-Z130BT?

Yes, via Bluetooth for hands-free calling and audio streaming. For AppRadio Mode, use the USB connection with a compatible Android or iOS device.

How do I reset the unit?

Press and hold the Reset button (small pinhole) located near the screen or front panel using a pen tip. This restores factory settings.

What audio formats are supported?

The AVIC-Z130BT supports MP3, WMA, AAC, WAV, FLAC, Ogg Vorbis for music, and MPEG-4, DivX, XviD for video.

Does it support Apple CarPlay or Android Auto?

No, the AVIC-Z130BT is an older model and does not support Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. It uses Pioneer's AppRadio Mode instead.

How can I connect a backup camera?

The unit has a dedicated rear camera input (RCA). Connect the camera's video cable to the input and set the camera option in the settings menu. The image appears automatically when shifting into reverse.

Why is my GPS not receiving a signal?

Ensure the GPS antenna is properly connected and has a clear view of the sky. Metal films on windshields can block the signal. Try moving the vehicle to an open area and wait a few minutes for the unit to acquire satellites.

How do I pair my phone via Bluetooth?

Go to Settings > Bluetooth on the unit, set it to Discoverable. On your phone, search for devices and select 'Pioneer AVIC'. Confirm the PIN code (usually 0000) and accept the connection.

Can I play DVDs on this unit?

Yes, the AVIC-Z130BT has a built-in DVD player. Insert a DVD into the slot and it will play audio/video. Note that video playback is only possible when the vehicle is parked (safety feature).

Where can I find the user manual?

The user manual is available for free download in PDF format from Pioneer's support website or from notice-facile.com. It contains detailed instructions for installation and operation.

User questions about AVIC-Z130BT PIONEER

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your GPS Navigator in PDF format for free! Find your manual AVIC-Z130BT - PIONEER and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. AVIC-Z130BT by PIONEER.

USER MANUAL AVIC-Z130BT PIONEER

This HD Radio receiver enables:

PSD

HD2/HD3

Digital Sound

iTunes Tagging

SUPER TUNER III D

ThankyouforbuyingthisPioneerproduct.

Pleasereadthroughtheseoperatinginstructionsssoyouwillknowhowtooperate yourmodelproperly.Afteryouhavefinishedreadingtheinstructions,keepthismanualinasafeplaceforfuturereference.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ThankyouforbuyingthisPioneerproduct. - 1

Important

Thescreensshownintheexamplesmaydiffer fromactualscreens. Actualscreensmaybechangedwithoutnotice forperformanceandfunctionimprovements.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Important - 1

Introduction

Manualoverview9

-Howtousethismanual9

-Conventionsusedinthismanual9

-Termsusedinthismanual9

Noticeregardingvideoviewing10

NoticeregardingDVD-Videoviewing10

NoticeregardingMP3fileusage10

iPodcompatibility10

Mapcoverage11

ProtectingtheLCDpanelandscreen11

Notesoninternalmemory11

-Beforeeremovingthevehicle battery11

- Datasubjecttoerasure11

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Introduction - 1

Basicoperation

Checkingpartnamesandfunctions12

-Protectingyourproductfromtheft14

AdjustingtheLCDpanelangle15

Insertingandejectingadisc15

-Insertingadisc(forAVIC-Z130BT)15

-Ejectingadisc(forAVIC-Z130BT)16

-Insertingadisc(forAVIC-X930BTand AVIC-X9310BT)16

-Ejectingadisc(forAVIC-X930BTand AVIC-X9310BT)16

InsertingandejectinganSDmemory card16

-InsertinganSDmemorycard(forAVIC-Z130BT)16

-EjectinganSDmemorycard(forAVIC-Z130BT)17

-InsertinganSDmemorycard(forAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)18

-EjectinganSDmemorycard(forAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)18

PluggingandunpluggingaUSBstorage device19

-PlugginginaUSBstoragedevice19

-UnpluggingaUSBstoragedevice19

ConnectinganddisconnectinganiPod19

-ConnectingyouriPod20

-DisconnectingyouriPod20

Startupandtermination20

Onfirst-timestartup20

Regularstartup21

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Basicoperation - 1

Howtousethenavigationmenuscreens

Screenswitchingoverview22

Whatyoucandooneachmenu23

ShortcutMenu23

-Selectingtheshortcut23

-Removingashortcut24

Operatinglistscreens(e.g.POllist)24

Operatingtheon-screenkeyboard24

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Howtousethenavigationmenuscreens - 1

Howtousethemap

Howtoreadthemapscreen25

-Enlargedmapoftheintersection26

-Displayduringfreewaydriving27

Typesoftheroadstoredinthemap database27

Operatingthemapscreen27

-Changingthescaleofthemap27

-Switchingthemaporientation28

-Scrollingthemaptothepositionyou wanttosee28

-Viewinginformationaboutaspecified location28

-Usingshortcutmenusonthemap29

Switchingtheviewmode30

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Howtousethemap - 1

Eco-friendlydrivingfunctions

Checkingtheeco-friendlydrivingstatus32

DisplayingEcoDriveLevelguidance33

Suddenstartalert33

06 Searchingforandselectingallocation

Thebasicflowofcreatingyourroute34

Searchingforalocationbyaddress35

-Searchingforacitynamefirst35

-Findingthelocationbyspecifyingthe housenumber36

Settinguparoutetoyourhome37

SearchingforPointsofInterest(POI)37

-SearchingforPOIsbypreset categories37

-SearchingforaPOldirectlyfromthe nameofthefacilities37

-SearchingforanearbyPOI38

-SearchingforPOIsaroundthe destination38

-SearchingforPOIsaroundthecity38

Selectingdestinationfrom"Favorites"39

SearchingforPOIsbyusingthedataonthe SDmemorycard40

Selectingalocationyousearchedfor recently40

Searchingforalocationbycoordinates40

07 Afterthelocationisdecided

Settingaroutetoyourdestination42

-Displayingmultipleroutes42

08 Checkingandmodifyingthecurrent route

Displayingtherouteoverview43

Modifyingtheroutecalculation conditions43

-Itemsthatuserscanoperate43

Checkingthecurrentitinerary44

Editingwaypoints45

-Addingawaypoint45

-Deletingawaypoint45

-Sortingwaypoints46

Cancelingtherouteguidance46

09 Registeringandeditinglocations

Storingfavoritelocations47

-Registeringalocationby "Favorites"47

-Registeringalocationbyscroll mode47

Editingregisteredlocations47

-Editingthefavoritelocationinthe list47

-Editingyourhome48

-Sortingthefavoritelocationsinthe list48

-Deletingafavoritelocationfromthe list49

Exporting and importing favorite locations49

-Exportingfavoritelocations49

-Importingfavoritelocations49

Deleting the destination history from the list50

10 Usingtrafficinformation

Checkingalltrafficinformation51

Checkingtrafficinformationonthe route52

Howtoreadtrafficinformationonthe map52

Viewingthetrafficflow52

Settinganalternativeroutetoavoidtraffic congestion53

-Checkingfortrafficcongestion automatically54

-Checkingtrafficinformation manually54

Selectingtrafficinformationtodisplay55

SelectingpreferredRDS-TMCservice providermanually55

11 RegisteringandconnectingaBluetooth device

Preparingcommunicationdevices56

RegisteringyourBluetoothdevices56

-SearchingfornearbyBluetooth devices56

-PairingfromyourBluetooth devices57

-SearchingforaspecifiedBluetooth device58

-Deletingaregistereddevice59

ConnectingaregisteredBluetoothdevice manually59

-Settingforpriorityconnecting60

12 Usinghands-freephoning

Displayingthephonemenu61

Makingaphonecall61

-Directdialing61

-Makingacallhomeeasily62

-Callinganumberinthephone book62

-Dialingfromthehistory63

-Dialingafavoritelocation63

-Dialingafacility'sphonenumber63

-Dialingfromthemap64

Receivingaphonecall64

—Answeringanincomingcall64

Transferringthephonebook65

-Deletingregisteredcontacts66

Changingthephonesettings66

-Editingthedevicename66

-Editingthepassword66

-StoppingBluetoothwave transmission67

-Echocancelingandnoise reduction67

—Answeringacallautomatically67

-Settingtheautomaticrejection function67

-Clearingmemory68

-UpdatingtheBluetoothwireless technologysoftware68

Notesforhands-freephoning69

13 BasicoperationsoftheAVsource

DisplayingtheAVoperationscreen70

-Selectingasource70

Operatinglistscreens(e.g.iPodlist screen)70

-SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistscreen70

-Selectinganitem71

-Returningtothepreviousdisplay71

14 Usingtheradio(FM)

Startingprocedure72

Readingthescreen72

Usingthetouchpanelkeys73

-Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies73

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons74

Usingadvancedfunctions74

-Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies74

-Tuninginstrongsignals74

15 Usingtheradio(AM)

Startingprocedure76

Readingthescreen76

Usingthetouchpanelkeys77

-Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies77

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons78

Usingadvancedfunctions78

-Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies78

-Tuninginstrongsignals78

16 HDRadio™ reception

HDRadiobroadcasting80

Startingprocedure80

Readingthescreen81

Usingthetouchpanelkeys82

-Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies83

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons83

Switchingthedisplay83

-Scrollingthedetailedinformation84

StoringsonginformationontoaniPod(iTunes Tagging)84

Usingadvancedfunctions84

-Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies85

-Switchingtheseekmode85

-Tuninginstrongsignals85

-Switchingthereceptionmode85

17 PlayingaudioCDs

Startingprocedure87

Readingthescreen87

Usingthetouchpanelkeys88

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons89

Usingadvancedfunctions89

18 PlayingmusicfilesonROM

Startingprocedure90

Readingthescreen90

Usingthetouchpanelkeys92

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons93

Usingadvancedfunctions93

19 PlayingaDVD-Video

Startingprocedure95

Readingthescreen95

Usingthetouchpanelkeys96

-Resuming playback(Bookmark)97

-Searchingforaspecificscene and starting playbackfromaspecified time98

-Directnumbersearch98

-OperatingtheDVDmenu98

-UsingDVDmenubytouchpanel keys98

-Frame-by-frame playback99

-Slowmotionplayback99

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons99

Usingadvancedfunctions99

20 PlayingaDivXvideo

Startingprocedure101

Readingthescreen101

Usingthetouchpanelkeys102

-Frame-by-frame playback103

-Slowmotionplayback103

-Starting playback from aspecified time104

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons104

Usingadvancedfunctions104

21 DVD-VideoorDivXsetup

DisplayingDVD/DivX®Setupmenu105

Settingthetop-prioritylanguages105

Settingtheangleicondisplay105

Settingtheaspectratio106

Settingtheparentallock106

-Settingthecodenumberand level106

Settingtheautoplay107

SettingthesubtitlefileforDivX107

LanguagecodechartforDVDs108

22 Playingmusicfiles(fromUSBorSD)

Startingprocedure109

Readingthescreen109

Usingthetouchpanelkeys(Music)111

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons112

Usingadvancedfunctions112

23 Playingvideofiles(fromUSBorSD)

Startingprocedure113

Readingthescreen113

Usingthetouchpanelkeys(Video)114

-Searchingforaspecificscene and starting playbackfromaspecified time115

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons115

Usingadvancedfunctions115

24 UsinganiPod(iPod)

Startingprocedure116

Readingthescreen116

Usingthetouchpanelkeys118

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons120

Startingthevideoplayback120

Narrowingdownasongorvideowiththe list120

OperatingthefunctionsfromyouriPod121

PlayingMusicSphere122

-Startingprocedure122

-Readingthescreen122

-Usingthetouchpanelkeys122

Usingadvancedfunctions122

25 UsingPandora®

Startingprocedure124

Readingthescreen124

Usingthetouchpanelkeys126

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons126

26 UsingAhaRadio

Startingprocedure127

Readingthescreen128

Usingthetouchpanelkeys129

FunctionscoupledwithAhaRadioandthe navigationsystem130

-DisplayingPOIsobtainedwithAha Radio130

27 UsingtheBluetoothaudioplayer

Startingprocedure131

Readingthescreen131

Usingthetouchpanelkeys133

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons133

Usingadvancedfunctions134

28 UsingtheXMtuner

Startingprocedure135

Readingthescreen135

Usingthetouchpanelkeys137

-SelectinganXMchanneldirectly138

-DisplayingtheRadiolD138

-Storingandrecallingbroadcast stations139

-Selectingachannelfromthelist139

- Using "MyMix" function 139

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons140

Usingadvancedfunctions140

-Settingthememorized songs140

29 UsingtheSIRIUSTuner

Startingprocedure141

Readingthescreen141

Usingthetouchpanelkeys142

-SelectingaSIRIUSchannel directly143

-DisplaytheRadiolD143

-Storingandrecallingbroadcast stations143

-Usingthesongalertfunction144

-Usingthe"InstantReplay" function144

Operatingbyhardwarebuttons145

Usingadvancedfunctions145

—Settingthememorized songs145

-UsingtheGameAlertfunction145

-DisplayingGameInformation146

30 UsingAVinput

Readingthescreen147

UsingAV1147

UsingAV2147

Usingthetouchpanelkeys147

31 Usingtheexternalunit(EXT1,EXT2)

Startingprocedure148

Readingthescreen148

Usingthetouchpanelkeys149

32 Customizingpreferences

Displayingthescreenfornavigation settings150

Checkingtheconnectionsofleads150

Checkingsensorlearningstatusanddriving status151

-Clearingstatus151

Usingthefuelconsumptionfunction152

-Inputtingthefuelconsumption informationforcalculatingthefuel cost152

-Calculating the fuel consumption 152

-Exportingthedataoffuelcost information153

Recordingyourtravelhistory154

Usingthedemonstrationguidance154

Registeringyourhome154

Correcting the current location 155

Changingtheeco-functionsetting155

Displayingthescreenformapsettings156

Settingtheauto-zoomdisplay156

Settingthedetailedcitymap156

Settingthebarriergraphicforcitymap157

Displayingthetrafficnotificationicon157

DisplayingtheBluetoothconnection icon158

Settingthecurrentstreetnamedisplay158

Settingthedisplayoficonsoffavorite locations158

Displayingthe3Dlandmarks158

Displayingthefuelconsumption information159

DisplayingPOlonthemap159

-DisplayingpreinstalledPOIsonthe map159

-DisplayingthecustomizedPOIs160

Changingtheviewmode161

Settingthemapcolorchangebetweenday andnight161

Changingtheroadcolor161

Changingthesettingofnavigation interruptionscreen161

Selectingthe"QuickAccess"menu162

Displayingthescreenforsystem settings162

-Customizingtheregionalsettings163

-SettingtheVolumeforGuidanceand Phone165

-Changingthepreinstalledsplash screen165

-Changingtothesplashscreenstored intheSDmemorycard165

-Settingforrearviewcamera166

-Adjustingtheresponsepositionsofthe touchpanel(touchpanel calibration)167

-Settingtheilluminationcolor167

-Checkingtheversioninformation168

Selectingthevideoforreardisplay168

Adjustingthepicture169

DisplayingthescreenforAVsystem settings170

-Settingvideoinput1(AV1)170

-Settingvideoinput2(AV2)171

-Changingthewidescreenmode171

-Settingtherearoutput171

-Switchingthemuting/attenuation timing172

-Switchingthemuting/attenuation level172

-Acquiring/CatalogingiPodmusic information173

-DisplayingyourDivXVODregistration code174

-DisplayingyourDivXVOD deregistrationcode174

DisplayingthescreenforAVsound settings174

-Usingbalanceadjustment175

-Usingtheequalizer175

-Adjustingtheequalizercurve automatically(AutoEQ)177

-Usingsoniccentercontrol179

-Adjustingloudness180

-Usingsubwooferoutput180

-Usingthehighpassfilter180

-Adjustingsourcelevels180

-Enhancingbass(BassBooster)181

Replicatingthesettings181

Turningoffthescreen181

33 Operating your navigationsystem with voice

ToEnsureSafeDriving182

Basicsofthevoiceoperation182

-Flowofthevoiceoperation182

-Startingthevoiceoperation182

-Howtousethevoiceoperation183

Availablebasicvoicecommands185

-Basiccommands185

—VoiceoperationfortheiPod185

-VoiceoperationforAVsource(other thaniPod)186

-Voicecommandsrelatedtohands-free phoning187

Tipsforthevoiceoperation188

34 Otherfunctions

Settingtheanti-theftfunction189

-Settingthepassword189

-Enteringthepassword189

-Deletingthepassword189

- Conditions likely to cause noticeable positioning errors 204

Routesettinginformation206

-Routesearchspecifications206

Handlingandcareofdiscs206

-Built-indriveandcare207

-Ambientconditionsforplayinga disc207

Playablediscs207

-DVD-VideoandCD207

-AVCHDrecordeddiscs208

-PlayingDualDisc208

-DolbyDigital208

Detailedinformationforplayablemedia208

-Compatibility208

-Mediacompatibilitychart211

Bluetooth215

AbouttheSATRADIOREADYLogo215

HDRadio™ Technology216

SDandSDHClogo216

WMA/WMV216

DivX216

AAC217

Detailed information regarding connected

iPoddevices217

-iPodandiPhone217

-iTunes217

UsingApp-basedConnectedContents217

-Pandora218

-AhaRadio218

UsingtheLCDscreencorrectly218

-HandlingtheLCDscreen218

-Liquidcrystaldisplay(LCD) screen218

-MaintainingtheLCDscreen218

-LED(light-emittingdiode) backlight219

Displayinformation220

-DestinationMenu220

- PhoneMenu220

-SettingsMenu221

-NaviSettingsmenu221

-SystemSettingsmenu222

-MapSettingsmenu222

-BluetoothSettingsmenu223

-AVSystemSettingsmenu223

-AVSoundSettingsmenu224

Glossary225

Specifications228

Manualoverview

Beforeusingthisproduct,besuretoread ImportantInformationfortheUser(aseparate manual)whichcontainswarnings,cautions, andotherimportantinformationthatyou shouldnote.

Thescreenexampleshowninthismanual aretheonesforAVIC-Z130BT.Ifyouuseadifferentmodel,thescreensthatappearmaydifferfromtheexamplesinthemanual.

Howtousethismanual

Findingtheoperationprocedurefor whatyouwanttodo

When you have decided what you want to do, you can find the page you need from the contents.

Finding the operation procedure from amenuname

If you want to check the meaning of an item displayed on the screen, you will find the necessary page from the display information at the end of the manual.

Glossary

Usetheglossarytofindthemeaningsof terms.

Conventionsusedinthismanual

Beforemovingon, takeafewminutestoread the following information about the conventions used in this manual. Familiarity with these conventions will help you greatly as you learn how to use your new equipment.

ButtonsonyournavigationsystemaredescribedinALLCAPITAL,BOLDlettering: e.g.)
HOMEbutton, MODEbutton.

- Menuitems, screentitles, and functional components are described in bold with doublequotationmarks";

e.g.)

"DestinationMenu" screenor "AV Source" screen

Touchpanelkeysthatareavailableonthe screenaredescribedinboldinbrackets[]: e.g.) [Destination],[Settings].

- Extrainformation, alternatives and other notes are presented in the following format: e.g.)

□Ifthehomelocationhasnotbeenstored yet,setthelocationfirst.

- Functionsofotherkeysonthesamescreen areindicatedwith■atthebeginningofthe description: e.g.)

■Ifyoutouch[OK],theentryisdeleted.

- References are indicated likethis: e.g.)

Fordetailsoftheoperations,referto Screenswitchingoverviewonpage22.

Termsusedinthismanual

"Frontdisplay" and "Reardisplay"

In this manual, the screen that is attached to the body of this navigation unit will be referred to the "Front display". Any additional screen that is commercially available and can be connected to this navigation unit will be referred to the "Reardisplay".

"Videoimage"

"Videoimage" in this manual indicates moving images of DVD-Video, DivX ^® , iPod, and any equipment that is connected to this system with an RCAable, such as general-purpose AVequipment.

"Externalstoragedevice(USB,SD)"

TheSDmemorycard, SDHCmemorycard, microSDcard, microSDHCcard and USB memory device are collectively referred to as the "external storage device (USB, SD)". If it indicates the USB memory only, it is referred to as the "USB storage device".

"SDmemorycard"

TheSDmemorycard, SDHCmemorycard, microSDcardandmicroSDHCcardarecollectivelyreferredtoasthe"SDmemory card".

Noticeregardingvideo viewing

Remember that use of this system for commercial or public viewing purposes may constitute an infringement on the author's rights as protected by the Copyright Law.

NoticeregardingDVD-Videoviewing

ThisitemincorporatescopyprotectiontechnologythatisprotectedbyU.S.patentsandotherintellectualpropertyrightsofRoviCorporation.Reverseengineeringanddisassemblyareprohibited.

NoticeregardingMP3file usage

Supplyofthisnavigationsystemconveysonly alicenseforprivate,non-commercialuseand doesnotconveyalicensenorimplyanyright tousethisproductinanycommercial(i.e.revenue-generating),realtimebroadcasting(terrestrial,satellite,cableand/oranyother media),broadcasting/streamingviainternet, intranetsand/orothernetworksorinother electroniccontentdistributionsystems,such

aspay-audiooraudio-on-demandapplications.Anindependentlicenseforsuchuseis required.Fordetails,pleasevisit http://www.mp3licensing.com.

iPodcompatibility

ThisproductsupportonlythefollowingiPod modelsandiPodsoftwareversions.Others maynotworkcorrectly.

iPodtouchfourthgeneration:Ver.4.1
iPodtouchthirdgeneration:Ver.4.1
iPodtouchsecondgeneration:Ver.4.1
iPodtouchfirstgeneration:Ver.3.1.3
iPodclassic120GB:Ver.2.0.1
iPodclassic160GB(2009):Ver.2.0.4
iPodclassic80GB:Ver.1.1.2
iPodclassic160GB(2007):Ver.1.1.2

- iPodwithvideo:Ver.1.3

- iPodnanosixthgeneration:Ver.1.0

- iPodnanofifthgeneration:Ver.1.0.2

- iPodnanofourthgeneration:Ver.1.0.4

- iPodnanothirdgeneration:Ver.1.1.3

- iPodnanosecondgeneration:Ver.1.1.3

- iPodnanofirstgeneration:Ver.1.3.1

- iPhone4:Ver.4.1

- iPhone3GS:Ver.4.1

- iPhone3G:Ver.4.1

- iPhone:Ver.3.1.3

In this manual, iPod and i Phone will be referred to as iPod.

□Whenyouusethisnavigationsystemwith aPioneerUSBinterfacecableforiPod(CD-IU51V)(soldseparately),youcancontrolan iPodcompatiblewiththisnavigationsystem.

☐Operationmethodsmayvarydependingon theiPodmodelsandthesoftwareversion ofiPod.

☐Dependingonthesoftwareversionofthe iPod,itmaynotbecompatiblewiththis equipment. FordetailsaboutiPodcompatibilitywith thisnavigationsystem,refertotheinformationonourwebsite.

Mapcoverage

Fordetailsaboutthemapcoverageofthisnavigationsystem, refertotheinformationon ourwebsite.

ProtectingtheLCDpanel andscreen

☐Donotallowdirectsunlighttofallonthe LCDscreenwhenthisproductisnotbeing used.Extendedexposuretodirectsunlight canresultinLCDscreenmalfunctiondue totheresultinghightemperatures.
□When using acellular phone, keep the antenna of the cellular phone away from the LCD screen to prevent disruption of the video in the form of spots, colored stripes, etc.
☐ToprotecttheLCDscreenfromdamage,be suretotouchthetouchpanelkeyswith yourfingeronlyandgentlytouchthe screen.

Notesoninternalmemory

Beforeeremovingthevehicle battery

If the battery is disconnected, discharged, the memory will be erased and must bere programmed.

☐ Somedataremains.BesuretoreadSetting itemstobedeletedfirst.
- Fordetails, refertoSettingitemstobe deletedonpage191.

Datasubjecttoerasure

The information is erased by disconnecting they yellow lead from the battery (or removing the battery itself).

☐ Somedataremains.BesuretoreadSetting itemstobedeletedfirst.
- Fordetails, refertoSettingitemstobe deletedonpage191.

Checkingpartnamesandfunctions

Thischaptergivesinformationaboutthenamesofthepartsandthemainfeaturesusingthebuttons.

V — VOL — + HOME MODE ← TRK → ⑦⑥⑤④③②①

AVIC-Z130BT (with the LCD panel closed)
Technical diagram of a laptop rear panel with labeled components and numbered parts

AVIC-Z130BT(withtheLCDpanelopen)

HOME GII MUTE MODE TRK TRK ③ ⑩ ④ ⑤ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬ ⑦ ⑨ ⑥ ⑧

AVIC-X930BT, AVIC-X9310BT

①button

- Pressthe buttontoactivatevoiceoperations.

Fordetails, referto Chapter33.

- Pressandholdthe 📋 buttonoswitch theAVsourcetomute.

Tocancelthemuting, pressandholdit again.

②VOL(+/-)button

PresstoadjusttheAV(AudioandVideo) sourcevolume.

③HOMEbutton

- PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

- PresstoswitchbetweentheClassic MenuandtheShortcutMenuwhilethe "TopMenu"isdisplayed.

Fordetails, refertoWhatyoucando oneachmenuonpage23.

- Pressandholdtoturnoffthescreendisplay.

④MODEbutton

- Presstoswitchbetweenhemapscreen andtheAVoperationscreen.

- Presstodisplaythemapscreenwhile thenavigationfunctionscreenisdisplayed.

- Pressandholdtodisplaythe"Picture Adjustment" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoAdjusting the picture on page 169.

⑤TRKbutton

Presstoperformmanualseektuning, fast forward, reverse and track search controls.

Fordetails, refertothedescriptions from Chapter14toChapter31.

⑥▲button

⑦LCDscreen

⑧Disc-loadingslot

Insertadisctoplay.

- Fordetails, referto/inserting and rejecting adisconpage15.

⑨SDcardslot

Fordetails, refertoInserting and dejecting an SDmemorycardon page 16.

⑩Multi-control(Volumeknob//MUTE)

RotatetoadjusttheAV(Audio and Video)sourcevolume.
PressthecenterofMulti-controltoheartherouteguidance.
PressandholdthecenterofMulti-controltomutetheAV(AudioandVideo) source.Tocancelthemuting,pressand holditagain.

⑪Frontpanel

⑫ Detachbutton

Presstoremovethefrontpanelfromthenavigationsystem.

- Fordetails, refertoRemovingthefront panelonthispage.

Protectingyourproductfromtheft

☐ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-X930BT andAVIC-X9310BT.

Thefrontpanelcanbedetachedfromthenavigationsystemtodiscouragetheft,asdescribedbelow.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Protectingyourproductfromtheft - 1

CAUTION

Donotexposethefrontpaneltoexcessive shockordisassembleit.
Nevergripthebuttonstightlyoruseforce whenremovingorattaching.
Keepthefrontpaneloutofreachofsmallchildrentopreventthemfromputtingitintheir mouths.
• Afterremovingthefrontpanel, keepitina safeplacesoitisnotscratchedordamaged.
Keepthefrontpaneloutofdirectsunlightand hightemperatures.
When removing or attaching the front panel, doso after turning the ignitions switchoff (ACCOFF).

Removingthefrontpanel

☐Thenavigationsystemcannotbeoperated whilethefrontpanelisremovedfromthe navigationsystem.

1PressandholdtheDetachbutton,and slideitdown.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1PressandholdtheDetachbutton,and slideitdown. - 1

natural_image

Illustration of a hand inserting a component into a wall, with a red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Whenyoureleaseyourfinger,thebottomof thefrontpanelseparatesslightlyfromthenavigationsystem.

2Gentlygripthebottomofthefront panelandslowlypullitoutward.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Gentlygripthebottomofthefront panelandslowlypullitoutward. - 1

natural_image

Illustration of hands using a tool to adjust or install a component, no text or symbols present

Frontpanel

Attachingthefrontpanel

1Slidethefrontpanelallthewayinto thenavigationsystem.

Makesurethefrontpanelissecurelyconnectedtothemountinghooksofthenavigationsystem.

2Pushthelowerpartofthefrontpanel untilyouhearaclick.

If you fail to successfully attach the front panel to the navigation system, try again but be careful not to force it at the platform could be damaged.

AdjustingtheLCDpanelangle

ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-Z130BT only.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - AdjustingtheLCDpanelangle - 1

WARNING

When opening, closing and adjusting the angle of the LCD panel, be careful not to get your fingers caught.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

DonotopenorclosetheLCDpanelbyforce.This maycause malfunction.

1Pressthe▲button.

The "MonitorSetup" screenappears.

2Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch - 1

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch - 2

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch - 3

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch - 4

Monitor Setup Destination Phone AV Source & Open SD Insert Tilt

3Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch. - 1

☐TheadjustedangleoftheLCDpanelwillbe memorizedandtheLCDpanelwillautomaticallyreturntothatanglethenexttimethe LCDpanelisopenedorclosed.

Insertingandejectingadisc Insertingadisc(forAVIC-Z130BT)

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Insertingandejectingadisc Insertingadisc(forAVIC-Z130BT) - 1

WARNING

- Whenopening, closing and adjusting the angle of the LCD panel, be careful not to get your fingers caught.

- DonotusewiththeLCDpanelleftopen.If LCDpanelisleftopen,itmayresultininjury intheeventofanaccident.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

DonotopenorclosetheLCDpanelbyforce. Thismaycause malfunction.
Donotoperatethisnavigationsystemuntil theLCDpanelcompletelyopensorcloses.If thisnavigationsystemisoperatedwhilethe LCDpanelisopeningorclosing,theLCD panelmaystopatthatangleforsafety.
Donotplaceaglassoracanontheopen LCDpanel.Doingsomaybreakthisnavigationsystem.
Donotinsertanythingotherthanadiscinto thedisc-loadingslot.

1Pressthe▲button.

The "MonitorSetup" screenappears.

2Touch[Open].

Monitor Setup Destination Phone AV Source & Open SD Insert Tilt

TheLCDpanelopens, andthedisc-loading slotappears.

3Insertadiscintothedisc-loadingslot.

Diagram showing a CD-ROM drive with an upward arrow indicating motion or direction, labeled in Chinese.

Thediscisloaded, and the LCD panel closes.

Ejectingadisc(forAVIC-Z130BT)

1Pressthe▲button.

The "MonitorSetup" screenappears.

2Touch[DiscEject].

Monitor Setup Destination Phone AV Source & Disc Eject SD Insert Tilt

TheLCDpanelopens, and the discisejected.

3Removethedisc, and press the ▲ button.

TheLCDpanelcloses.

Insertingadisc(forAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)

- Insertadiscintothedisc-loadingslot.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Insertingadisc(forAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT) - 1

natural_image

Front view of a microwave oven with a CD-ROM cover and a red upward arrow indicating orientation (no text or symbols)

□Donotinsertanythingotherthanadisc intothedisc-loadingslot.

Ejectingadisc(forAVIC-X930BT andAVIC-X9310BT)

1Pressthe▲button.

Thetouchpanelkeysforejectingthemedia appear.

2Touch[DiscEject].

Destination Photo AV Source & Disc: Eject Eject SD

Thediscisejected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Ejectingadisc(forAVIC-X930BT andAVIC-X9310BT) - 2

Insertingandejectingan SDmemorycard

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Insertingandejectingan SDmemorycard - 1

CAUTION

EjectinganSDmemorycardduringdata transfercandamagetheSDmemorycard.Be suretoejecttheSDmemorycardbythepro-ceduredescribedinthismanual.
Ifdatalossorcorruptionoccursonthesto-ragedeviceforanyreason,itisusuallynot possibletorecoverthedata.Pioneeraccepts noliabilityfordamages,costsorexpenses arisingfromdatalossorcorruption.
DonotinsertanythingotherthanSDmemory cards.
☐ThissystemisnotcompatiblewithMultiMediaCard(MMC).
□CompatibilitywithallSDmemorycardsis notguaranteed.
ThisunitmaynotachieveoptimumperformancewithsomeSDmemorycards.

InsertinganSDmemorycard (forAVIC-Z130BT)

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - InsertinganSDmemorycard (forAVIC-Z130BT) - 1

CAUTION

Donotpressthe▲buttonwhenanSDmemorycardisnotfullyinserted.Doingsomaydamagethecard.
Donotpressthe▲buttonbeforeanSDmemorycardhasbeencompletelyremoved.Doing somaydamagethecard.

Basicoperation

1Pressthe▲button.

The "MonitorSetup" screenappears.

2Touch[SDInsert].
Monitor Setup Destination Phone AV Source & Open SD Insert Tilt

TheLCDpanelopens, and the SD cardslotappears.

3InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Insertitwiththelabelsurfacefacingtotheup-sideandpressthecarduntilitclicksandcompletelylocks.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot. - 1

natural_image

Diagram of a device with a red arrow pointing to a component, showing no text or symbols.

4Pressthe▲button.

TheLCDpanelcloses.

□Ifdatarelatedtomapdata,suchascustomizedPOldata,isstoredontheSDmemorycard,thenavigationsystemrestarts.

EjectinganSDmemorycard (forAVIC-Z130BT)

1Pressthe▲button.

The "MonitorSetup" screenappears.

2Touch[EjectSD].
Monitor Setup Press [Eject SD] before ejecting SD card. Otherwise, SD card may be damaged.

TheLCDpanelopens.

3PressthemiddleoftheSDmemory cardgentlyuntilitclicks.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3PressthemiddleoftheSDmemory cardgentlyuntilitclicks. - 1

natural_image

Mechanical component diagram showing a bracket with a red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

4PulltheSDmemorycardoutstraight.
PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3PressthemiddleoftheSDmemory cardgentlyuntilitclicks. - 2

natural_image

Mechanical component with a red arrow indicating a downward motion (no text or symbols present)

5Pressthe▲button.

TheLCDpanelcloses.

WhenyouejecttheSDmemorycardby touching[EjectSD],themodelinformation thatyouareusingwillbeautomatically storedintotheSDmemorycard. TheutilityprogramAVICFEEDSwilluse thisinformationtorecognizethemodel thatyouuse.

Whenthedatarelatedtomapdatais stored

ThisdescriptionisforAVIC-Z130BT.

If data related to map data, such as customized POI data, is stored on the SD memory card, operating procedures are slightly different.

1Pressthe▲buttonandthentouch [EjectSD].

2Touch[Yes].

Monitor Setup Flap will open after restart Yes No

Thenavigationsystemrestarts, and then the LCDpanelopens.

3EjecttheSDmemorycard.

4Pressthe▲button.

TheLCDpanelcloses.

InsertinganSDmemorycard(for AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)

- InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

InserttheSDmemorycardwiththeterminal contactsfacingdown,andpressthecarduntil itclicksandlockscompletely.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - InsertinganSDmemorycard(for AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT) - 1

natural_image

Diagram showing a device being inserted into a container with a red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

□Ifdatarelatedtomapdata,suchascustomizedPOldata,isstoredontheSDmemorycard,thenavigationsystemrestarts.

EjectinganSDmemorycard(for AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)

1Pressthe▲button.

Thetouchpanelkeysforejectingthemedia appear.

2Touch[EjectSD].

Press [Eject SD] before ejecting SD card. Otherwise, SD card may be damaged.

AmessagepromptingyoutoremovetheSD memorycardappears.

Please remove SD card. Disc. Eject Eject SD

3PressthemiddleoftheSDmemory cardgentlyuntilitclicks.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - EjectinganSDmemorycard(for AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT) - 3

natural_image

Diagram of a mechanical component with a circular feature and a red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

4PulltheSDmemorycardoutstraight.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - EjectinganSDmemorycard(for AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT) - 4

natural_image

Diagram showing a mechanical component with a red arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Whenthedatarelatedtomapdatais stored

ThisdescriptionisforAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT.

Basicoperation

Ifdatarelatedtomapdata,suchascustomizedPOldata,isstoredontheSDmemory card,operatingproceduresareslightlydifferent.

1Pressthe▲buttonandthentouch [EjectSD].

2Touch[Yes].
System will restart to remove SD card. Continue? Yes No Disc Eject Eject SD

Thenavigationsystemrestarts, and a message prompting y out o remov the SD memory card appears.

3EjecttheSDmemorycardwhilethe messageisdisplayed.

EjecttheSDmemorycardbeforetouching [OK].

4Touch[OK].

Thenavigationsystemrestarts.

Pluggingandunplugginga USBstoragedevice

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Pluggingandunplugginga USBstoragedevice - 1

CAUTION

Topreventdatalossanddamagetothesto-ragedevice,neverremoveitfromthisnaviga-tionsystemwhiledataisbeingtransferred.
Ifdatalossorcorruptionoccursonthesto-ragedeviceforanyreason,itisusuallynot

possibletorecoverthedata.Pioneeraccepts noliabilityfordamages,costsorexpenses arisingfromdatalossorcorruption.

PlugginginaUSBstoragedevice

●PlugaUSBstoragedeviceintotheUSB andmini-jackconnector.

USBandmini-jackconnector

USBstoragedevice

CompatibilitywithallUSBstoragedevices isnotguaranteed.
ThisnavigationsystemmaynotachieveoptimumperformancewithsomeUSBstoragedevices.
■ConnectionviaaUSBhubisnotpossible.

UnpluggingaUSBstoragedevice

●PullouttheUSBstoragedeviceafter checkingthatnodataisbeingaccessed.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ●PullouttheUSBstoragedeviceafter checkingthatnodataisbeingaccessed. - 1

Connecting and disconnectinganiPod

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Connecting and disconnectinganiPod - 1

CAUTION

Topreventdatalossanddamagetothesto-ragedevice,neverremoveitfromthisnaviga-tionsystemwhiledataisbeingtransferred.
Ifdatalossorcorruptionoccursonthesto-ragedeviceforanyreason,itisusuallynot possibletorecoverthedata.Pioneeraccepts noliabilityfordamages,costsorexpenses arisingfromdatalossorcorruption.

ConnectingyouriPod

UsingtheUSBinterfacecableforiPodenablesyoutoconnectyouriPodtothenavigationsystem.

☐AUSBinterfacecableforiPod(CD-IU51V) (soldseparately)isrequiredforconnection.
☐ FordetailsaboutiPodcompatibilitywith thisnavigationsystem, refertotheinformationonourwebsite.
□ConnectionviaaUSBhubisnotpossible.

1 Check that no USB storage device is connected.

2ConnectyouriPod.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ConnectingyouriPod - 1

DisconnectingyouriPod

● PullouttheUSBinterfacecableforiPod aftercheckingthatnodataisbeingaccessed.

Startupandtermination

1Starttheenginetobootupthesystem.

Afterashortpause,thesplashscreencomes onforafewseconds.

☐ ToprotecttheLCDscreenfromdamage, be suretotouchthetouchpanelkeyswith yourfingeronlyandgentlytouchthe screen.

2Turnoffthevehicleenginetoterminatethesystem.

Thenavigationsystemisalsoturnedoff.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Turnoffthevehicleenginetoterminatethesystem. - 1

Onfirst-timestartup

Whenyouusethenavigationsystemforthe firsttime,selectthelanguagethatyouwantto use.

1Starttheenginetobootupthesystem.

Afterashortpause,thesplashscreencomes onforafewseconds.

2Touchthelanguagethatyouwantto useonthescreen.

Select Program Language US English Français Español OK

3Touchthelanguagethatyouwantto useforthevoiceguidance.

Voice Language Selection US English Français Español US English (Samantha):TTS Français (Virginie):TTS Español (Monica):TTS OK

Thenavigationsystemwillnowrestart.

Basicoperation

4Readthedisclaimercarefully,checking itsdetails,andthentouch[OK]ifyou agree-totheconditions.

Themapscreenappears.

N-02-Angels St 12:00 Off

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Basicoperation - 3

Regularstartup

● Starttheenginetobootupthesystem.

Afterashortpause,thesplashscreencomes onforafewseconds.

☐ Thescreenshownwilldifferdependingon thepreviousconditions.
☐Whenthereisnoroute,thedisclaimerappearsafterthenavigationsystemreboots. Readthedisclaimercarefully,checkingits details,andthentouch[OK]ifyouagreeto theconditions.
□Iftheanti-theftfunctionisactivated,you mustenteryourpassword. Readthedisclaimercarefully,checkingits details,andthentouch[OK]ifyouagreeto theconditions.

Screenswitchingoverview
PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ● Starttheenginetobootupthesystem. - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["① Destination"] -->|HOME| B["② Shortout Settings"]
    B --> C["③ Phone Maps"]
    C --> D["④ AV Source & Contents"]
    D --> E["⑤ Settings Menu"]
    E --> F["⑥ I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E"]
    F --> G["MODE"]
    G --> H["⑥ Mobile"]
    H --> I["⑦ I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E"]
    I --> J["⑧ Mode"]

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ● Starttheenginetobootupthesystem. - 2

① TopMenu

PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe"Top Menu"screen.

Thisisthestartingmenutoaccessthedesired screensandoperatethevariousfunctions. There are two types of the "Top Menu" screen.

Destination Phone AV Source & Contents Settings

ClassicMenu

Address Pot Gas Station AVIC PBOCS Return Home Cancel Route Traffic on Route 2D View Eco Graph Dual Pad Contacts Disc iPod SO Bluetooth Audio Shortcut Settings

ShortcutMenu

□Inthismanual,ClassicMenuwillbereferred to as "Top Menu".

②DestinationMenu

Youcansearchforyourdestinationonthis menu.Youcanalsocheckorcancelyourset routefromthismenu.

③PhoneMenu

Youcanaccessthescreenthatisrelatedto hands-freephoning.

④AVoperationscreen

Thisisthescreenthatnormallyappearswhen youplaytheAVsource.

⑤SettingsMenu

Youcanaccessthescreentocustomizesettings.

⑥Mapscreen

Youcanusethisccreentocheckthecurrent vehiclepositioninformationandroutetothe destination.

ShortcutMenu

Registeringyourfavoritemenuitemsinshort-cutsallowsyoutoquicklyjumptotheregisteredmenuscreenbyasimpletouchontheShortcutMenuscreen.

Selectingtheshortcut

☐Upto15menuitemscanberegisteredin shortcuts.

1PresstheHOMEbuttonrepeatedlyto displaytheShortcutMenuscreen.

Whenyouusethenavigationsystemforthe firsttimeornoitemsaresetonshortcut,a messagewillappear.Touch[Yes]topro-ceedtonextstep.

2Touch[Shortcut].
Address Shortcut Settings

TheShortcutselectionscreenappears.

3Touchthetabontherightedgeorscroll thebartodisplaytheiconthatyouwant tosettoshortcut.

Close Scrollbar

4Touchandholdtheiconthatyouwant toaddtoshortcut.

Howtousethenavigationmenuscreens

5Movetheicontotheleftsideofthe screen, and thenreleaseit.

Theselecteditemisaddedtoshortcut.

Close Can Station

Removingashortcut

1Touchandholdtheiconoftheshortcut youwanttoremove.

2Movetheicontotherightsideofthe screen, and thenreleaseit.

Operatinglistscreens(e.g. POllist)

POL List Asti Chiropractic 556mi Asti Chiropractic 556mi Asti Ronald C DDS 328mi Asti Station Northwestern Pacif 419mi Asti Winery 419mi Astia 348mi Sort

①Screentitle

②

Touchingontvescrollbarscrolls throughthelistandallowsyoutoviewthere-mainingitems.

③

The previous screen returns.

④Listeditems

Touchinganitemonthelistallowsyoutonarrowdowntheoptionsandproceedtothenext operation.

⑤Numberofpossiblechoices

□Ifthereare10000ormorepossible choices, "****" isdisplayed.

⑥

Ifallofthecharacterscannotbedisplayed withinthedisplayedarea,touchingthekeyto therightoftheitemallowsyoutoseeremainingcharacters.

Operatingtheon-screen keyboard

Set Name Name | PIONEER_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Space 4 ← Keys Sym OK ⑤ ⑥ ⑦

①Screentitle

Thescreentitleappears.

②Textbox

Displaysthecharactersthatareentered.If thereisnotextinthebox,aninformative guidewithtextappears.

③Keyboard

Touchthekeystoenterthecharacters.

④

The previous screen returns.

⑤Keys

Switchestheon-screenkeyboardlayout.

⑥Sym., Others, 0-9

Youcanenterothercharactersofalphabet. Youcanalsoentertextwithmarkssuchas[&] or[+]ornumbers.

Touchtotoggletheselection.

□ Even if you use any of "A", "Ä", "Å", "Æ", thedisplayedresultisthesame.

⑦OK

Confirmstheentryandallowsyoutoproceed tothenextstep.

⑧

Delete the input text one letter at a time, beginning at the end of the text. Continuing to touch the button deletes all of the text.

Mostoftheinformationprovidedbyyournavigationsystemcanbeseenonthemap.Youneedtobe-comefamiliarwithhowinformationappearsonthemap.

Howtoreadthemapscreen

Thisexampleshowsanexampleofa2Dmapscreen.

I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 10.5mi 21.6mi 12:04 3:20 10 ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ ⑬ ⑭ ⑮ ⑯ ⑰ ⑱ ⑲ ⑳ ㉑㉒㉓㉔㉕㉖㉗㉘㉙㉚㉛㉜㉝㉞㉟㉳㉴㉵㉶㉇㉈㉒㉓㉔㉕㉖㉗㉘㉙㉚㉛㉜㉝㉟㉞㉟o

Informationwithanasterisk(*)appears onlywhentherouteisset.
☐Dependingontheconditionsandsettings, someitemsmaynotbedisplayed.

①Nameofthestreettobeused(ornextguidancepoint)*

②Nextdirectionoftravel*

Asyougetclosertotheguidancepoint,the coloroftheitemchangestogreen.

□Touchingthisitemenablesyoutohear thenextguidanceagain.

☐Youcanselectbetweenewdisplayand non-display.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingman-euversonpage159.

③Distancetotheguidancepoint*

Showsthedistancetothenextguidance point.

☐Touchingthisitemenablesyoutohear thenextguidanceagain.

④SecondManeuverArrow*

Showsteturningdirectionafternextguidancepointandthedistancetothere.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingmaneu-versonpage159.

⑤Mapcontrol

Touching 📷 displaystouchpanelkeysfor changingthemapscaleandthemaporientation.

⑥Currentposition

Indicate the current location of your vehicle. The apexofthetriangular mark indicates your orientation and the display moves automatically as you drive.

☐Theapexofthetriangulararmarkisthe propercurrentpositionofthevehicle.

⑦Eco-Meter

Displaysagraphcomparingthepastaverage fuelmileageandtheaveragefuelmileage sincethenavigationsystemwaslaststarted.

Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the fuel consumption information on page 159.

⑧Streetname(orcityname)thatyourvehicleistravelingalong

Fordetails, refertoSetting the current streetnamedisplayonpage158.

⑨ExtensiontabfortheAVinformationbar

TouchingthistabopenstheAVinformation barandenablesyoutobrieflyviewthecurrent statusontheAVsource.Touchingitagainretractsthebar.

⑩ShortcuttotheAVoperationscreen

TheAVsourcecurrentlyselectedidisshown. TouchingtheindicatordisplaytheAVoperationscreenofthecurrentsourcedirectly.

☐Dependingonthesourcecurrentlychosen,animageisdisplayed.

⑪QuickAccessicon

Displaysthe"QuickAccess"menu.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingshortcut menusonthemaponpage29.

⑫Maporientationindicator

- When "Northup" is selected, is displayed.

- When "Headingup" is selected, displayed.

☐Theredarrowindicatesnorth.

- Fordetails, referto Switching themaporientation on page 28.

⑬Currentroute*

Theroutecurrentlysetishhighlightedincolor onthemap.Ifawaypointissetontheroute, therouteafterthenextwaypointishhigh-lightedinanothercolor.

⑭Directionline*

The direction towards your destination (next waypoint, or the position of a cursor) is indicated with a straight line.

⑮Multi-Infowindow

EachtouchofMulti-Infowindowchangesthe displayinformationasfollows.

- Distancetothedestination(ordistancetowaypoint)*

• Estimated time of arrival at your destination or waypoint*

Theestimatedtimeofarrivalisanideal valuecalculatedbasedonthevalueset for"AverageSpeed"andtheactual drivingspeed.Theestimatedtimeofar-

rivalisonlyareferencevalue, and does not guarantee arrival at that time.

- Traveltimetoyourdestinationor waypoint*

⑯Currenttime

Meaningofguidanceflags

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Meaningofguidanceflags - 1

Destination

Thecheckeredflagindicatesyour destination.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Destination - 1

Waypoint

The blueflags indicate your way-points.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Waypoint - 1

Guidancepoint

Thenextguidancepoint(nextturningpoint,etc.)isshownbyayellowflag.

Enlargedmapoftheintersection

When "Close Up View" in the "Map Settings" screenis"On",anenlargedmapoftheintersectionappears.

US-101 S/Hollywood Fwy S 0.1 mi 0.1m

- Fordetails, refertoSettingtheauto-zoom displayonpage156.

Displayduringfreewaydriving

In certain location so the freeway, lane information is available. Themap indicates there-commended lanetobe into easily maneuver then next guidance.

I-110 S/Harbor Fwy 6 1.4 mi 5.0 mi 12:14 12:35 2nd St Entrella Ave Borafille Ave Park Gwyn Ave Wood St I-110 S/Harbor Fwy S

Whiledrivingonthefreeway,freewayexit numbersandfreewaysignsmaybedisplayed inthevicinityofinterchangesandexits.

EXIT 7 0.3 mi 0.3mi Santa Monica Bl/Western Ave

①Laneinformation
②Freewayexitinformation

Displaysthefreewayexit.

③Freewaysigns

Theseshowtheroadnumberandgivedirectionalinformation.

□Ifthedatafortheseitemsisnotcontained inthebuilt-inmemory,theinformationis notavailableeveniftherearethesignson theactualroad.

Typesoftheroadstoredin themapdatabase

Roadsincludedintherouteguidance

TurnbyTurnRoutableRoadscontainfullattributedataandcanbeusedforfullRouteGuidance.PioneerNavigationwilldisplayfull

routeguidance, including turn-by-turnvoice directions and arrowicons.

Roadswithoutturn-by-turn instructions

Routableroads(theroutedisplayedandhigh-lightedinviolet)haveonlybasicdataandcan onlybeusedtoplotanavigableroute.Pioneer Navigationwillonlydisplayanavigableroute onthemap(onlythearrivalguidanceforthe destinationorawaypointisavailable).Please reviewandobeyalllocaltrafficrulesalongthe highlightedrouteforyoursafety. Noturn-by-turndirectionswillbedisplayedon theseroads.

Nonroutableroads(pinkcolorroad)

Mapdisplayispossible, but it cannot be used for route calculation. Pleasereviewandobey all local traffic rules along this route. (Foryour safety.)

Operatingthemapscreen Changingthescaleofthemap

Youcanchangethemapscalebetween25 yardsand1000miles(25metersand2000 kilometers).

1Displaythemapscreen.

2Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Displaythemapscreen. - 1

onthemapscreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Displaythemapscreen. - 2

andwiththemapscaleappear.

25m 5m 1m - 0.1m 0.5m + 0.1m Georgia St. Gulfport St. W 8th St. Columbia Ave. 12:13 12:35 CA-110 S/Harbor Fwy S

3Touchortochangethemap

scale.

□Ifyoudonotoperatethefunctionforafew seconds,thetouchpanelkeysformapdisplaycontroldisappear.

■Ifyoutouchthedirectscalekey, themapis changed to these selectedscaled directly.

Switchingthemaporientation

Youcanswitchhowthemapshowsyourvehicle'sdirectionbetween"Headingup"and "Northup".

Headingup: Themapdisplayalwaysshowsthevehicle's directionasproceedingtowardthetopof thescreen.
Northup: Themapdisplayalwayshasnorthatthe topofthescreen.
☐Themaporientationisfixedat"Northup"whenthemapscaleis25miles(50kilometers)ormore.
☐Themaporientationisfixedat"Heading up"whenthe3Dmapscreenisdisplayed.

1Displaythemapscreen.

2Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch - 1

onthemapscreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - onthemapscreen. - 1

orappears.

25m 5m 1m - 0.1m 0.5m + 0.1m Georgia St. Gulfport St. George St. 12:13 12:35 W 8th St. Columbia Ave. Gulfport CA-110 S/Harbor Fwy S

3Touchortoswitchthevehicle's direction.

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

□Ifyoudonotoperatethefunctionforafew seconds,thetouchpanelkeysformapdisplaycontroldisappear.

Scrollingthemaptothe positionyouwanttosee

1Displaythemapscreen.

2Touchanddragthemapinthedesired directionoscroll.

2:53 Witter St Witter Ave 1.3 mi=②

①Cursor
②Distancefromthecurrentposition

Positioning the cursor to the desired location results displaying in a brief informational overview about the location at the bottom of screen, with the street name and other information for this location. (The information shown varies depending on the position.)

☐ Thescrollingincrementdependsonyour dragginglength.

■Ifyoutouch rentposition. A, themapreturnstothecurrentposition.

☐PressingMODEbuttonreturnsthemapto thecurrentposition.

Viewinginformationabouta specifiedlocation

Aniconappearsatregisteredplaces(homelocation,specificplaces,Favoritesentries)and placeswherethereisaPOliconortrafficinformationicon.Piacethescrollcursorover theicontoviewdetailedinformation.

1Scrollthemapandmovethescrollcur- sortotheiconyouwanttoview.

2Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch. - 1

12:19 Echo Park 1.9 mi

The "InformationList" screenappears.

3Touchtheitemthatyouwanttocheck thedetailedinformation.

Informationforaspecifiedlocationappears.

POI Information Echo Park Los Angeles,CALIFORNIA

Theinformationshownvariesaccordingtothe location.(Theremaybenoinformationforthat location.)

- Fordetails, refertoSettingthedisplayof iconsoffavoritelocationsonpage158.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingPOlonthe maponpage159.

- Fordetails, refertoHowtoreadtrafficinformationonthemaponpage52.

☐Touching[Call]enablesyoutocallthepositionifatelephonenumberisavailable. (Pairingwithcellularphonefeaturing Bluetoothwirelesstechnologyisrequired.)

- Fordetails, referto Dialing from themap on page 64.

Usingshortcutmenusonthemap

"QuickAccess" menu allows you to perform various tasks, such as route calculation for the location indicated by the cursor or registering allocation in "Favorites", faster than using the navigation menu.

Youcancustomize"QuickAccess"displayed onscreen.The"QuickAccess"describedhere arepreparedasthedefaultsetting.

For details, refer to Selecting the "Quick Access"menuonpage162.
Itemsmarkedwithanasterisk(*) cannot beremovedfromthe"QuickAccess" menu.

●Whenthemapisdisplayed,touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ●Whenthemapisdisplayed,touch - 1

Los Angeles 12:51 S Los Angeles St. Close

QuickAccessmenu

:RouteOptions\*

Displayedwhenthemapisnotscrolled. This itemcanbeselectedonlyduringrouteguidance.

You can modify the conditions for route calculation and recalculate the current route.

Fordetails, refertoModifyingtheroutecalculationconditionsonpage43.

Destination\*

Displayedwhenthemapissrolled.Setthe routetotheplacesspecifiedwiththecursor.

:Registration

Registerinformationonthelocationindicated bythecursorto"Favorites".

Fordetails, referto Registering allocation by scrollmodeonpage47.

:VicinitySearch

FindPOIs(PointsOfInterest)inthevicinityof thecursor.

- Fordetails, refertoSearchingforanearby PO/online38.

OverlayPOI

Displaysiconsforsurroundingfacilities(POI) onthemap.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingPOlonthe maponpage159.

Volume

Howtousethemap

Displays the "Volume Settings" screen.

Fordetails, refer to Setting the Volume for Guidance and Phone on page 165.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Howtousethemap - 1

:Contacts

Displaysthe"ContactsList"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoCallinganumberinthe phonebookonpage62.

Close

Hidesthe"QuickAccess"menu.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Close - 1

Switchingtheviewmode

Varioustypesofscreendisplayscanbese- lectedfornavigationguidance.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[ViewMode].

The"ViewMode" screenappears.

3Touchthetypethatyouwanttoset.

Youcanselectthefollowingtypes:

- 2DView(default):

Displaysanormalmap(2Dmap).

10 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 10.3mi 21.3m 12:05 3:19 10 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

•3DView:

Displaysamapwithanantennaview(3D map).

I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 7.5 mi 18.6 mi I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

- StreetView:

Informationonthenextfourguidance pointsclosesttothecurrentlocationappearinorderfromtoptobottomontheleft sideofthescreen.Thefollowinginformationisdisplayed.

I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 7.2 mi I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 11.0 mi I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 1.2 mi I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 14.3 mi I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

—Nameofthenextroutetobetakenby thevehicle
—Arrowindicatingthedirectionofthevehicle
—Distancetotheguidancepoints
☐Thismodeisavailablewhentherouteis set.

•RearView:

Displaystherearviewimageontheleft sideofthescreenandthemapontheright sideofthescreen.

Street scene with a white inflatable boat on a city road, accompanied by a digital navigation interface showing time and location controls.

Thismodeisavailablewhentherear viewcamerasettingissetto"On".
- Fordetails,refertoSettingforrearview cameraonpage166.

• EcoGraph:

Displaysagraphforeco-drivingontheleft sideofthescreenandthemapontheright sideofthescreen.

Howtousethemap

Eco Graph Eco Score 0.0 Pts 图像数据源 Best Score 3.0 / 60.0 Pts Total 面面 -50% AVG -50% 12:10 3:20 10 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

Fordetails, refer to Checking the eco-friendly driving status on then next page.

This navigation system is equipped with the co-friendly driving function that can be used to estimate whether you are driving in an environmentally friendly way.

Thischapterdescribesthesefunctions.

Thefuelmileagecalculatedisbasedona theoreticalvaluedeterminedfromvehicle speedandpositioninformationfromthe navigationsystem.Thefuelmileagedisplayedisonlyareferencevalue,anddoes notguaranteethemileagedisplayedcanbe obtained.
Theeco-friendly driving functions are an estimate of the real time fuel consumption to average fuel consumption ratio and is not an actual value.
Theeco-friendly driving functions and calculation stake into consideration the location of the GPS position and speed of the vehicle in determining a value.

Checkingtheeco-friendly drivingstatus

This functionestimates approximate fuel mile-agebased on your driving, compare that with your average fuel mileage in the past, and display the results in a graph.

Thegraphappearswhenthemapdisplayis setto"EcoGraph".

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[ViewMode].

The "ViewMode" screenappears.

3Touch[EcoGraph].

The "EcoGraph" screenappears.

Eco Graph 1:00 Second 3.0 fps Text Scale 1.0 x 0.01 P: Total +50% +50% 12:10 3:20 4 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

①EcoScore

Theresultofthecomparisonofyourpast averagefuelmileageandcurrentaverage fuelmileageappearsasavaluefrom

0.0Pts(points)to10.0Pts.Thehigherthe value,thebetterthefuelmileagewhen comparedtopastrouteguidance.

Thegreengaugeindicatesthecurrent score, and the gray gauge indicatesthe bestscoretodate.

The "EcoScore" is updated every 5 minutes.

Thisisnotdisplayedwhen"EcoScore" issetto"Off"orwhennorouteisset.

②BestScore

Displaysthebestscoretodate.

Thisisnotdisplayedwhen"EcoScore" issetto"Off"orwhennorouteisset.

③Averagefuelmileagecomparisongraph

Displaysacomparisonoftheaveragefuel mileageuptothepointthenavigationsystemwaslaststopped(pastaveragefuel mileage)andthecurrentaveragefuelmileage. Thedisplayisupdatedevery3seconds. Themorethevaluemovesinthe directionof+, thebetterthefuelmileage. Therearethreedifferentgraphbars.

• Total

A comparison of the past average fuel mileage and the average fuel mileage of the current drive.

• :OrdinaryRoad

A comparison of the past average fuel mileage and the average fuel mileage for 90 seconds in the past, while the vehicle is driving on an ordinary road.

• :Freeway

Eco-friendlydrivingfunctions

A comparison of the past average fuel mileage and the average fuel mileage for 90 seconds in the past, while the vehicle is driving on a freeway.

④Animalicons

Thenumberofdisplayedanimaliconsincreasesordecreasesaccordingtothevalue of"EcoScore".

This is not displayed when "Eco Score" issetto "Off" or whennorouteisset.

Evenifyousethe"EcoGraph"function immediatelyafteryoustartusingthenavigationsystemforthefirsttime, maybe displayedandthefunctionmaynotbeavailable.

For details, refer to Troubleshooting on page 193.

☐Thedisplaysettingscanbechanged.

- Fordetails, refertoChangingtheeco-functionsettingonpage155.

DisplayingEcoDriveLevel guidance

Thisnavigationsystemisequippedwiththe "EcoDriveLevel"functionthatestimateshow wellyouhavedriveninanenvironmentally friendlyway.

Thepointsof"EcoDriveLevel"changeaccordingto"EcoScore"whenthevehiclereachesthedestination.Whenacertainnumberofpointsisreached,thelevelincreasesandamessageappears.

Treeicon Eco Drive level 4/10 Good progress! OK

Asthelevelincreases, atreeiconchanges fromayoungtreetoabigtree.

Thisisnotdisplayedwhen"EcoDrive Level" is set to "Off".
Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoChangingtheeco-functionsettingonpage 155.

Suddenstartalert

If the speed of the vehicle exceeds 25.5 mph (41 km/h) within 5 seconds from the time it is started, am message appears and awarning soundbeeps.

I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 10.3mi 27.3mi 12:05 3:19 Drive safely!

Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoChangingtheeco-functionsettingonpage 155.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Suddenstartalert - 2

CAUTION

Forsafetyreasons,theseroute-settingfunctions arenotavailablewhileyourvehicleisinmotion. Toenablethesefunctions,youmuststopina safeplaceandputontheparkingbrakebefore settingyourroute.

Someinformationregardingtrafficregulationsdependsonthetimewhentheroute calculationisperformed. Thus, the information may not correspond with a certain traffic regulation when your vehicle actually passe through the location in question. Also, the information on the traffic regulations provided will be for a passenger vehicle, and not for a truck or other delivery vehicles. Always follow the actual traffic regulations which driving.

Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute

1 Parkyourvehicleinasafeplaceandapply theparkingbrake.
2 Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.
Fordetailsoftheoperations,referto Screenswitchingoverviewonpage22.
3 Selectthemethodofsearchingforyour destination.
4 Entertheinformationaboutyourdestinationtocalculateroute.
5 Confirmthelocationonthemap.
Fordetails, refertoSettingarouteto yourdestinationonpage42.
6 Thenavigationsystemcalculatestheroute toyourdestination, and thenshowsthe routeonthemap.
7 Checkanddecidetheroute.
Fordetails, refertoSettingarouteto yourdestinationonpage42.
⑧Yournavigationsystemsetstherouteto yourdestination, and themapofyoursurroundingsappears.
9Releasetheparkingbrake,driveinaccordancewithnavigationguidance.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 1

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 2

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 3

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 4

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 5

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 6

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 7

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 8

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Thebasicflowofcreating yourroute - 9

Searchingforalocationby address

Themostfrequentlyusedfunctionis"Address",inwhichtheaddressisspecifiedand thedestinationissearched.

Youcanselectthemethodofsearchingfora locationbyaddress.

Searchingforacitynamefirst
• Findingthelocationbyspecifyingthe housenumber

Searchingforacitynamefirst

☐Depending on thesearch results, some steps may be skipped.
□Whenyouentercharacters,thesystemwill automaticallysearchthedatabaseforall possibleoptions.Onlythecharactersyou enterareactive.
□Ifthesearchcandidatesnumberreaches 20orless,thescreenautomatically changestothesearchresultscreen.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Address].

Destination Menu Address Return Home POI AVIC FEEDS Favorites History Cancel Route Traffic Coordinates Route Overview

3Touchthekeynextto"Country"toselectthecountry.

If the destination is in another country, change the country setting.

☐Oncethecountryhasbeenselected,you onlyhavetochangecountrieswhenyour destinationisoutsideofthecountryyouse-lected.

4Touchthekeynextto"State"and touchthedesiredstate,province,orterritoryonthelist.

If the location that you want to search for in another state, province, or territory, this changesthe areasetting.

☐Oncethestate, province, orterritory has been selected, you only haveto change states, provinces, orterritories when your destination is outside of the state, province, orterritory you selected.

5Touch[City].

Address Search House# City State CALIFORNIA Country USA

6Enterthecitynameandthentouch [OK].

Street City | Enter City Name 3446 < 2 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

The"SelectCity" screenappears.

7Touchthedesiredcityname.

The "StreetName" screenappears.

■Ifyoutouch, the geographiccenter of the city appear on themapscreen.

Searchingforandselectingallocation

8Enterthestreetnameandthentouch [OK].

City | Long Beach Street | Street Name 2825 < 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

The "StreetSelection" screenappears.

9Touchthestreetyouwant.

10Enterthehousenumberandthen touch[OK].

City | Long Beach Street | E 20th St(Long Beach) House# | Enter House Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 OK

The "HouseNumberSelection" screenappears.

11Touchthedesiredhousenumberrange.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

For the subsequent operations, refer to Setting a routet your destination on page 42.

Findingthelocationby specifyingthehousenumber

1Displaythe"AddressSearch"screen.

2Touch[House#].

The "EnterHouseNumber" screenappears.

3Enterthehousenumberandthen touch[OK].

City Street House# | Enter House Number N 1 2 3 W E - 4 5 6 S 7 8 9 0 OK

The "EnterStreetName" screenappears.

4Enterthestreetnameandthentouch [OK].

City Street | Enter Street Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

The "StreetSelection" screenappears.

5Touchthestreetyouwant.

The "EnterCityName" screenappears.

6Enterthecitynameandthentouch [OK].

Street | Water St City | Enter City Name 39 < W E R O P A S D F H J L C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

The"SelectCity" screenappears.

7Touchthedesiredcityname.

The "HouseNumberSelection" screenappears.

Searchingforandselectingallocation

If the housenumberyouhaveenteredisnot found, amessageappears. In that case, all housenumberrangesarelistedaftertouching [Yes].

■ Ifyoutouch, the geographiccenter of the city appear on themapscreen.

8Touchthedesiredhousenumberrange.

Thesearched location appears on themap screen.

Forthesubsequentoperations, refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage 42.

Settinguparoutetoyour home

If your homelocation is stored, therout to your home can be calculated by touching a single key.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[ReturnHome].

□Ifyouhavenotregisteredyourhomelocation,amessageappears.Touch[Register] tostartregistration.

Fordetails, refertoRegistering your homeonpage154.

SearchingforPointsof Interest(POI)

Informationaboutvariousfacilities(PointsOf Interest–POI),suchasgasstations,parking lotsorrestaurants,isavailable.Youcan searchforaPOIbyselectingthecategory(or enteringthePOIName).

SearchingforPOlsbypreset categories

YoucansearchforPOIswithasingletouch fromthepresetcategory.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[POI].

3Touchthedesiredcategory.

Presetcategories

POI Search Gas Station Bank Coffee Hotel ABC_ Spell Name Near Me Near Destination Around City

The "POIList" screenappears.

4TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

- For the subsequent operations, refer to Setting a rout to your destination on page 42.

SearchingforaPOIdirectly fromthenameofthefacilities

□Ifthesearchcandidatesnumberreaches 20orless,thescreenautomatically changestothesearchresultscreen.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[POI].

The "POISearch" screenappears.

3Touch[SpellName].

4EnterthePOInameandthentouch [OK].

The "POIList" screenappears.

■ If you changetheregiontosearch, touch the statecodekeyanddisplay the "StateList" screen to changethesetting.

Statecodekey

Name | POI Name CA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

If the destination is in another country, touch [Country] to changethe country setting when the "StateList" screen is displayed.

□Oncetheregionhasbeenselected, you only havetochangeitwhenyourdestinationisoutsideoftheregionyouselected.

5TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

■Ifyoutouch[Sort],theorderofPOlcanbe sorted.

☐Currentorderisindicatedontheupper rightofthescreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 5TouchthePOIyouwant. - 1

Sortstheitemsinthelistinorderbydistancefromthevehicleposition.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 5TouchthePOIyouwant. - 2

Sortstheitemsinthelistalphabetically.

For the subsequent operations, refer to Settingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage42.

SearchingforanearbyPOI

YoucansearchforPOIsinyoursurroundings.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[POI].

The "POISearch" screenappears.

3Touch[NearMe].

POIsaredividedintoseveralcategories.

4Touchthecategoryyouwant.

The "POIList" screenappears.

☐ If there are more detailed categories within these selected category, repeat this step as many times as necessary.

5TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

- For the subsequent operations, refer to Settingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage42.

SearchingforPOIsaroundthe destination

☐Thisfunctionisavailablewhentherouteis set.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[POI].

The "POISearch" screenappears.

3Touch[NearDestination].

POIsaredividedintoseveralcategories.

4Touchthecategoryyouwant.

The "POIList" screenappears.

If there are more detailed categories within these selected category, repeat this step as many times as necessary.

5TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

- Forthesubsequentoperations,refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage42.

SearchingforPOIsaroundthecity

YoucansearchforPOIsaroundaspecified city.

Searchingforandselectingalocation

□Ifthesearchcandidatesnumberreaches 20orless,thescreenautomatically changestothesearchresultscreen.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[POI].

The "POISearch" screenappears.

3Touch[AroundCity].

4Enterthecitynameandthentouch [OK].

The "SelectCity" screenappears.

■ If you changetheregiontosearch, touch the statecodekeyanddisplay the "StateList" screen to changethesetting.

Statecodekey

City | Enter City Name 3446 < CA 2 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z C V B N M Keys Sym. OK

If the destination is in another country, touch

[Country]tochangethecountrysettingwhen the"StateList"screenisdisplayed.

☐Oncetheregionhasbeenselected, you only havetochangeitwhenyourdestinationisoutsideoftheregionyouselected.

5Touchthedesiredcityname.

The "POIList" screenappears.

■ Ifyoutouch, the geographiccenter of the city appear on themapscreen.

6Touchthecategoryyouwant.

POIsaredividedintoseveralcategories.

7TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

Forthesubsequentoperations, refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage 42.

Selectingdestinationfrom "Favorites"

Storing locations you visit frequently saves time and effort.

Selectinganitemfromthelistprovidesan easywaytospecifytheposition.

Thisfunctionisnotavailableifnolocations have been registered in "Favorites".

- Fordetails, refertoStoringfavoritelocations onpage47.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

Forthesubsequentoperations,refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage 42.

SearchingforPOIsbyusing thedataontheSDmemory card

CreatingacustomizedPOlispossibleby usingtheutilityprogramAVICFEEDSwhichis availableseparately,onyourPC.(AVICFEEDS willbeavailableonourwebsite.)Storingthe customizedPOIproperlyandinsertingtheSD memorycardenablesthesystemtousethe dataforsearches.

1StoretheitemintotheSDmemorycard byusingtheAVICFEEDS.

2InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

3Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

4Touch[AVICFEEDS].

The "SelectPOI" screenappears.

5Touchtheitemyouwant.

6TouchthePOIyouwant.

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

- Forthesubsequentoperations, refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage 42.

Selectingalocationyou searchedforrecently

The place that you have yet as destination or waypoint in the past area automatically stored in "History".

□IfnolocationisstoredinDestinationHistory,youcannotselect[History].(Ifyou performaroutecalculation,youcanselect[History].)

□“History”canstoreupto100locations.If theentriesreachthemaximum,thenew entryoverwritestheoldestone.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[History].

Thesearchedlocationappearsonthemap screen.

- Forthesubsequentoperations,refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonpage 42.

Searchingforalocationby coordinates

Enteringalatitudeandlongitudepinpoints thelocation.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Coordinates].

Searchingforandselectingalocation

3Touch[East]or[West],andthenenter thelongitude.

Longitude Latitude East 1 2 3 West 4 5 6 North 7 8 9 South 0 OK

ToenterW50°1'2.5"forexample,touch [West],[0],[5],[0],[0],[1],[0],[2],and[5].

4Touch[North]or[South],andthen enterthelatitude.

To enter N 5°1'2.5" for example, touch [North], [0], [5], [0], [1], [0], [2], and [5].

5Touch[OK].

Thesearched location appear on themap screen.

- Forthesubsequentoperations, refertoSettingaroutetoyourdestinationonthenext page.

Settingaroutetoyour destination

1Searchforalocation.

= For details, refer to Chapter 6.

After searching for the destination, the Location confirmation screen appears.

2Touch[OK].

Locationconfirmationscreen
OK Scroll Waypoint 12:16 This location will be set as your new destination. Press "OK" to proceed.

The destination is set, and then route calculation starts.

When the route calculation is completed, Route confirmation screen appears.

# If you press the MODEbutton during route calculation, the calculation is canceled and the map screen appears.

# If you touch [Scroll], the map display is changed to the scroll mode. In the scroll mode, you can display the location more precisely to register it, or make settings.

# If you touch [Waypoint], the location is added to the "WaypointsList" screen.

□If a destination is not set, [Waypoint] is not available.

3Touch[OK].

Routeconfirmationscreen
Multiple Route Options Profile Waypoints OK 12:16 0h25m 20.4m 1.34 ①②③④

Sets the displayed route as your route, and starts the route guidance.

①Travel time to your destination

②Distance to the destination

③Estimated fuel cost to your destination

= For details, refer to Inputtingthefuel consumptioninformationforcalculating thefuelcoston page 152.

④Route calculation condition

# If you touch ☑, the message confirming whether to cancel the calculated route appears. If you touch [Yes], the calculated route is canceled and the map screen appears.

Multiple Route Options Profile Waypoints OK 12:16 Los Angeles Anaham 0h25m 20.4mi 1.34

①MultipleRoute

= For details, refer to Displaying multiple routes on this page.

②Options

= For details, refer to Modifyingtheroute calculationconditions on the next page.

③Profile

= For details, refer to Checking the current itinerary on page 44.

④Waypoints

= For details, refer to Editingwaypointson page 45.

Displayingmultipleroutes

You can select a desired route from multiple route options. Calculated routes are shown in different colors.

☐If you set waypoints, you cannot display multiple routes.

1Touch[MultipleRoute]ontheRoute confirmationscreen.

Multiple route options appear.

2Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Touch[MultipleRoute]ontheRoute confirmationscreen. - 1

Another route is displayed.

3Touch[OK].

Route confirmation screen appears.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[OK]. - 1

Checkingandmodifyingthecurrentroute

Displayingtherouteoverview

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Destination].

The "DestinationMenu" screenappears.

3Touch[RouteOverview].

Destination Menu Address Return Home POI AVIC FEEDS Favorites History Cancel Route Traffic Coordinates Route Overview

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Displayingtherouteoverview - 2

Options Profile Waypoints OK 12:17 0h25m 20.4mi 1.34

①Options

- Fordetails,refertoModifyingtheroute calculationconditionsonthispage.

②Profile

- Fordetails, referto Checking the current itinerary on then next page.

③Waypoints

- Fordetails, refertoEditingwaypointson page45.

☐ "RouteOverview"isactiveonlywhenthe routeisset.

4Touch[OK].

Modifyingtheroute calculationconditions

You can modify the conditions for route calculation and recalculate the current route.

1Displaythe"RouteOverview"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewonthispage.

2Touch[Options].

3Touchthedesireditemstochangethe routecalculationconditionsandthen touch[OK].

Route Options Route Condition Fast Avoid Toll Road Off Avoid Ferry Off Avoid Freeway Off Time restrictions On Learning Route On OK

Therouteisrecalculated, and the Routecon- firmationscreenappears.

Itemsthatuserscanoperate

Settingsmarkedwithanasterisk(*)showthat thesearedefaultorfactorysettings.

RouteCondition

Thissettingcontrolshowtheroutes should be calculated by taking into account the time, distance or main road.

Determines which condition takes priority for route calculation.

Fast*:

Calculatesaroutewiththeshortesttraveltime toyourdestinationasapriority.

Short:

Calculatesaroutewiththeshortestdistance toyourdestinationasapriority.

MainRoad:

Calculatesaroutethatpassesmajorarterial roadsasapriority.

AvoidTollRoad

Thissettingcontrolswhethertollroads(includingtollareas)shouldbetakenintoaccount.

Off*:

Checkingandmodifyingthecurrentroute

Calculatesaroutethatmayincludetollroads (includingtollareas).

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Checkingandmodifyingthecurrentroute - 1

On:

Calculatesaroutethatavoidstollroads(includingtollareas).

☐Thesystemmaycalculatearoutethatin- cludestollroadsevenif"On"isselected.

AvoidFerry

Thissettingcontrolswhetherferrycrossings shouldbetakenintoaccount.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - AvoidFerry - 1

Off\*:

Calculatesaroutethatmayincludeferries.

$PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Off\*: - 1$

On:

Calculatesaroutethatavoidsferries.

☐Thesystemmaycalculatearoutethatin-cludesferriesevenif"On"isselected.

AvoidFreeway

Thissettingcontrolswhetherfreewaysmaybe includedintheroutecalculation.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - AvoidFreeway - 1

Off\*:

Calculatesaroutethatmayincludefreeways.

$PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Off\*: - 1$

On:

Calculatesaroutethatavoidsfreeways.

☐Thesystemmaycalculatearoutethatin-cludesfreewaysevenif"On"isselected.

Timerestrictions

Thissettingcontrolswhetherstreetsor bridgesthathavetrafficrestrictionsduringa certaintimeshouldbetakenintoaccount.

□Ifyouwanttosetyourroutetoavoidraised drawbridges,select"On".

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Timerestrictions - 1

On\*:

Calculatesaroutewhileavoidingstreetsor bridgeswithtrafficrestrictionsduringacertaintime.

$PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - On\*: - 1$

Off:

Calculatesaroutewhileignoringtrafficrestrictions.

☐Thesystemmaycalculatearoutethatin-cludesstreetsorbridgesthataresubjectto trafficrestrictionsduringacertaintime evenif"On"isselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Off: - 1

CAUTION

If the timed difference is not set correctly, then navigation system cannot consider traffic regulations correctly. Set the timed difference correctly.

→Fordetails, refer to Setting the timed difference on page 163.

LearningRoute

Thesystemlearnsthetravelhistoryofyourvehicleforeachroad.

Thissettingcontrolswhetherornotthetravel historyshouldbetakenintoaccount.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - LearningRoute - 1

On\*:

Calculatesaroutewiththetravelhistorytaken intoaccount.

$PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - On\*: - 1$

Off:

Calculatesaroutewithoutthetravelhistory takenintoaccount.

Clear:

Clearsthecurrenttravelhistory.

Checking the current itinerary

Youcanchecktheroutedetails.

1Displaythe"RouteOverview"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewon thepreviouspage.

2Touch[Profile].

The"RouteProfile" screenappears.

Route Profile S Los Angeles St 0.03mi N Los Angeles St 0.4mi US-101 N/Hollywood Fwy N 0.5mi CA-110 S/Harbor Fwy S 2.6mi I-110 S/Harbor Fwy S 11.6mi I-405 S/San Diego Fwy S 4.2mi

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch[Profile]. - 2

Checkingandmodifyingthecurrentroute

Editingwaypoints

Youcaneditwaypoints(locationsyouwantto visitonthewaytoyourdestination)andrecal-culatetheroutesothatitpassesthrough theselocations.

Addingawaypoint

Upto5waypointscanbeset, and waypoints and finaldestination can be sorted automatically or manually.

1Displaythe"RouteOverview"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewonpage43.

2Touch[Waypoints].

The "WaypointsList" screenappears.

3Touch[Add].

Waypoints List MY PARENTS MY OFFICE Add Sort OK

The "SelectSearchmethod" screenappears.

4Searchforalocation.

Select Search method Address POI AVIC FEEDS Favorites History Coordinate Map Search

Fordetails, referto Chapter 6.

5Touch[OK].

2:52 OK S 4th St 6.9 mi

6Touch[OK]onthe"WaypointsList" screen.

Waypoints List MY PARENTS MY SISTER MY OFFICE Delete Delete Delete Add Sort OK

Therouteisrecalculated, and the Routecon- firmationscreenappears.

If you set waypoints, you cannot display multiplieroutes.

Deletingawaypoint

Youcandeletewaypointsfromtherouteand thenrecalculatetheroute.(Youcandelete successivewaypoints.)

1Displaythe"RouteOverview"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewonpage43.

2Touch[Waypoints].

The "WaypointsList" screenappears.

3Touch[Delete]nexttothewaypoint thatyouwanttodelete.

Thetouchedwaypointwillbedeletedfromthe list.

4Touch[OK]onthe"WaypointsList" screen.

Therouteisrecalculated, and the Routecon- firmationscreenappears.

5Touch[OK].

Themapofthecurrentpositionappears.

Checkingandmodifyingthecurrentroute

Sortingwaypoints

Youcansortwaypointsandrecalculatethe route.

□Youcannotsortwaypointsthatyouhaveal-readypassed.

1Displaythe"RouteOverview"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewonpage43.

2Touch[Waypoints].

The "WaypointsList" screenappears.

3Touch[Sort].

The "SortWaypoints" screenappears.

4Touchthewaypointordestination.

Sort Waypoints MY PARENTS MY SISTER MY OFFICE Automatic Clear OK

Puttheminthedesiredorder.

■Ifyoutouch[Automatic], thedestination and waypointsaresorted in the order of an arest waypoint from the current location in the direct antennapath.
■Ifyoutouch[Clear],waypointsortiscanceled.

5Touch[OK].

The "WaypointsList" screenappears.

6Touch[OK]onthe"WaypointsList" screen.

Therouteisrecalculated, and the Routeconfirmationscreenappears.

7Touch[OK].

Themapofthecurrentpositionappears.

Cancelingtherouteguidance

If you longer need to travel to your destination, follow the steps below to cancel her route guidance.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[CancelRoute].

Amessageconfirmingthecancellationofthe currentrouteappears.

3Touch[Yes].

Destination Menu Add FYEEDS Yes Skip No Favorites History Cancer Route Traffic Coordinates Route Overview

The current route is deleted, and a map of yours surrounding reappears.

■Ifyoutouch[Skip],thenextwaypointis skippedandanewrouteiscalculated.Allother waypointsremain. Whentheroutecalculationiscompleted,Route confirmationscreenappears.

☐[Skip]isavailableonlywhenawaypointis set.
■ Ifyoutouch[No], the previous screen returns without deleting the route.

Storingfavoritelocations

Storingyourfavoritelocationsas"Favorites" providesyouwiththeopportunitytosavethe timeandeffortofre-enteringthisinformation. Storeditemscanbemadeavailableon"Favorites"later.

Registeringalocationby "Favorites"

"Favorites" can store up to 400 locations. Homelocation is counted as one of the items in "Favorites".

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

3Touch[Add].

The "SelectSearchmethod" screenappears.

4Searchforalocation.

Fordetailsaboutthesearchmethods, refer toChapter6.

5Whenthemapofthelocationyou wanttoregisterisdisplayed,touch[OK]. Thelocationisregistered,andthenthe"Edit Favorite"screenappears.

- Fordetails, referto Editing the favoritelocationinthelistonthispage.

6Touch[OK].

Theregistrationiscomplete.

Registeringalocationbyscroll mode

Thisfunctionisavailablewhen"Registration" is set in the "Quick Access" menu. For details, refer to Selecting the "Quick Access"menuonpage162.

1Touchanddragthescreentoscrollthe maptothepositionthatyouwanttoregister.

W 2nd St S Good Ave S Grove St 12:35 W 2nd St 0.4 mi

2Touchtodisplaythe"QuickAccess" menu.

3Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch - 1

Thelocationisregistered, and thenthe "Edit Favorite" screenappears.

Fordetails, referto Editing the favoritelocationintheliston this page.

4Touch[OK].

Theregistrationiscomplete.

Editingregisteredlocations Editingthefavoritelocationin thelist

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

3Touch nexttothelocationthatyou wanttoedit.

The "EditFavorite" screenappears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

Edit Favorite Name MY PARENTS Phone# 01234567890 Icon Modify Location Call DK

Registeringandeditinglocations

①Name

Youcanenterthedesiredname.

☐Upto17 characterscanbeinputforthe name.

②Phone#

Youcanedittheregisteredphonenumber. Todialthenumber,touch[Call].

Themaximumdigitsyoucanenterforthe phonenumberis15.

③Icon

Youcanchangethesymboldisplayedon themapand"Favorites".

④ModifyLocation

Youcanchangetheregisteredlocationby scrollingthemap.

5Touch[OK].

Theregistrationiscomplete.

Editingyourhome

When you have already registered your home, you can edit the information of your home.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

□Homelocationisdisplayedonthetopof thelist.

3Touchnext othehomelocation.

Favorites HOME MY UNCLE MY AUNT MY BROTHER MY SISTER MY OFFICE

The "EditFavorite" screenappears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

Edit Favorite Name HOME Phone# 01234567890 Icon Modify Location Call OK

①Phone#

Todialthenumber,touch[Call].

②ModifyLocation

Youcanchangetheregisteredlocationby scrollingthemap.

☐Forhomeinformation,[Name]and[Icon]arenoteditable.

5Touch[OK].

Theregistrationiscomplete.

Sortingthefavoritelocations inthelist

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

3Touch[Sort].

Eachtimeyoutouch[Sort]changesthesort order.

☐Currentorderisindicatedontheupper rightofthescreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[Sort]. - 1

Sortstheitemsinthelistinorderbydistancefromthevehicleposition.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[Sort]. - 2

Sortstheitemsinthelistinorderofthere- centlyuseditems.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[Sort]. - 3

Sortstheitemsinthelistalphabetically.

Deletingafavoritelocation fromthelist

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

3Touch[Delete].

4Selectthelocationyouwanttodelete.

Delete from Favorites HOME MY UNCLE MY AUNT MY BROTHER MY SISTER MY OFFICE All Delete

Acheckmarkappearsnexttotheselectedlocation.

■Ifyoutouch[All],youcanselectallentries.If youwanttodeselectallentries,touch[None].

5Touch[Delete].

Delete from Favorites HOME MY UNCLE MY AUNT MY BROTHER MY SISTER MY OFFICE None Delete

Amessagewillappearaskingyoutoconfirm thedeletion.

6Touch[Yes].

Delete from Favorites HOME Are you sure you want to delete? Yes No BY OFFICE None Delete

Thedatayouselectedisdeleted.

■Ifyoutouch[No], thedeletioniscanceled.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Deletingafavoritelocation fromthelist - 4

Exporting and importing favoritelocations

Exportingfavoritelocations

Youcanexportthe"Favorites"datatoanSD memorycardforeditingbyusingtheutility programAVICFEEDSwhichisavailableseparately,onyourPC.

□IfthereispreviousdataintheSDmemory card,thedataisoverwrittenwithnewdata.

1InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

2Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

3Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

4Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Touch - 1

Dataexportstarts.

Afterthedataisexported, the completion message appears.

Favorites HOME Favorites file export complete OK MY OFFICE

5Touch[OK].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

Importingfavoritelocations

YoucanimportthelocationsthatyouhaveeditedontheutilityprogramAVICFEEDSto"Favorites".

□Whenalocationthatisalreadyregistered in "Favorites" is imported, the location is overwritten.

1StoretheitemintotheSDmemorycard byusingtheAVICFEEDS.

Registeringandeditinglocations

2InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

3Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

4Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

5Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 5Touch - 1

Themessageconfirmingwhethertoreplace thestoreditemsappears.

Favorites HOME Would you like to replace the existing favorites? Yes No MY OFFICE Delete Add Sort

6Touch[Yes].

Dataimportstarts.

Afterimportingthedataisfinished,the"Favorites"screenappears.

Deletingthedestination historyfromthelist

Itemsin"History"canbedeleted.Allentries in"History"canbedeletedatonce.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[History].

The "DestinationHistoryList" screenappears.

3Touch[Delete].

The "DeletefromHistory" screenappears.

4Selectthelocationyouwanttodelete.

Delete from History HOME MY SISTER MY PARENTS MY OFFICE MY AUNT MY BROTHER All Delete

Acheckmarkappearsnexttotheselectedlocation.

■Ifyoutouch[All],youcanselectallentries.If youwanttodeselectallentries.touch[None].

5Touch[Delete].

Delete from History HOME MY SISTER MY PARENTS MY OFFICE MY AUNT MY BROTHER None Delete

Amessagewillappearaskingyoutoconfirm thedeletion.

6Touch[Yes].

Thedatayouselectedisdeleted.

■Ifyoutouch[No], thedeletioniscanceled.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 6Touch[Yes]. - 1

☐PleasenotethatuseofthetrafficinformationfunctiononAVIC-X930BTorAVIC-X9310BTwillrequirethataseparatelysold Traffictuner(ND-TMC10)beconnected. Youcancheckreal-timetrafficinformation transmittedbytheTrafficManagementChannel(TMC)ofthereceiveddataservices(RDS) onthescreen.Suchtrafficinformationisupdatedperiodically.Whenthenavigationsystemreceivesupdatedtrafficinformation,the navigationsystemwilloverlaythetrafficinformationonyourmapandalsodisplaydetailed textinformationwhenavailable.Whenyouare travelingalongarouteandthereistrafficinformationonyourcurrentroute,thesystem willdetectitandaskyouifyouwouldliketo bererouted,orsuggestanotherrouteautomatically.

□WhenusedinNorthAmerica,thisproduct receivestrafficinformationprovidedby ClearChannelBroadcasting,Inc. ©ClearChannelBroadcasting,Inc.

☐ Thesystemacquiresthetrafficinformation upto100milesinradiusfromthevehicle position.(Ifthereisalotoftrafficinformationaroundyourvehicle,theradiuswillbe shorterthan100miles.)

☐Thenavigationsystemprovidesthefollowingfunctionsbyusingtheinformation fromRDS-TMCservice:

- Displayingalistoftrafficinformation - Displayingtrafficinformationonamap - Suggestingaroutetoavoidtrafficcongestionbyusingtrafficinformation

☐ The term "traffic congestion" in this section indicate the following types of traffic information: stop and go, stopped traffic, closed/blocked roads. This information is always taken into consideration when checking your route, and the information related with these events cannot be turned off. If you select other traffic information in [Traffic Settings], the information can be displayed in a list or on a map.

- Fordetails, refertoSelectingtrafficinformationtodisplayonpage55.

Checkingalltraffic information

Trafficinformationexcepttrafficflowinformationislistedonscreen.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Traffic].

The "Traffic Menu" screen appears.

3Touch[TrafficEvents].

The "Traffic Event List" screen appears. Thelistwithreceivedtrafficinformationis shown.

4Selectanincidentyouwanttoviewin detail.

Traffic Event List 1-3/41 CA-57 SUNSET CROSSING RD (Direction : Lane blocked 5.6mi) CA-91 LA SIERRA AVE (Direction : WESTB Traffic congestion 19.3mi) CA-91 LA SIERRA AVE (Direction : EASTB Traffic congestion 19.5mi) Refresh Sort

Thedetailsoftheselectedincidentaredisplayed.

Touchinganincidentyouwanttoseeallows youtoviewthedetailedinformationofthe incident.Iftheinformationcannotdisplayedononescreen.touch ortview theremaininginformation.

□Touching allowsyoutocheckthelocationonamap.(Trafficinformationwithout positionalinformationcannotbechecked onamap.)

■Ifyoutouch[Sort],thetrafficinformationcan besorted.

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Selectanincidentyouwanttoviewin detail. - 2

Youcansortthetrafficinformationbydistancefromyourcurrentposition.

Whenyoutouch[TrafficEvents],thelist displayedwillbesortedaccordingtothelineardistancefromthevehiclepositiontothetrafficinformation.

Usingtrafficinformation

Whenyoutouch[TrafficonRoute].thelist displayedwillbesortedaccordingtothe distancefromthevehiclepositiontothe trafficinformation.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Usingtrafficinformation - 1

Youcansortthetrafficinformationinalphabeticalorder.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Usingtrafficinformation - 2

Youcansortthetrafficinformationaccordingtotheincident.

Thelistwillbesortedintheorderofclosed/blockedroads,trafficcongestion,accidents,roadworksandothers.

Currentorderisindicatedontheupperrightof thescreen.

■ Ifyoutouch[Refresh]whilenewtrafficinformationisreceived,currentinformationischangedandoldinformationisremoved.Thetraffic informationlistisupdatedtoreflectthenewsituation.

5Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 5Touch. - 1

The previous screen returns.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 5Touch. - 2

Checkingtraffic informationontheroute

Alltrafficinformationonthecurrentrouteis displayedonscreeninalist.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Traffic].

The "Traffic Menu" screen appears.

3Touch[TrafficonRoute].

The "Traffic on Route" screen appears. Themethodforcheckingthecontentdisplayedonthescreenisthesameas"Traffic EventList"screen.

Fordetails, referto Checking all traffic information on the previous page.

Howtoreadtraffic informationonthemap

Thetrafficeventinformationdisplayedonthe mapisasfollows.

☐Alineisdisplayedonlywhenthemapscale is2.5miles(5km)orlower.
□Iconappearsonlywhenthescaleonthe mapis10miles(20km)orlower.Ifthe scaleischanged,theiconsareresizedaccordingtotheselectedscale.

Trafficeventicon
Los Feliz Blvd 1.2 mi 1.5 mi Rigole St 12:10 12:16 I-5 N/Golden State Hwy N Off

- withyellowline:

Stop-and-gotraffic

• withredline: Stoppedtraffic
• withblackline: Closed/blockedroads
• etc.: Accidents, constructions, etc.

☐Formeaningsofothericons, check them the "Traffic Type Settings" screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoSelectingtrafficinformationtodisplayonpage 55.

Viewingthetrafficflow

Alltrafficflowinformationisdisplayedon screeninalist.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Traffic].

The "Traffic Menu" screen appears.

3Touch[TrafficFlow].

Alistwithtrafficflowinformationthathas beenreceivedisshown.Thelistissortedby distancefromyourcurrentposition. Places(streetnames)whereincidentshave occurredaredisplayedonthelist.

4Selectanincidentyouwanttoviewin detail.

Thedetailsoftheselectedincidentaredisplayed.

□Touchinganincidentyouwanttoseeallows youtoviewthedetailedinformationofthe incident.Iftheinformationcannotbeisplayedononescreen,touch ▼ortview theremaininginformation.

☐Touching allowsyoutocheckthelocationonamap.(Trafficinformationwithout positionalinformationcannotbechecked onamap.)

■Ifyoutouch[Sort],thetrafficinformationcan besorted. Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

Youcansortthetrafficinformationbythe lineardistancefromyourcurrentposition.
• ABC. Youcansortthetrafficinformationinalphabeticalorder.
Youcansortthetrafficinformationbythe averagespeed.

Thelistwillbesortedintheorderofclosed/blockedroads,trafficcongestion,accidents,roadworksandothers.

Currentorderisindicatedontheupperrightof thescreen.

■Ifyoutouch[Refresh]whilenewtrafficinformationisreceived,currentinformationischangedandoldinformationisremoved.Thetraffic informationlistisupdatedtoreflectthenewsituation.

■Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Selectanincidentyouwanttoviewin detail. - 1

Thetrafficeventinformationdisplayedonthe mapisasfollows.

405 I-405 S/San Diego Fwy S 1.7 mi 1.8 mi Glen M Anderson Fwy W 1:09 1:19 Cherry Denn Ave 109 I-105 W/Glen M Anderson Fwy W Off

Trafficflowiconandline

• Red: averagespeedin this area is slower than 15 mph (24 km/h)

Yellow:averagespeedinthisareaisbetween15mphto45mph(24km/hto72km/h)
Green:averagespeedinthisareaisfaster than45mph(72km/h)(Aniconwithouta linewillbedisplayed)

Settinganalternativeroute toavoidtrafficcongestion

Thenavigationsystemchecksatregularintervalswhetherornotthereisthetrafficinformationonyourroute.Ifthenavigationsystem detectsanytrafficcongestiononyourcurrent route,thesystemtriestofindabetterroutein thebackground.

The following types of traffic incidents on therout will be checked: stop and go, stopped traffic and closed/blocked roads except for closed freeway exits/entrances.

Checkingfortrafficcongestion automatically

If there is information about traffic congestion on your current route and if an alternative route can be found, then navigation system will recommend an alternative route automatically. Insuchacase, the following screen will appear.

OK Current New 12:48 -0.5m + Traffic congestion -0.0mi -0h00m A 0.4mi A 1.5mi ① ②

①Differenceindistanceandtraveltimebetween theexistingrouteandnewroute.
②Distancefromthecurrentpositionofyourvehicletothepointofentryintothenewroute.
There is no action if the system cannot find any traffic congestion information on your route or the system cannot find an alternative.

1Touch[New].

Therecommendedrouteisdisplayedonthe screen.

■ Ifyoutouch[Current]whiletherecommendedrouteisdisplayed,thescreenswitches tothecurrenttroutedisplay.

2Touch[OK].

Thedisplayedrouteisset.

□Whennoselectionismade,thescreenreturnstothepreviousscreen.

Checkingtrafficinformation manually

Touchingthenotificationicononthemap screenallowsyoutochecktrafficinformation onyourroutewhiletheiconisdisplayed.The notificationiconisonlydisplayedonthenavi-

gationmapscreenifthereisanytrafficinformationonyourroute.

☐Thenotificationiconisnotavailableifyour vehicledeviatesfromtheroute.

1Set[ShowTrafficIncident]to"View".

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthetrafficno- tificationicononpage157.

2Displaythemapscreen.

Theiconappearswhenthesystemacquires trafficinformationonthecurrentroute.

3Touchtheiconwhiletheiconisdis- played.

Notificationicon
409 I-405 N/San Diego Fwy N 1.6 mi Sepulksda Blvd 12:55 12:58 Ven St 409 I-405 N/San Diego Fwy N Off

Trafficinformationonthecurrentrouteisdisplayonthemapscreen.

4Touch[Diversion]tosearchforanalternativeroute.

Diversion List W 187th Pl W 190th St 12:05 - 0.25m + I-405 I-110/Harbor Fwy (Direction : Northbound) Stop and go traffic A 0.0mi

Aftertouching[Diversion],therouteisrecalculatedtakingalltrafficcongestiononyour currentrouteintoaccount.

☐[Diversion]willbeavailableonlywhenthe systemcanfindtrafficcongestion.

Usingtrafficinformation

☐Notificationiconshowsthenearesttraffic informationontheroute. However, if you touch [Diversion], theroute is recalculated by taking into account not only this information, but also all traffic congestion information ontheroute.
Fordetails, refer to Checking for traffic congestion automatically on the previous page.

If you touch [List], the "Traffic on Route" screenappears.
■Ifyoutouch ←,themessagedisappearsand themapscreenreturns.

Selectingtraffic informationtodisplay

Therearedifferenttypesoftrafficinformation thatcanbereceivedviatheRDS-TMCservice, andyoucanselectwhichtypeswillbeincorporatedanddisplayedonyournavigationsystem.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Traffic].

The "Traffic Menu" screen appears.

3Touch[TrafficSettings].

The "Traffic Settings" screen appears.

4Touch[DisplayedTrafficInfo].

Traffic Settings Displayed Traffic Info OK

The "Traffic Type Settings" screen appears.

5Touchthetrafficinformationitemto display.

Acheckmarkappearsnexttotheselected trafficinformation.

■ Ifyoutouch[All], youcanselectallentries. If youwanttodeselectallentries, touch[None].

6Touch[OK].

Traffic Type Settings Traffic Flow Warning, Danger Narrow Road, Lane Closed Accidents Road Works Slippery Road All OK

Theselectedtrafficinformationiconisadded tothescreen.

7Touch[OK].

SelectingpreferredRDS-TMC serviceprovidermanually

AdefaultpreferredTMCserviceproviderfor eachcountryhasbeenset.ThenavigationsystemtunestotheradiostationwithgoodreceptionamongthepreferredRDS-TMCservice providers.Ifyouwanttosetanotherpreferred RDS-TMCserviceprovider,youcanmanually selectonefromavailableRDS-TMCservice providers.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Traffic].

The "Traffic Menu" screen appears.

3Touch[TMCProviderSelection].

4Touchthedesiredserviceprovideron thelist.

Aftertouchingaserviceprovider,thesystem startstuningtotheselectedRDS-TMCservice provider.Whenthetuningissuccessful,the systemreturnstothemapdisplay.

RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice

If your devices feature Bluetooth ^ technology, this navigationsystem can be connected to your devices wirelessly. This section describes how to setup a Bluetooth connection.

Fordetailsabouttheconnectivitywiththede- vicesfeaturingBluetoothwirelesstechnology, refertotheinformationonourwebsite.

Preparingcommunication devices

This navigation system has been built-in function to use devices featuring Bluetooth wireless technology.

Fordetails, referto Notes for hands-free phoning on page 69.

Youcanregisterandusedevicesthatfeature thefollowingprofileswiththisnavigationsystem.

• HFP(HandsFreeProfile)
• A2DP(AdvancedAudioDistributionProfile)
□IftheregistereddevicefeaturesbothHFP andA2DP,thehands-freeconnectionis madeandthentheBluetoothaudioconnectionismade. Iftheregistereddevicefeatureseitherprofile,thecorrespondingconnectionismade.

☐Whenthenavigationsystemisturnedoff, theBluetoothconnectionisalsodisconnected.Whenthesystemrestarts,thesystemautomaticallyattemptstoreconnect thepreviously-connecteddevice.Even whentheconnectionisseveredforsome reason,thesystemautomaticallyreconnectsthespecifieddevice(exceptwhenthe connectionisseveredduetodeviceoperation).

RegisteringyourBluetooth devices

Youneedtoregistryourdevicesfeaturing Bluetoothwirelesstechnologywhenyoucon-

nectitforthefirsttime.Atotalof5devices canberegistered.Threeregistrationmethods areavailable:

SearchingfornearbyBluetoothdevices
• PairingfromyourBluetoothdevices
SearchingforaspecifiedBluetoothdevice
□Ifyoutrytoregistermorethan5devices, thesystemwillaskyoutoselectoneofthe registereddevicestodelete.
Fordetails, referto Deleting are registered device on page 59.

SearchingfornearbyBluetooth devices

ThesystemsearchesforavailableBluetooth devicesnearthenavigationsystem, displays theminalist, and registersthemforconnection.

1ActivatetheBluetoothwirelestechnologyonyourdevices.

ForsomeBluetoothdevices,nospecific-action isnecessarytoactivateBluetoothwireless technology.Fordetails,refertotheinstruction manualofyourdevices.

2Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

3Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[Registration].

The "NearbyDeviceList" screenappears. ThesystemsearchesforBluetoothdevices waitingfortheconnectionanddisplaythem inthelistifadeviceisfound.

☐Upto30deviceswillbelistedintheorder thatthedevicesarefound.

RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice

5WaituntilyourBluetoothdeviceappearsinthelist.
Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices Search Again

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice - 2

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices MY PHONE 01 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

If you cannot find the Bluetooth device that you want to connect, check that the device is waiting for the Bluetooth wireless technology connection.

6TouchtheBluetoothdevicenameyou wanttoregister.
Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices MY PHONE 01 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice - 5

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Please follow the instructions on your mobile phone. Cancel MY PHONE UP / XXXXXXXXXX Search Again

■ If you touch [Search Again], the system starts searching for Bluetooth devices waiting for connection, and display them in the list format when any devices are detected.

7Enterthepassword(thedefaultpasswordis"1111")usingtheBluetoothdevice.

Enterthepasswordwhilethemessage"Please followtheinstructionsonyourmobile phone."appears.

The device is registered in the navigation system.

After the device is successfully registered, the Bluetooth connection is established from the navigation system.

PairingfromyourBluetooth devices

YoucanregistertheBluetoothdevicebysettingthenavigationsystemtostandbymode andrequestingconnectionfromtheBluetooth device.

1ActivatetheBluetoothwirelestechnologyonyourdevices.

ForsomeBluetoothdevices,nospecific-action isnecessarytoactivateBluetoothwireless technology.Fordetails,refertotheinstruction manualofyourdevices.

2Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

3Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[Registration].

The "NearbyDeviceList" screenappears.

5Touch[Registerfrommobilephone].

ThenavigationsystemwaitsforaBluetooth wirelesstechnologyconnection.

RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Please follow the instructions on your mobile phone. Cancel MY PHONE UP / AXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

6Registerthenavigationsystemonyour Bluetoothdevice.

If your device asks you to enter a password, enter the password of then navigation system. Whenthe device is successfully registered, the connection settings are made from the device.

If registration fails, repeat the procedure from the beginning.

Searchingforaspecified Bluetoothdevice

If you cannot connect your Bluetooth device using the nearby devices search and if your Bluetooth device is found in the list, try the following method.

1ActivatetheBluetoothwirelestechnologyonyourdevices.

ForsomeBluetoothdevices,nospecific-action isnecessarytoactivateBluetoothwireless technology.Fordetails,refertotheinstruction manualofyourdevices.

2Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

3Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[Registration].

The "NearbyDeviceList" screenappears.

5Touch[Selectspecificdevices].

The "Selectspecificdevices" screenappears.

6TouchtheBluetoothdevicenametobe connected.

Select specific devices Other phones Headset Phone Disable automatic sync LG U8360 Sagem Samsung A9xx

ThesystemsearchesforBluetoothdevices waitingfortheconnectionanddisplaythem inthelistifadeviceisfound.

□If you cannot find the desired device name on the list, touch [Otherphones] to search the devices available nearby.

7WaituntilyourBluetoothdeviceappearsinthelist.

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices Search Again

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 7WaituntilyourBluetoothdeviceappearsinthelist. - 2

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices MY PHONE 01 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

□If you cannot find the Bluetooth device that you want to connect, check that the device is waiting for the Bluetooth wireless technology connection.

RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice

8TouchtheBluetoothdevicenameyou wanttoregister.
Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Select specific devices MY PHONE 01 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice - 2

Nearby Device List Register from mobile phone Please follow the instructions on your mobile phone. Cancel MY PHONE UP / AXXXXXXXXXX Search Again

■Ifyoutouch[SearchAgain], thesystemstarts searching for Bluetooth devices waiting for connection, and display them in the list format when any devices are detected.

9Enterthepassword(thedefaultpasswordis"1111")usingtheBluetoothdevice.

Enterthepasswordwhilethemessage"Please followtheinstructionsonyourmobile phone."appears.

The device is registered in the navigation system.

After the device is successfully registered, the Bluetooth connection is established from the navigation system.

Deletingaregistereddevice

When you have already registered 5 Bluetooth devices and you want to add another one, you must first delete one of the registered devices.

☐Ifaregisteredphoneisdeleted,allthe phonebookentriesandcallhistorylists thatcorrespondtothephonewillbealso cleared.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[Registration].

Amessagepromptingyoutodeletearegistereddeviceappears.

4Touch[OK].
Bluetooth Settings Connection Unable to register. Delete one of more records before registering. OK Audio Cancel On OK

The "DeletefromConnectionList" screen appears.

5TouchtheBluetoothdevicenamethat youwanttodelete.
Delete from Connection List MY PHONE 01 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 05 / XXXXXXXXXXXXX

The device is deleted.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[Registration]. - 3

Connectingaregistered Bluetoothdevicemanually

Thenavigationsystemautomaticallyconnects theBluetoothdeviceselectedasthetargetof connection. However, connecttheBluetooth device manually in the following cases:

TwoormoreBluetoothdevicesareregistered, and you want to manually select the device to be used.
Youwanttoreconnectadisconnected Bluetoothdevice.

RegisteringandconnectingaBluetoothdevice

- Connection cannot be established automatically for somereason.

If you start connection manually, carry out the following procedure. You can also connect the Bluetooth device by having then navigation system detect it automatically.

1ActivatetheBluetoothwirelestechnologyyourdevices.

ForsomeBluetoothdevices,nospecific-action isnecessarytoactivateBluetoothwireless technology.Fordetails,refertotheinstruction manualofyourdevices.

2Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

3Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[Connection].

The "ConnectionList" screenappears.

5Touchthenameofthedevicethatyou wanttoconnect.

Connection List MY PHONE 01 /XXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 02 /XXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 03 /XXXXXXXXXXXX MY PHONE 04 /XXXXXXXXXXXX

The "SelectProfile" screenappears.

6Touchtheprofilethatyouwanttoconnect.

Select Profile Handsfree and Audio Audio Handsfree

Youcanselectthefollowingprofiles:

- HandsfreeandAudio:

Connectsthedeviceasthehands-free phoneandtheBluetoothaudioplayer.

•Audio:

ConnectsthedeviceasBluetoothaudio player.

- Handsfree:

Connectsthedeviceasthehands-free phone.

Connectionstarts.

When a connection is successfully established, a connection completes message appears and them maps screen returns by touching [OK].

Tocanceltheconnectiontoyourdevice, touch[Cancel].

□Ifconnectionfails, checkwhetheryourdeviceiswaitingforaconnectionandthen retry.

Settingforpriorityconnecting

Theselecteddeviceissetforpriorityconnecting.

Andoneofthefollowingiconsisindicated nexttothedevicename.

•

Appearswhenthedeviceisregisteredso thatitwillbepreferentiallypairedwithboth thehands-freeandBluetoothaudioconnection.

•

Appearswhenthedeviceisregisteredso thatitcanbepreferentiallypairedwiththe hands-freeconnection.

•

Appearswhenthedeviceisregisteredso thatitwillbepreferentiallypairedwiththe Bluetoothaudioconnection.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - • - 1

CAUTION

Foryoursafety, avoid talking on the phone as much as possible while driving.

If your cellular phone features Bluetooth technology, this navigation system can be connected to your cellular phonewirelessly. Using this hands-free function, you can operate the navigation system to make or receive phone calls. You can also transfer the phonebook data stored in your cellular phoneto then navigation system. This section describes how to setup a Bluetooth connection and how to operate a cellular phone featuring Bluetooth technology on the navigation system.

Fordetailsabouttheconnectivitywiththede- vicesfeaturingBluetoothwirelesstechnology, refertotheinformationonourwebsite.

Displayingthephonemenu

Use the "PhoneMenu" if you connect the cellular phonetothenavigationsystem for utilization.

→Fordetails,refertoChapter11.

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Phone].

The "PhoneMenu" screenappears.

Phone Menu MY PHONE 62 Surpass Dial Pad Call Home Contacts Contacts Transfer Received Calls Dialed Calls Missed Calls

①Nameofconnectedcellularphone
②Networknameofthecellularphonecompany

③StrengthoftheBluetoothconnectionbetweenthenavigationsystemandthedevice
④Receptionstatusofthecellularphone
⑤Batterystatusofthecellularphone

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch[Phone]. - 2

Makingaphonecall

Youcanmakeaphonecallinmanydifferent ways.

Directdialing

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on this page.

2Touch[DialPad].

The "DialInput" screenappears.

3Touchthenumberkeystoenterthe phonenumber.

Dial Input Phone# | 1 2 ABC 3 DEF 4 GHI 5 JKL 6 MNO 7 PQRS 8 TUV 9 WXYZ + 0 -

Thephonenumberthatwasinputdisplayed.

When the input is complete, [OK] becomes active.

■Ifyoutouch, the enterednumberisdeleted onedigitatatimefromtheendofthenumber.

Pressandholdtodeletealldigits.

■Ifyoutouch ↩, thepreviousscreenreturns.

4Touch[OK]tomakeacall.

☐Tocancelthecallafterthesystemstarts dialing,touch 📞.

5Touchtoendthecall.

Makingacallhomeeasily

Youcancallhomewithouttakingthetimeto enterthephonenumberifthephonenumber hasbeenregistered.

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on the previous page.

2Touch[CallHome].

Dialinghomestarts.

□Ifyouhavenotregisteredyourhomenumber,amessageappears.Touch[Register] tostartregistration.

Fordetails, refertoRegistering your homeonpage154.

Callinganumberinthephone book

Youcanselectandcallacontactfromthe phonebookentriestransferredtothenavigationsystem.

Before using this function, you need to transfer the phone book entries stored in your cellular phonetothenavigationsystem.
→Fordetails, refertoTransferring the phone book on page 65.

Searchingforacontacttocallonthe alphabettabs

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on the previous page.

2Touch[Contacts].

The "ContactsList" screenappears.

3Touchalphabettabs.

Contacts List 4ABCDE FGHJ KLMND PQRST LVWXYZ Others ALICE ANDY BRAD CHRIS EDWIN Delete Search

Thescreenjumpstothetopofthepagedis-playingtheentriesthatstartwiththeselected letterornumber.

☐Touching[#ABCDE]displaysallentriesthat startwithsymbolsornumbers.
□Touching[Others]displaysthepageincludingentriesthatarenotassignedtoanyoftheothertabs.

4Touchthedesirednameonthelist.

The "Contacts Type Selection" screen appears.

5Touchthedesiredentryonthelistto makeacall.

6Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 6Touch - 1

toendthecall.

Callinganumberbysearchingbyname

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on the previous page.

2Touch[Contacts].

The "ContactsList" screenappears.

3Touch[Search].

The "ContactsNameSearch" screenappears.

Youcansearchbythenamesregisteredinthe "ContactsList" screen.

Usinghands-freephoning

4Enterthedesirednameandthentouch [OK].

Contacts Name Search Name 1_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Space Keys Sym. OK

The "ContactsNameSearchResults" screen appears.

5Touchthedesirednameonthelist.

The "Contacts Type Selection" screen appears.

6Touchthedesiredentryonthelistto makeacall.

7Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 6Touchthedesiredentryonthelistto makeacall. - 1

toendthecall.

Dialingfromthehistory

Themostrecentcallsmade(dialed),received andmissedarestoredinthecallhistorylist. Youcanbrowsethecallhistorylistandcall numbersfromit.

☐Eachcallhistorysaves30callsperregisteredcellularphone.Ifthenumberofcalls exceeds30,theoldestentrywillbedeleted.

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on page 61.

2Touch[ReceivedCalls], [DialedCalls] or [MissedCalls].

Theselectedcallhistorylistappears.

3Touchanentryonthelist.

Dialed Calls List 1/1 ALICE 5:40 PM 01/01/2009 Detail

Dialingstarts.

☐Tocancelthecallafterthesystemstarts dialing,touch 📞.

- If you touch [Detail], the "Detailed Information" screenappears.

Detailed Information ALICE 0123456789 Call

You can check the detail of the party before making a phone call.

4Touchtoendthecall.

Dialingafavoritelocation

Youcanmakeacalltoanentrystoredinthe "Favorites"list.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[Favorites].

The "Favorites" screenappears.

3Touch nexttothelocationthatyou wanttomakeacall.

The "EditFavorite" screenappears.

4Touch[Call]tomakeacall.

☐Tocancelthecallafterthesystemstarts dialing,touch 📞.

5Touchtoendthecall.

Dialingafacility'sphonenumber

You can make acall to facilities with phone number data.

☐You cannot make acalltolocations or POIs that havenophonenumberdata.

1Displaythe"DestinationMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

Usinghands-freephoning

2Touch[POI].

The "POISearch" screenappears.

3SearchforthePOI.

The "POIList" screenappears.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoSearchingforPointsofInterest(POI)onpage37.

4Touchnext tothePOIthatyouwant tocall.

The "POllnformation" screenappears.

5Touch[Call]tomakeacall.

☐Tocancelthecallafterthesystemstarts dialing,touch

6Touchtoendthecall.

Dialingfromthemap

Youcanmakeacallbyselectingtheiconofa registeredlocationoraPOliconfromthemap screen.

☐YoucannotmakeacalltolocationsorPOIs thatavenophonenumberdata.

1Scrollthemap, and placethecursoron anicononthemap.

2Touch

The "InformationList" screenappears.

3TouchthePOIyouwant.

The "POllnformation" screenappears.

4Touch[Call]tomakeacall.

Tocancelthecallafterthesystemstarts dialing.touch

5Touchtoendthecall.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Touch[Call]tomakeacall. - 1

Receivingaphonecall

Youcanperformhands-freeansweringby usingthenavigationsystem.

Answeringanincomingcall

Thesysteminformsyouthatitisreceivinga callbydisplayingamessageandproducinga ringsound.

I-5 S/Santa Ana Fwy S 4.1 mi 10.8m 5:44 6:16 Incoming call ALICE US-101 S/Santa Ana Fwy S CD

☐Youcansetthesystemtoautomaticallyanswerincomingcalls.Ifnotsettoautomaticallyanswerincomingcalls,youwillhave toanswerthecallsmanually.
- Fordetails,refertoAnsweringacall automaticallyonpage67.
□Ifthevoiceontheotherendofthecallis tooquiettohear,youcanadjustthevolume ofthereceivedvoice.
Fordetails, refertoSettingtheVolume forGuidanceandPhoneonpage165.
☐Theregisterednameappearsifthephone numberofthereceivedcallisalreadyregisteredin"Contacts".
☐DependingonthecallerIDservice,the phonenumberofthereceivedcallmaynot bedisplayed."Unknown"appearsinstead.

1Toansweranincomingcall,touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Toansweranincomingcall,touch - 1

Theoperationmenuduringacallappears.

If you touch [Vol -] or [Vol +], you can adjust theringtonevolume.
■Ifyoutouch anincomingcallisrejected.

Therejectedcallisrecordedinthemissedcall historylist.

- Fordetails, referto Dialing from the history on the previous page.

2Touchtoendthecall.
I-5 S/Santa Ana Fwy S 3.9 mi 10.6 mi 5:44 6:16 ALICE Close Menu Vol Vol US-101 S/Santa Ana Fwy S CD

Thecallends.

☐Youmayhearanoisewhenyouhangup thephone.

■ If you touch [Vol -] or [Vol +], you can adjust the volumewhentalking.
■Ifyoutouch[CloseMenu],theoperation menuduringcallisminimized.

Todisplaythemenuagain,touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Toansweranincomingcall,touch - 3

1-5 S/Santa Ana Fwy S 3.7 mi 10.4m Heward 5:44 6:16 US-101 S/Santa Ana Fwy S CD

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 1Toansweranincomingcall,touch - 5

Transferring the phonebook

Youcantransfer the phonebook entries from your cellular phoneto the phonebook of the navigation system.

☐Dependingonthecellularphone, phone bookmaybecalledContacts,Business Cardorsomethingelse.
□Withsomecellularphones,itmaynotbe possibletotransfertheentirephonebook atonce.Inthiscase,transferaddresses oneatatimefromyourphonebookusing yourcellularphone.
□If you connect the cellular phone featuring auto-synchronization function, phonebook transfer or synchronization will be automatically performed.

☐A maximum of 1000 entries can be transferred per cellular phone. If the entries exceed 1000, the extra entries will not be transferred. If more than one number is registered for one person, such as workplace and home, each number may be counted separately.
□Eachentrycanholdupto5phonenumbers.
☐Depending on the cellular phonethatis connected to this navigation system via Bluetooth technology, this navigation system may not be able to display the phone book correctly. (Some characters maybe garbled.)
□Ifthephonebookinthecellularphonecontainsimagedata, thephonebookmaynot becorrectlytransferred.
☐Thetransferreddatacannotbeeditedon thenavigationsystem.

1Connectthecellularphonethathasthe phonebooktotransfer.

- Fordetails, refertoConnectingaregistered Bluetoothdevicemanuallyonpage59.

2Touch[ContactsTransfer]onthe "PhoneMenu"screen.

3Checkthatthefollowingscreenisdis- played, and operate your cellular phoneto transfer the phone book entries.

Phone Menu Send Business Card by operating mobile phone Cancel Received Calls Deleted Calls Missed Calls

Whendatatransferisfinished, amessageaskingwhetheryouwanttotransfermoredata appears.

Touch[Yes]tocontinuethetransfer.

4Touch[No].

Phone Menu my phone (0) Software Read more data? Yes No Received Calls Dated Calls Nissed Calls

Thetransferreddataisimportedtothenavigationsystem.

Whenthedataissuccessfullyimported,an importcompletemessageisdisplayedandthe

"ContactsList" screenappears.

☐Itmaytaketimedependingonhowmany entrieswillbetransferred.

Deletingregisteredcontacts

1Displaythe"PhoneMenu"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplaying the phone menu on page 61.

2Touch[Contacts].

The "ContactsList" screenappears.

3Touch[Delete].

The "DeletefromContacts" screenappears.

4Touchtheentryyouwanttodelete.

Acheckmarkappearsnexttotheentry.

■Ifyoutouch[All],youcanselectallentries.If youwanttodeselectallentries,touch[None].

5Touch[Delete].

Themessageconfirmingwhethertodeletethe entryappears.

6Touch[Yes].

Theentryisdeleted.

■Ifyoutouch[No], thedeletioniscanceled.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 6Touch[Yes]. - 1

Changing the phones settings

Editingthedevicename

Youcanchangethedevicenametobedisplayedonyourcellularphone.(Defaultis "PIONEERNAVI".)

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[DeviceName].

Thekeyboardtoenterthenameappears.

4Touch < todeletethecurrentname, andenterthenewnamebyusingthekeyboard.

Device Name Name | PIONEER NAVI_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X C V B N M Space Keys Sym. OK

☐Upto16characterscanbeenteredforade- vicename.

5Touch[OK].

Thenameischanged.

Editingthepassword

Youcanchangethepasswordtobeusedfor authenticationonyourcellularphone.(Defaultis"1111".)

☐ Fourtoeightcharacterscanbeenteredfor apassword.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[Password].

The "SetPassword" screenappears.

4Touchtoeletethecurrentpassword, and enterthenewpassword by using the keyboard.

5Touch[OK].

Thepassworddischanged.

StoppingBluetoothwave transmission

Youcanstoptransmissionofelectricwavesby turningofftheBluetoothfunction.Ifyoudo notusetheBluetoothwirelesstechnology,we recommendselecting"Off".

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[BluetoothOn/Off].

Eachtouchof[BluetoothOn/Off]changes thesettingsasfollows:

On(default):
TurnsonBluetoothfunction.
• Off:
TurnsoffBluetoothfunction.

Echocancelingandnoisereduction

When you are operating hands-free phoning in the vehicle, you may hear an undesirable echo. This function reduces the echo and noisewhile you are using hands-free phoning, and maintains acertains sound quality.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[EchoCancel].

Eachtouchof[EchoCancel]changesthesettingsasfollows:

On(default):
Activatesechocancelingandnoisereduction.
• Off:
Deactivatesechocancelingandnoisereduction.

Answeringacallautomatically

Thenavigationsystemautomaticallyanswers incomingcallstothecellularphone,soyou canansweracallwhiledrivingwithouttaking yourhandsoffthesteeringwheel.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[AutoAnswerPreference].

The "AutoAnswerPreference" screenappears.

4Touchthedesiredoption.

Auto Answer Preference Off Immediately After 3 seconds After 6 seconds After 10 seconds

Onthisscreen,youcanselectthefollowing items:

Off(default):
Noautomaticresponse.Respondmanually.
Immediately:
Answersimmediately.
• After3seconds:
Answersafterthreeseconds.
• After6seconds:
Answersaftersixseconds.
• After10seconds:
Answersaftertenseconds.

Settingtheautomaticrejection function

If this function is on, then navigation system automatically rejects all incoming calls.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[RefuseAllCalls].

Eachtouchof[RefuseAllCalls]changesthe settingsasfollows:

- Off(default): Acceptsallincomingcalls.

- On: Rejectsallincomingcalls.

☐ If both “Refuse All Calls” and “Auto AnswerPreference” are activated, “Refuse AllCalls” takes priority and all incoming calls are automatically rejected.

☐ If "Refuse All Calls" is set to "On", rejected incomingcallswillnotbestoredinthe missedcalllist.

Clearingmemory

Youcanclearthememoryofeachitemthat correspondstothecconnectedcellularphone: phonebook,dialed/received/missedcallhistorylistandpresetdials.

1Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

2Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[ClearMemory].

The "ClearMemory" screenappears.

4Touchthedesiredoption.

Clear Memory Contacts Received Calls List Dialed Calls List Missed Calls List Clear All

Onthisscreen,youcanselectthefollowing items:

Contacts: Clearstheregisteredphonebook.
ReceivedCallsList: Clearsthereceivedcallhistorylist.
DialedCallsList: Clearsthedialedcallhistorylist.
MissedCallsList: Clearsthemissedcallhistorylist.

■Ifyoutouch[ClearAll],allthedataiscleared thatcorrespondtotheconnectedcellularphone.

5Touch[Yes].

Dataontheselecteditemisclearedfromthis navigationsystem'smemory.
■ If you donot want to clear them memory that you have selected, touch [No].

UpdatingtheBluetooth wirelesstechnologysoftware

Updatefileswillbeavailablefordownloadin thefuture.Youwillbeabletodownloadthelat- estupdatefromanappropriatewebsiteto yourPC.

Before you download the files and install the update, read through the instructions on the website. Follow the instructions on the website for steps until [Firmwareupdate] becomes active.

1StoretheupdatedfilesintotheSD memorycard.

2InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

3Displaythe"SettingsMenu"screen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoScreen switchingoverviewonpage22.

4Touch[BluetoothSettings].

The "BluetoothSettings" screenappears.

5Touch[Firmwareupdate].

The current version is displayed.

Bluetooth Firmware Update Version : 3.22 Firmware update

6Touch[Firmwareupdate].

Themessageconfirmingwhetherornotto starttheupdatewillappear.

7Touch[Yes].

Updatestarts.

8Waituntiltheupgradeprocessiscomplete.

Amessagewillappearaftertheupdateis complete.

9Touch[OK].

Themessagedisappears, and themapscreen returns.

10EjecttheSDmemorycard.

Notesforhands-freephoning

Generalnotes

Connectiontoallcellularphonesfeaturing Bluetoothwirelesstechnologyisnotguaranteed.
Theline-of-sightdistancebetweenthisnavigationsystemandyourcellularphone mustbe10metersorlesswhensending andreceivingvoiceanddataviaBluetooth technology. However, the actualtransmission distance may be shorter than the estimated distance, depending on the usage environment.
Withsomecellularphones,theringsound maynotbeoutputfromthespeakers.
Ifprivatemodeisselectedonthecellular phone,hands-freephoningmaybedisabled.

Registrationandconnection

Cellularphoneoperationsvarydepending onthetypeofcellularphone. Refertothe instructionmanualthatcamewithyourcellularphonefordetailedinstructions.
Withcellularphones, phonebooktransfer may not workevent though your phone is paired with thenavigationsystem. In that case, disconnect your phone, performpair-ing again from your phoneto thenavigationsystem, and then perform the phone booktransfer.

Makingandreceivingcalls

Youmayhearanoiseinthefollowingsituations;
—When you answer the phone by using the button on the phone.

—Whenthepersonontheotherendof linehangsupthephone.

If the person on the other end of the phone call can not hear the conversation dueto an echo, decrease the volume level for hands-free phoning. This may reduce the echo.
Withsomecellularphones,evenify you presstheacceptbuttononthecellular phonewhenacallcomesin,hands-free phoningmaynotbeperformed.
Theregisterednameappearsifthephone numberofthereceivedcallisalreadyregisteredinthephonebook.Whenonephone numberisregisteredunderdifferent names,thenamethatcomesfirstinthe phonebookisdisplayed.
If the phonenumberofthereceivedcallis not registered in the phonebook, the phonenumberofthereceivedcallappears.

Thereceivedcallhistoryandthedialed numberhistory

Callsmadeoreditingperformedonlyon yourcellularphonewillnotbereflectedto thedialednumberhistoryorphonebookin thenavigationsystem.
You cannot make acall to the entry of an unknown user (nophonenumber) in there received call history.
Ifcallsaremadebyoperatingyourcellular phone, nohistorydatawillberecordedin thenavigationsystem.

Phonebooktransfers

If there are more than 1000 phone book entries on your cellular phone, all entries may not be downloaded completely.
Withsomecellularphones, it may not be possible to transfer all items in the phone bookatonetime. In this case, transfer items one by one from your cellular phone.
Depending on the cellular phone, this navigation system may not display the phone book correctly. (Some characters maybe garbled, or first and last names may be reversed.)
If the phone book in the cellular phone contains imagedata, the phone book may not be transferred correctly. (Imagedata cannot be transferred from the cellular phone.)
Dependingonthecellularphone, phone booktransfermaynotbeavailable.

BasicoperationsoftheAVsource

Thischapterdescribesthebasicoperationsof theAVsource.

Youcanplayorusethefollowingsourceswith yourPioneernavigationsystem.

•Tuner(HDRadiotuner)(*1)
• FM(*2)
-AM(*2)
•CD
• ROM(inMP3,AAC,WMA)
• DVD-Video
• DivX
•USB
•SD

The following sources can be played back or used by connecting an auxiliary device.

• HDRadio(HDRadiotuner)(*2)
• iPod
• Pandora
•AhaRadio
- Bluetoothaudio
•XMTuner
•SIRIUSTuner
•AVinput1(AV1)
•AVinput2(AV2)
- Externalunit1(EXT1)
- Externalunit2(EXT2)
☐(*1)AsourceavailableonlyonAVIC-Z130BT.
☐(*2)SourcesavailableonAVIC-X930BTorAVIC-X9310BT.

DisplayingtheAV operationscreen

●PresstheMODEbuttonwhenthemap screenisdisplayed.

☐TheAVoperationscreencanalsobedis-playedbytouching[AVSource&Contents] on the "Top Menu".

Selectingasource

Sourceicons
Off iPod Audio Tunes OFF 3D MusicBox Aki The Best Hits Further integration 05/12 First contact 07/12 Pops o EQ - 05/15

1Touch,thendraganysourceiconsupor downtodisplayadditionalsourceicons.

TheAVsourceiconswillscroll, and previously hiddeniconswillappear.

2Taptheiconofthesourceyouwantto select.

The operationscreenoftheselectedsource appears.

☐Thecurrentlyselectedsourceiconishhighlighted.

Operatinglistscreens(e.g. iPodlistscreen)

Thisdescribestheoperationswhenalist screenisdisplayed.

☐Forinformationonhowtodisplaythelist screen, refertothedescriptionswithinthe desiredsourceportionofthismanual.

SwitchingbetweentheAV operationscreenandthelist screen

The following example describes how to switch between the AV operations screen and the artist lists screen of a Pod.

BasicoperationsoftheAVsource

1Touchtheappropriatekeytodisplay thelistthatyouwant.

Off iPod Aki The Best Hits Further integration EQ Pops 07/12 Herb-in-Chief

2Touchthekeyontherightedgeofthe screen.

Off iPod Songs Video 2:24 Asian Flavor Brilliance Drive it Eye-to-eye First contact Further integration

TheAVoperationscreenreturns.

Selectinganitem

1Scrollthelistbydraggingitemsupor downtodisplaytheitemyouwanttose-lect.

Off iPod Songs Video 2:24 Asian Flavor Brilliance Drive it Eye-to-eye First contact Further integration

☐Flickingalistitemenablesyoutoquickly scrollthroughthelist.

Tostopscrolling, gentlytouchthelist.

2Taptheitem.

☐Theitemcurrentlyselectedishhighlighted.

Returningtothepreviousdisplay

● Touchto return to the previous screen.

ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-X930BT andAVIC-X9310BT.

Youcanlistentotheradiobyusingthenavigationsystem. Thissectiondescribesoperations forradio(FM).

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDisplayingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Tap[FM]ontheleftedgeofthescreen todisplaythe"FM"screen.

WhenthetunerhasbeenunedintoanHD Radiobroadcasting,[FM]cannotbeselected.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheradio.

Fordetails, refer to Using the touch panel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen
① FM 101.7 MHz PS:101.7 EQ ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ 12:00 107.5 MHz P.CHS 101.7 MHz P.CH6 ⑧ ⑨ 87.9 MHz P.CH1

⑧Programservicenameorfrequencyindicator

Showsthefrequencyofthepresetitem.Ifthe programservicenamecanbeobtained,the programservicenameisshowninsteadofthe frequency.

⑨Presetnumberindicator

Showswhatpresetitemhasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheradio. - 2

①Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

②Bandindicator

Showswhichbandtheradioistunedto:FM1 toFM3.

③Programservicenameindicator

Showstheprogramservicename(station name)ofthecurrentstation.

④Signallevelindicator

⑤Frequencyindicator

⑥STEREOindicator

Showsthatthefrequencyselecteddisbeing broadcastinstereo.

⑦Currenttime

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

FM1 AM OFF Audio Mirror AV EQ 101.7 MHz PS:101.7 107.9 MHz P.CH5 101.7 MHz P.CH6 87.9 MHz P.CH1

①Performsmanualtuning

To tune manually, touch [I◄◄] or [►►I] briefly. The frequencies move up on down on the step at time.

Performsseektuning

Toperformseektuning,touchandhold[I◄◄] or[►►I]foraboutonesecondandthenrelease. Thetunerwillscanfrequenciesuntila broadcaststrongenoughforgoodreception isfound.

☐Youcancancelseektuningbytouching either [◀◀] or [▶▶] briefly.
☐ If you keep holding [◀◀] or [▶▶], you canskipbroadcastingfrequencies. Seektuningwillstartatthetimeyoure-leasethekeys.

②Selectsapresetchannel

Thekeyscanbeusedtoswitchpresetchannels.

Scrollbydraggingthekeysupordowntodisplaythepresetchannelyouwanttoselect, andtapthechannel.

☐Thelowerkeysandtheupperkeysappearonlywhenthepresetchannelisselected.

③Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

④Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑤ SwitchesbetweentheAVoperation screenandthepresetlistdisplay

Youcanswitchthescreendisplayaccording toyourpreference.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistsscreenonpage70.

⑥SelectsanFMband

Tappingthekeyrepeatedlyswitchesbetween the following FM bands: FM1, FM2, or FM3.

☐Thisfunctionisconvenientforpreparing differentpresetlistsforeachband.

Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies

Withatapofanyofthepresettuningkeys ("P1" to "P6"), you can easily store up to six broadcastfrequenciesforlaterrecall(also withthetapofakey).

1Selectafrequencythatyouwantto storeinmemory.

2Displaythepresetchannellist.

Fordetails, refer to Switches between the AV operations screen and the preset list display on the previous page.

3Keeptouchingapresettuningkey[P1] to[P6].

Presetlistdisplay

Preset P1:87.9MHz P2:89.9MHz P3:98.1MHz P4:106.1MHz P5:107.9MHz P6:101.7MHz Presettuningkeys

Fordetailsofthelistoperations,refertoOperatinglistscreens(e.g.iPodlistscreen)on page70.

Theselectedradiostationhasbeenstoredin memory.

Thenextimeyoutapthesamepresettuning key "P1" to "P6", the radio station frequencies arerecalledfrommemory.

☐Upto18FMstations, sixforeachofthe threeFMbandscanbestoredinmemory.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovepresetchannelsupordown.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformseektuning.

Usingadvancedfunctions

●Touchonthe"FM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

FM 1 Function BSM Local ① ② 1:56

①Storesthestrongestbroadcastfrequencies

②Tunesinstrongsignals

- Fordetailsofeachfunction, refertosections below with therelativetitles.

Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies

BSM(beststationsmemory)letsyouautomaticallystorethesixstrongestbroadcastfrequenciesunderthepresettuningkeys"P1"to

"P6"and,oncestoredthere,youcantuneinto themwiththetouchofakey.

□StoringbroadcastfrequencieswithBSM mayreplacebroadcastfrequenciesyou havealreadysaved.

1Touch onthe"FM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

2Touch[BSM].

3Touch[Start]tobeginasearch.

"BSM" begins to flash. While "BSM" is flashing, the six strongest broadcast frequencies will best be red under the preset tuning keys "P1" to "P6" in order of their signal strength. Whenthisiscomplete, "BSM" stops flashing.

■ If you touch [Stop], the storage process is canceled.

Tuninginstrongsignals

Localseektuningallowsyoutotuneinonly thoseradiostationswithsufficientlystrong signalsforgoodreception.

Usingtheradio(FM)

1Touchonthe"FM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

2Touch[Local].

3Touch[On]toturnlocalseektuningon.

■Ifyoutouch[Off],localseektuningisturned off.

4Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]tosethesensitivity.

TherearefourlevelsofsensitivityforFM.

Level:1—2—3—4

☐ The level "4" setting allows reception of only the strongest stations, while lower settings let you receive weaker stations.

ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-X930BT andAVIC-X9310BT. Youcanlistentotheradisingthisnavigation system. Thissectiondescribesoperations forradio(AM).

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Tap[AM]ontheleftedgeofthescreen todisplaythe"AM"screen.

WhenthetunerhasbeenunedintoanHD Radiobroadcasting,[AM]cannotbeselected.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheradio.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen

① AM 530 kHz OFF EQ ② ③ ④ 1:46 144u xHz P.CH6 530 kHz P.CH1 ⑤ ⑥ 600 kHz EQH2

①Sourceicon Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.
②Signallevelindicator
③Frequencyindicator
④Currenttime
⑤Frequencyindicator Showsthefrequencyofthepresetitem.
⑥Presetnumberindicator Showswhatpresetitemhasbeenselected.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

FM AM Disc O Off Audio Mirror AV ⑤ ① 530 kHz ② 1:46 P.CH6 530 kHz P.CH1 600 kHz P.CH2 ④ ③ EQ

①Performsmanualtuning

To tune manually, touch [I◄◄] or [►►I] briefly. The frequencies move up on down one step at time.

Performsseektuning

Toperformseektuning,touchandhold[◀◀] or[▶▶]foraboutonesecondandthenrelease. Thetunerwillscanfrequenciesuntila broadcaststrongenoughforgoodreception isfound.

②Selectsapresetchannel

Thekeyscanbeusedtoswitchpresetchannels.

Scrollbydraggingthekeysupordowntodisplaythepresetchannelyouwanttoselect, andtapthechannel.

☐Thelowerkeysandtheupperkeysappearonlywhenthepresetchannelisselected.

③Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

④Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑤ SwitchesbetweentheAVoperation screenandthepresetlistdisplay

Youcanswitchthescreendisplayaccording toyourpreference.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistscreenonpage70.

Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies

Withatapofanyofthepresettuningkeys ("P1" to "P6"), you can easily store up to six broadcastfrequenciesforlaterrecall(also withthetapofakey).

1Selectafrequencythatyouwantto storeinmemory.

2Displaythepresetchannellist.

Fordetails, referto Switches between the AV operations screen and the preset list display on the previous page.

3Keeptouchingapresettuningkey[P1] to[P6].

Presetlistdisplay
Preset P1:530kHz P2:600kHz P3:1000kHz P4:1400kHz P5:1710kHz P6:1440kHz

Presettuningkeys

→Fordetailsofthelistoperations,refertoOperatinglistscreens(e.g.iPodlistscreen)on page70.

Theselectedradiostationhasbeenstoredin memory.

Thenextimeyoutapthesamepreset tuning key "P1" to "P6", the radio station frequencies are recalled from memory.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovepresetchannelsupordown.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformseektuning.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchontne"AM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

AM Function BSM Local 1:47

①Storesthestrongestbroadcastfrequencies

②Tunesinstrongsignals

- Fordetailsofeachfunction, refertosections below with therelativetitles.

Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies

BSM(beststationsmemory)letsyouautomaticallystorethesixstrongestbroadcastfrequenciesunderthepresettuningkeys"P1"to"P6"and,oncestoredthere,youcantuneintothemwiththetouchofakey.

☐ StoringbroadcastfrequencieswithBSM mayreplacebroadcastfrequenciesyou havealreadysaved.

1Touch onthe"AM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

2Touch[BSM].

3Touch[Start]tobeginasearch.

“BSM” begins to flash. While “BSM” is flashing, the six strongest broadcast frequencies will best beored under the preset tuning keys “P1” to “P6” in order of their signal strength. When this is complete, “BSM” stops flashing.

■ If you touch [Stop], the storage process is canceled.

Tuninginstrongsignals

Localseektuningallowsyoutotuneinonly thoseradiostationswithsufficientlystrong signalsforgoodreception.

Usingtheradio(AM)

1Touchonthe"AM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

2Touch[Local].

3Touch[On]toturnlocalseektuningon.

■Ifyoutouch[Off],localseektuningisturned off.

4Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]tosethesensitivity.

TherearetwolelsofsensitivityforAM.

Level:1—2

☐ The level "2" setting allows reception of only the strongest stations, while lower settings let you receive weaker stations.

Youcanlistentotheradiobyusingthenavigationsystem. This section describes operations for HDRadioreception.

ForAVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BTusers

ThisHDRadioReady ^TM receiver(thisnavigation system)isreadytoreceiveHDRadiobroadcastswhenconnectedtotheGEX-P20HD, GEX-P10HD,soldseparately.

□Fordetailsconcerningoperation,referto theHDRadiotuner'soperationmanual.

☐ AVIC-Z130BT shows "Tuner" and AVIC-X930BT or AVIC-X9310BT shows "HD

Radio"asthesourceicon.

ThischapterdescribesoperationproceduresforAVIC-Z130BT.

HDRadiobroadcasting

HDRadiobroadcastingishhighqualityaudio anddataservices.HDRadiobroadcastingis broughttoyoubyyourlocalFMorAMstations.

HDRadiobroadcastingfeaturesthefollowing:

• Highqualityaudio
- FMmulticasting
- Dataservices

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - HDRadiobroadcasting - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["AM band"] --> B["Analog AM"]
    A --> C["Analog AM Digital AM"]
    D["FM band"] --> E["Analog FM"]
    D --> F["Analog FM Digital FM"]
    D --> G["Analog FM Digital FM-1ch"]
    G --> H["Digital FM-2ch"]
    G --> I["Digital FM-3ch"]

: Main channel
: Sub channel

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis-playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Tap[Tuner]ontheleftedgeofthe screentodisplaythe"Tuner"screen.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheradio.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonpage82.

Readingthescreen
① ② ⑤ ④67 ⑧ ③9 FM 87.9 MHz Long Artist 0000 1/2 P.CH1 P.CH2 EQ Disp Tag

①Bandindicator

Showswhichbandtheradioistunedto:FM1, FM2,FM3orAM.

②Detailedinformation

- Fordetails, referto Switchingthedisplay onpage83.

③Signallevelindicator

④Frequencyindicator

⑤Signaltypeindicator

Showsthetypeofsignalcurrentlybeingreceived.Ifadigitalbroadcastingisreceived, "D" appears. Otherwise, "A" appears.

⑥Blendingmodeindicator

- Fordetails, referto Switching thereceptionmodeonpage85.

⑦Songinforeceptionindicator*

Showsthereceptionstatusofsonginformation.

IndicatorMeaning

	Appearswhenthenavigation systemreceivessonginformationandcanstoreit.TheiconisdisplayedontheoperationscreenoftheHDRadio receiver.
	Appearswhenthenavigation systemisstoringsonginformation.Theiconisdisplayedonallo-perationscreensofAVsources.

⑧Songinfostatusindicator*

Showsthestatusofthesonginformation storedinthenavigationsystem.

IndicatorMeaning

	Thenumberofsonginformation itemsstoredinthenavigation systemisdisplayed. Theiconisdisplayedonallo-perationscreensofAVsources.
	Appearswhensonginformation istransferredtoiPod. Theiconisdisplayedonallo-perationscreensofAVsources.

⑨Currenttime

⑩Presetnumberindicator

Showswhatpresetitemhasbeenselected.

⑪Seektypeindicator

- Fordetails, referto Switching theseek modeonpage85.

⑫Multicastingindicator

Showsthenumberofmulticastchannelsin thecurrentfrequency.

⑬Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

Itemsmarkedwithasterisk(*)appearonly onAVIC-Z130BT.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

FM1 OFF 6 Long Artist 0000 1/2 Seek All EQ Disp Tag 12:01 P.CH1 P.CH2

①Performsmanualtuning

To tune manually, touch [I◄◄] or [►►I] briefly. The frequencies move up on down on the step at time.

Performsseektuning

Toperformseektuning,touchandhold[I◄◄] or[►►I]foraboutonesecondandthenrelease. Thetunerwillscanfrequenciesuntila broadcaststrongenoughforgoodreception isfound.

☐Youcancancelseektuningbytouching either [◀◀] or [▶▶] briefly.
□Whenananalogstationisreceived,tuningupordownisconductedwithinanalogbroadcasts.

Ifadigitalbroadcastisnotyetreceived, tuningupordowntunesintothenextor previousanalogstation.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Performsseektuning - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Analog FM"] --> B["Analog FM"]
    B --> C["Analog FM"]
    C --> D["Digital FM-1ch"]
    C --> E["Digital FM-2ch"]
    C --> F["Digital FM-3ch"]

②Selectsapresetchannel

Thekeyscanbeusedtoswitchpresetchannels.

Scrollbydraggingthekeysupordowntodisplaythepresetchannelyouwanttoselect, andtapthechannel.

☐Thelowerkeysandtheupperkeysappearonlywhenthepresetchannelisselected.

③StoressonginformationontoaniPod\*

Touchthiskeywhenreceivingthesonginformationofthesongonair,andyoucanstorethesonginformationonyouriPod.

- Fordetails, refertoStoringsonginformationtoaniPod(iTunesTagging) on the next page.

④Switchesthedisplay

- Fordetails, referto Switchingthedisplay onthispage.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑦ SwitchesbetweentheAVoperation screenandthepresetlistdisplay

Youcanswitchthescreendisplayaccording toyourpreference.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistscreenonpage70.

⑧Selectsaband

Tapthekeyrepeatedlyuntilthedesiredband is displayed: FM1, FM2, FM3, or AM.

☐Thisfunctionisconvenientforpreparing differentpresetlistsforeachband.

□Itemsmarkedwithasterisk(*)appearonly onAVIC-Z130BT.

Storingandrecallingbroadcast frequencies

Withatapofanyofthepresettuningkeys ("Preset 1" to "Preset 6"), you can easily store uptosixbroadcastfrequenciesforlaterrecall (alsowiththetapofakey).

1Selectafrequencythatyouwantto storeinmemory.

2Displaythepresetchannellist.

Fordetails, referto Switches between the AV operations screen and the preset list display on this page.

3Keeptouchingapresettuningkey[Pre-set1]to[Preset6].

Presetlistdisplay
Preset 12:07 FM Off (EXAM) Preset 1 Preset 2 Preset 3 Preset 4 Preset 5 Preset 6

Presettuningkeys

- Fordetails, refer to Operating lists screens (e.g. iPod lists screen) on page 70.

Theselectedradiostationhasbeenstoredin memory.

Thenexttimeyoutapthesamepresettuning key "Preset 1" to "Preset 6", the radio station frequenciesarerecalledfrommemory.

☐Upto18FMstations, sixforeachofthe threeFM bands, aswellassixAM stations, canbestoredinmemory.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovepresetchannelsupordown.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformseektuning.

Switchingthedisplay

Desiredinformationcanbedisplayed.

- Touch[Disp].

AVIC-Z130BT

Touching[Disp]repeatedlyswitchesbetween the following settings:

Channelname—Artistname—Songtitle—Programtype

AVIC-X930BT, AVIC-X9310BT

Thecontentsandorderofthesettingdisplay dependontheHDRadiotuner.

☐ Onlywhenthetunerhasbeentunedinto anHDRadiostation,canthedisplaybe changed.
☐ WhenthetunerhasbeenunedintoanHD Radiostation,defaultdisplayischanged intostationnameinsteadoffrequency.

Scrollingthedetailedinformation

Youcanturnthedetailedinformationscroll modeonandoff.

- Touchandhold[Disp].

Storingsonginformation toaniPod(iTunesTagging)

☐ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-Z130BT only.

Youcanstorethesonginformationtothe iPod,whenthenavigationsystemhasreceived thesonginformation.Thesongswillshowup in a playlist called "Tagged playlist" in iTunes nexttimeyousyncyouriPod.Youcandirectly buythesongsviathenavigationsystem. Dependingonwhenthesonginformationis stored,informationonthesongsbeforeand afterthesongonairmayalsobestored.Be suretoconfirmthesongbeforeyoupurchase.

☐TheiTunesTaggingfunctionisavailable duringreceptionofdigitalbroadcasts.
☐ThisfunctioncanbeoperatedwiththefollowingiPodmodels:

iPodtouch4thgeneration
iPodtouch3rdgeneration
iPodtouch2ndgeneration
iPodtouch1stgeneration
iPodclassic
iPodnano6thgeneration
iPodnano5thgeneration
iPodnano4thgeneration
iPodnano3rdgeneration
iPhone4
iPhone3GS
iPhone3G
iPhone

☐TheversionofiTunesmustbe7.4orhigher.

Whensonginformationisreceived, is displayedwhilethedesiredsongisbeing broadcast,and[Tag]becomesactive.

→Fordetails, referto Songinforeceptionindicator*onpage81.

2Touch[Tag].

The information on the songon air is stored in thenavigationsystem.

Whencompleted, Tag turnsoffand is displayed.

☐Thesonginformationforupto50songs canbestoredonthisnavigationsystem. Dependingonwhenthesonginformation isstored, informationfortheprevioussong orsongafterthecurrentsongmayalsobe stored.

3ConnectyouriPod.

Thesonginformationstoredinthenavigation systemistransferredtoyouriPod.

□IftheiPodisalreadyconnected,everytime youtouch[Tag],thesonginformationwill betransferredtoyouriPod. Whenthesonginformationisstoredon youriPod, disappears.
☐Whentransferofsonginformationiscompleted, theinformationstoredinthenavigationsystemwillbeautomaticallycleared.
□IfyouturnoffthenavigationsystemordisconnecttheiPodwhiletransferringsonginformationtoit,thetransfermaynot complete.
While the song information is stored in the navigation system, transfertoi Podis not possible.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touch 🎨 on the "Tuner" screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

①②③④ FM 2 Function 12:27 BSM Seek Local Blending DyA Auto

①Storesthestrongestbroadcastfrequencies
②Switchestheseekmode
③Tunesinstrongsignals
④Switchesthereceptionmode
- Fordetailsofeachfunction, refertosections below with therelativetitles.

Storingthestrongestbroadcast frequencies

BSM(beststationsmemory)letsyouautomaticallystorethesixstrongestbroadcastfrequenciesunderthepresettuningkeys"Preset

1" to "Preset 6" and, once stored there, you cantune into these frequencies with the touchofakey.

1Touch onthe"Tuner"screen.

2Touch[BSM].

3Touch[Start]tobeginasearch.

"BSM" begins to flash. While "BSM" is flashing, the six strongest broadcast frequencies will best be red under the preset tuning keys

"Preset 1" to "Preset 6" in order of their signal strength. Whenthisiscomplete, "BSM" stops flashing.

☐Tocancelthestorageprocess,touch [Stop].

□StoringbroadcastfrequencieswithBSM mayreplacebroadcastfrequenciesyou havealreadyasaved.

Switchingtheseekmode

Youcanselectthemethodofseektuning.

1Touch 🎨 onthe"Tuner"screen.

2Touch[Seek]toselectthedesiredsetting.

• All:
Seeksstationsfrombothanaloganddigital broadcasting.
• HD:
Seeksfromdigitalbroadcastingonly.
If you select "HD" on this setting while [Blending] is set to "Analog", the setting on [Blending] turn to "D/AAuto" automatically.

Tuninginstrongsignals

Localseektuningallowsyoutotuneinonly thoseradiostationswithsufficientlystrong signalsforgoodreception.

1Touch onthe"Tuner"screen.

2Touch[Local].

3Touch[On]toturnlocalseektuningon.

Toturnlocalseektuningoff,touch[Off].

4Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]tosetthesensitivity.

TherearefourlevelsofsensitivityforFMand twolevelsforAM:

FM:1—2—3—4

AM:1—2

☐ The FM "4" (AM "2") setting allows receptionofonlythestrongeststations,while lowersettingsletyoureceiveweakerstations.

Switchingthereceptionmode

Ifadigitalbroadcastreceptionconditiongets poor, the tunerautomatically switch the analog broadcast of the same frequency level by default. If you want to prevent a frequent automatic switching, switch this setting to [Analog].

1Touch onthe"Tuner"screen.

2Touch[Blending]toswitchthereceptionmode.

•Analog: Receivesanalogbroadcastingonly.

•D/AAuto: Automatically switch the analog broadcast of the same frequency level lasted digital broadcast.

☐ If you select "Analog" on this setting while [Seek] is set to "HD", the setting on [Seek] turnsto"All" automatically.

PlayingaudioCDs

YoucanplayanormalmusicCDusingthe built-indriveofthenavigationsystem.This sectiondescribeshow.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations, refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Insertthediscyouwanttoplayinto disc-loadingslot.

PlaybackstartsfromthefirsttrackoftheCD.

Fordetails, refertoInsertingandejectinga disconpage15.
□Ifthediscisalreadyset,tap[Disc]onthe leftedgeofthescreen.
Fordetails, referto Selectingasourceon page70.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthedisc.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen
AVIC The Best New Hits Drive it

①Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

②Playbackconditionindicator

Indicate the current playback condition.

ScanningtracksofaCD

IndicatorMeaning
OFF:	Cancelsthescanplay.
ON:	Playsthebeginningofeach trackinthecurrentrepeatplay rangeforabout10seconds.

Playingtracksinrandomorder

IndicatorMeaning
OFFXX	Doesnotplaytracksinrandom order.
ONXX	Playsalltracksinthecurrent discinrandomorder.

Settingarepeatplayrange

IndicatorMeaning
	Repeatsthecurrentdisc.
	Repeatsjustthecurrenttrack.

③Currenttrackinformation

•:Artistname

Showstheartistnameofthetrackcurrentlyplaying(whenavailable).

• Albumtitle

Showsthetitleofthealbumofthecurrenttrack(whenavailable).

- Tracktitle

Showsthetitleofthetrackcurrently playing(whenavailable).

- Playtime

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrenttrack.

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

④Currenttime

⑤Trackinformation

- Tracknumberindicator

Showsthetracknumberandthetotal numberoftracksinthecurrentrepeat range.

- Tracktitleindicator

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - - Tracktitleindicator - 1

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

OFF OFF OFF AVIC The Best New Hits Drive it 08/08 2:01 Seven for Se 01/08 Drive it 02/08 Eye-to-eye CD OFF IPod Audio ▶/II 00'29" Mirror AV EQ ⑥ ⑤

①ScanstracksofaCD

Scanplayisperformedbytouchingonlyone key.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,referto ScanstracksofaCDonthenextpage.

②Playstracksinrandomorder

Allofthetracksinthedisccanbeplayedat randombytouchingonlyonekey.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,referto Playstracksinrandomorderonthe nextpage.

③Setsarepeatplayrange

Therepeatplayrangecanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

Fordetails, referto Changestherepeat rangeonthenextpage.

④Selectsatracktoplay

Scrollingthekeysupordowndisplaystracks, andtappingatrackstartsplayback.

Tappingthelowerkeyduringrandomplay-backskipstothenexttrack.Tappingthe upperkeyjumpstothestartofthecurrent track.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑦PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑧Selectsatrackfromthelist

Touchingthekeydisplaysthelistwhichlets youseethelistoftracktitlesonadisc.You canplayatrackonthelistbytappingit.

The Best New Hits 01 :Drive it 02 :Eye-to-eye 03 :Further integration 04 :PREMIER 05 :Brilliance 06 :Light love

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

⑨Switchesthemediafiletypeplayed

Fordetails, referto Switchesthe mediafiletypeplayedonpage93.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ⑨Switchesthemediafiletypeplayed - 1

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskiptracksforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchone"CD"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

①②③④ Function Repeat Disc Random Off Scan Off Sound Retriever Off 2:02

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

•Disc:Repeatsthecurrentdisc.
- Track: Repeatsjustthecurrenttrack.

□Ifyouperformtracksearchorfastforwardorreverse,trackrepeatplaybackis automatically canceled.

②Playstracksinrandomorder

Eachtouchof[Random]turnsitonoroff.

☐Ifyouturntherandomplayonwhenthe repeat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Disc" automatically.

③ScanstracksofaCD

Eachtouchof[Scan]turnsitonoroff.Scan playletsyouhearthefirst10secondsof eachtrackontheCD.Whenyoufindthe trackyouwant,touch[Scan]toturnscan playoff.

□Afterscanningisfinished,normalplay-backofthetrackswillbeginagain.

□Ifyouturnthescanplayonwhenthere-peat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Disc" automatically.

④Uses"SoundRetriever"function

"SoundRetriever" function automatically enhances compressed audio and restores rich sound.

Eachtouchof[SoundRetriever]changes thesettingasfollows:

- MODE 1: Activates "Sound Retriever" function.

- MODE 2: Activates "Sound Retriever" function.

- Off: Deactivates "Sound Retriever" function.

□"MODE2"hasastrongereffectthan "MODE1"andismoreeffectivewhen playingbackhighlycompressedaudio data.

PlayingmusicfilesonROM

Youcanplayadiscthatcontainscompressed audiofilesusingthebuilt-indriveofthenavigationsystem. Thissectiondescribesthese operations.

□Inthefollowingdescription,theMP3, WMA,AACfilesarecollectivelyreferred to as"Compressedaudiofile".

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Insertthediscyouwanttoplayinto disc-loadingslot.

PlaybackstartsfromthefirstfileoftheROM.

Fordetails, referto/inserting and ejectinga disconpage15.
□Ifthediscisalreadyset,tap[Disc]onthe leftedgeofthescreen.
Fordetails, referto Selectingasourceon page70.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthedisc.

- Fordetailsconcerningoperations,referto Usingthetouchpanelkeysonpage92.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthedisc. - 1

Readingthescreen
OFF OFF/OK Jazz AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor 04 Wamingout C 01 Asian Flavor. MP3 02 First Contact. EQ 2:03

①Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

②Playbackconditionindicator

Indicate the current playback condition.

Scanningfoldersandfiles

IndicatorMeaning
OFF:	Cancelsthescanplay.
ON:	Playsthefirstaudiofilesofeach folderforabout10seconds whentherepeatrangeissetto "Disc".Playsthebeginningofeach audiofileinthecurrentfolder forabout10secondswhentherepeatrangeissetto"Folder".

Playingfilesinrandomorder

IndicatorMeaning
OFFXX	Doesnotplayfilesinrandom order.
ONXX	Playsallaudiofilesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangeinrandomorder.

Settingarepeatplayrange

IndicatorMeaning
	Repeatsallcompressedaudio files.
	Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.
	Repeatsthecurrentfolder.

③Currentfileinformation

- :Foldername

Showsthefoldernamecurrentlyplaying.

• Artistname

Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying (whenavailable).

• Albumtitle

Showsthetitleofthealbumofthecurrentfile(whenavailable).

- Tracktitle

Showsthetitleofthetrackcurrently playing(whenavailable).

□Ifthetitleofatrackisnotavailable, thefilenameappears.

- Playtime

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentfile.

PlayingmusicfilesonROM

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

④Currenttime

⑤Fileinformation

Filenumberindicator
Filenameindicator
Filetypeindicator

Showsthetypeofaudiofiles.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

OFF OFF ROM Jazz AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor 04 2:03 Winningest C 01 Asian Flavor. MP3 02 First contact. OFF OFFX Audio Mirror AV EQ 10'05" 6 EQ

①Scansfoldersandfiles

Scanplayisperformedbytouchingonlyone key.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto Scansfoldersandfilesonthenext page.

②Playsfilesinrandomorder

Thefilesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangecan beplayedatrandombytouchingonlyonekey.

□Ifthediscccontainsamixtureofvarious mediafiletypes,alltracksorfileswithin the current part ("CD" or "ROM") are playedrandomly.

Fordetails, referto Playsfilesinrandomorderonthenextpage.

③Setsarepeatplayrange

Therepeatplayrangecanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

- Fordetails, referto Changestherepeat rangeonthenextpage.

④Selectsafiletoplay

Scrollingthekeysupordowndisplaysfiles, andtappingafilestarts playback.

Tappingthelowerkeyduringrandomplay-backskipstothenextfile.Tappingtheupper keyjumpstothestartofthecurrentfile.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑦PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑧Selectsafilefromthelist

Touchingthekeydisplaysthelistwhichlets youseethelistoftracktitlesorfoldernames onadisc.

□Ifthetitleofatrackisnotavailable,the filenameappears.

Tappingafolderonthelistshowsitscontent. Youcanplayafileonthelistbytappingit.

Jazz 01 : Asian Flavor.mp3 02 : First contact.mp3 03 : Hero-in-Chief.mp3 04 : Winningest Car.mp3 ROM Off Auto 2:18 03 Rear Hanger. MP3 Win Hanger 4

PlayingmusicfilesonROM

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

Touching display the content of the upper folder (parent folder). If the upper most folder is listed, cannot be used.

⑨Switchesthemediafiletypeplayed

Whenplayingadiscccontainingamixtureof variousmediafiletypes,youcanswitchbetweenmediafiletypestoplay.

Tapthekeyrepeatedlytoswitchbetween the followingmediafiletypes:

CD(audiodata(CD-DA))—ROM(compressedaudiofile)—DivX(DivXvideo files)

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipfilesforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

●Touchon the "ROM" screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

①②③④ Function Repeat Disc Random Off Scan Off Sound Retriever Off 2:03

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

- Disc: Repeatsallcompressedaudio files.

- Track: Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.

- Folder: Repeatsthecurrentfolder.

□Ifyouselectanotherfolderduringrepeat play,therepeatplayrangechangesto "Disc".

□Ifyouperformfastreverseorfastforward during "Track", the repeat play rangechangesto"Folder".

□When "Folder" is selected, it is not possible to playback as subfolder of that folder.

□Whenplayingdiscswithcompressed audiofilesandaudiodata(CD-DA),repeatplayisperformedwithinthecurrentlyplayingdatasessionevenif"Disc" isselected.

②Playsfilesinrandomorder

Eachtouchof[Random]turnsitonoroff. Whetherandomplayisturnedon, the filesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangeare randomlyplayed.

□Ifyouturntherandomplayonwhenthe repeat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Folder" automatically.

③Scansfoldersandfiles

Scanplayletsyouhearthefirst10seconds ofeachfile.Scanplayisperformedinthe currentrepeatplayrange.

Eachtouchof[Scan]turnsitonoroff.

Whenyoufindthefileyouwant,touch

[Scan]toturnthescanplayoff.

After completion off file or folders scanning, normal playback of the files will begin again.

□Ifyouturnthescanplayonwhenthere-peat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Folder" automatically.

□Ifyouturnthescanplayonwhilethere-peatplayrangeissetto"Disc",scan playisperformedforonlythefirstfileof eachfolder.

④Uses"SoundRetriever"function

"SoundRetriever" function automatically enhances compressed audio and restores rich sound.

Eachtouchof[SoundRetriever]changes thesettingasfollows:

MODE 1: Activates "Sound Retriever" function.
MODE 2: Activates "Sound Retriever" function.
Off: Deactivates "Sound Retriever" function.

□"MODE2"hasastrongereffectthan "MODE1"andismoreeffectivewhen playingbackhighlycompressedaudio data.

PlayingaDVD-Video

YoucanplayaDVD-Videousingthebuilt-in driveofthenavigationsystem. ThissectiondescribesoperationsforplayingaDVD-Video.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Insertthediscyouwanttoplayinto disc-loadingslot.

Thesourcechangesandthenplaybackwill start.

Fordetails, refertoInsertingandejectinga disconpage15.
□Ifthediscisalreadyset,tap[Disc]onthe leftedgeofthescreen.
Fordetails, referto Selectingasourceon page70.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthedisc.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen

①⑤⑥⑦②③④ ⑧ 2:04 LPCM ⑪ DVD-VI BookM. Menu Off Top Menu EQ Disp → >/II 00'07" Hide ⑩

①Titlenumberindicator

Showsthetitlenumbercurrentlyplaying.

②Audiotrackindicator

Showstheaudiotracknumberandaudiolanguagecurrentlyselected.

③Chapternumberindicator

Showsthechapternumbercurrentlyplaying.

④Audiochannelindicator

Showsthecurrentaudiochanneltype, such as "Mch" (Multi-channel).

⑤ Subtitlnumberindicator

Showsthesubtitlenumbercurrentlyselected.

⑥Subtitlelanguageindicator

Showsthesubtitlelanguagecurrentlyselected.

⑦Viewingangleindicator

Showswhatviewinganglehasbeenselected.

⑧Currenttime

⑨Digitalsoundformatindicator

Showswhichdigitalsoundformat(surround soundformat)hasbeenselected.

⑩Playtimeindicator

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithinthe currenttitle.

⑪Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Readingthescreen - 2

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Playbackscreen(page1)
Tuner 01 01 2:04 << 1 Eng 2 ch 01 Eng 1 LPCM DVD-V Off IPod Audio Mirror AV EQ Disp → ▶/II 00'07" Hide BookM. Menu Top Menu ⑪ ⑩ ⑨ ⑧ ⑥⑤④③②①⑦

Playbackscreen(page2)Playbackscreen(page3)
01 01 2:04 DVD-VI OFF Off EQ Disp EQ LPCM Search Return Title Hide 16 15 14 12 13

01 02 01 Eng 2 ch 01 Eng 1 LPCM DVD-VI Off Audio S. Title Angle EQ Disp 00'25" Hide ⑰ ⑱ ⑲

□Withsomediscs, theicon maybedis-played, meaning that the operation is invalid.

①Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonpage99.

②Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

③Switchesthedisplay

Touching[Disp]changestheindicationonthe informationplateasfollows: Disinformationdisplay—Repeatrangeand L/Rselectdisplay

④Switchestothenextpageoftouchpanel keys
⑤DisplaystheDVDmenukeypad

- Fordetails, refertoUsingDVDmenuby touchpanelkeysonpage98.

⑥PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑦Hidesthetouchpanelkeysandinformationofthecurrentvideo

Touching[Hide]showsonlythecurrentvideo.

□Ifyouwanttodisplaythetouchpanel keysandinformationofthecurrent videoagain,touchanywhereontheLCD screen.

⑧Skipsforwardorbackward

Touching[▶▶]skipstothestartofthenext chapter.Touching[I◀◀]onceskipstothe startofthecurrentchapter.Touchingittwice quicklywillskiptothepreviouschapter.

⑨Stops playback

⑩DisplaystheDVDmenu

Youcandisplaythemenubytouching[Menu] or[TopMenu]whileadiscisplaying.Touch-ingeitherofthesekeysagainletsyoustart playbackfromthelocationselectedfromthe menu.Fordetails,refertotheinstructionsprovidedwiththedisc.

⑪Resumes playback(Bookmark)

- Fordetails, referto Resuming playback (Bookmark) on this page.

⑫Frame-by-frame playback (orslow-motion playback)

- Fordetails, refertoFrame-by-frameplay-backonpage99.

- Fordetails, refertoSlowmotion playback onpage99.

⑬Fastreverseorforward

Touch and hold [◀◀] or [▶▶] to perform fast reverseorforward.

If you keep touching [◀◀] or [▶▶] for five seconds, fastreverse/fastforward continues even if you release either of these keys. Tore-sume playback at a desired point, touch

[▶/■] or opposite key of [◀◀] or [▶▶] which youtouched.

⑭Skipsthetitleforwardorbackward

Touching[▶]skipstothestartofthenexttitle. Touching[◀]skipstothestartoftheprevious title.

⑮Performsanoperation(suchasresuming) thatisstoredonthedisc

When using a DVD that has a point recorded that indicates where to return to the DVD return to the specified point and begins playback from that point.

⑯ Searchesforadesiredsceneandstarts playbackfromaspecifiedtime

Fordetails, refer to Searching for as specific scene and starting playback from a specified time on then next page.

⑰Changestheaudiotrack(Multi-audio)

Eachtouchof[Audio]switchesbetween audiotracksrecordedinthedisc.

☐DTSaudioformatcannotbeoutput,so selectanaudiotrackotherthanDTS audioformat.

□DisplayindicationssuchasMPEG-A andMchdescribetheaudiotrackrecordedontheDVD.Thisindicationmay notbethesameastheactualsound currentlyoutputfromthenavigationsystem.

⑱Changesthesubtitle(Multi-subtitle)

Eachtouchof[S.Title]switchesbetweenthe subtitlelanguagesrecordonthedisc.

⑲Changestheviewingangle(Multi-angle)

Eachtouchof[Angle]switchesbetweenviewingangles.

During playback of fasceneshot from multiple angles, the angle icon is displayed. Turn the angle icon display on or off using the "DVD/DivX® Setup" menu.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingtheangleicon displayonpage105.

Resuming playback(Bookmark)

TheBookmarkfunctionletsyouresumeplay-backfromaselectedscenethenexttimethe discisloaded.

- Touch[BookM.].

01 01 2:04 DVD-VI Off Back BookM. Menu Top Menu EQ Disp → >/II 00'07" Hide

Youcanbookmarkonepointforeachofupto fivediscs.Ifyoutrytomemorizeanotherpoint forthesamedisc,theolderbookmarkwillbe overwrittenbythenewerone.

□Toclearthebookmarkonadisc,touchand hold[BookM].

Searchingforaspecificscene andstarting playbackfroma specifiedtime

Youcansearchforthesceneyouwantbyspecifyingatitleorachapter,andthetime.

☐Chaptersearchandtimesearcharenot availablewhendiscplaybackhasbeen stopped.

1Touch[Search]andthentouch[Title](title),[Chapter](chapter),[Time](time).

2Touchthekeystoinputthetargetnumberortimeandthentouch[Enter].

123 Title Search 01 02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 0 sec Clear Eater Title Chapter Time 10Key 00'38"

Fortitles,chapters

• To select 3, touch [3] and [Enter] in order.
- To select 10, touch [1] and [0] and [Enter] in order.

Fortime(timesearch)

Toselect5minutes3seconds,touch[5], [min], [3], [sec] and [Enter] in order.
Toselect71minutes00seconds,touch[7], [1],[min]and[Enter]inorder.
Toselect100minutes05seconds,touch [1], [0], [0], [5], [sec] and [Enter] in order.
Tocancelaninputnumber,touch[Clear]. Tocanceltheinputnumbers,touchand hold[Clear].

Directnumbersearch

Youcanusethisfunctionwhenyouneedto enteranumericalcommandduringDVDplay-back.

1Touch[Search].

2Touch[10Key].

3Touch[0]to[9]toinputthedesired number.

4Whiletheinputnumberisdisplayed, touch[Enter].

OperatingtheDVDmenu

YoucanoperatetheDVDmenubytouching themenuitemonthescreendirectly.

☐Thisfunctioncanbeusedwhenthe keyisdisplayedonthelowerrightcornerof theLCDscreen.
☐Thisfunctionmaynotworkproperlywith someDVDdiscontent.Inthatcase,use touchpanelkeystooperatetheDVDmenu.
□Ifyoutouchthescreenwhile isdis-played,thetouchpanelkeyswillnotbedis-played.

1Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

■ Ifyoutouch, the 🧑 panelkeysfor selectingthemenuitemaredisplayed.

UsingDVDmenubytouch panelkeys

IfitemsontheDVDmenuappear,thetouch panelkeysmayoverlaythem.Ifso,selectan itemusingthosetouchpanelkeys.

1 Touch [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] to select the desiredmenuitem.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Touch [▲], [▼], [◀] or [▶] to select the desiredmenuitem. - 1

natural_image

Mountain landscape with a waterfall and scenic features, showing navigation buttons (Enter, Hide, Position) in the corner.

□IfthetouchpanelkeysforDVDmenuselectiondisappear,touchinganywhereonthe screen,thentouch 🏠. Thetouchpanel keysaredisplayedagain.

2Touch[Enter].

Playbackstartsfromtheselectedmenuitem. Thewaytodisplaythemenudiffersdepending onthedisc.

■Ifyoutouch[Position],thedisplaypositionof touchpanelkeysischangedeachtimeyoutouch it.
■ Ifyoutouch[Hide],thetouchpanelkeysdisappearandthe iconisdisplayed.Youcan selectamenuitembytouchingit.

Frame-by-frame playback

Thisletyoumoveaheadoneframeatatime duringpause.

●Touch[1]▶duringpause.

Eachtimeyoutouch[▶],youmoveahead oneframe.

Toreturntonormal playback, touch [▶/■].
□Withsomediscs,imagesmaybeunclear duringframe-by-frame playback.

Slowmotionplayback

Thisletsyouslowdownplaybackspeed.

1Touchandhold[▶]until isdis-playedduring playback.

Theicon isdisplayed, and forwardslow motion playback begins.

☐Toreturntonormal playback,touch[▶/■].

2 Touch [◀II] or [III▶] to adjust playback speedduringslowmotionplayback.

Each time you touch [◀II] or [III▶] it changes the speed in four steps in the following order:

$$ 1 / 1 6 \leftrightarrow 1 / 8 \leftrightarrow 1 / 4 \leftrightarrow 1 / 2 $$

Thereisnosoundduringslowmotionplayback.
□Withsomediscs,imagesmaybeunclear duringslowmotion playback.

☐Reversedslowmotion playback is not possible.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipchaptersforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchone "DVD-V" screen. The "Function" menuappears.

①②③ Function Repeat L/R Select DVD/DivX® Setup Disc L+R 12:44

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

•Disc:Playsthroughoutthecurrentdisc.
- Chapter: Repeatsjustthecurrentchapter.
• Title: Repeatsjustthecurrenttitle.

□Ifyouperformchapter(title)search,fast forward,fastreverseorslowmotion playback,therepeatplayrangechanges to"Disc".

☐Thisfunctionisnotavailablewhendisc playbackhasbeenstopped.

②Selectsaudiooutput

WhenplayingDVDsrecordedwithLPCM audio,youcanswitchtheaudiooutput. Touch[L/RSelect]repeatedlyuntilthedesiredaudiooutputappearsonthedisplay.

Eachtouchof[L/RSelect]changestheset- tingsasfollows:

• L+R: Leftandright
• L: Left
•R:Right
- Mix:Mixingleftandright
☐Thisfunctionisnotavailablewhendisc playbackhasbeenstopped.

③DVDsetupadjustments

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX®Setupmenuonpage105.

PlayingaDivXvideo

YoucanplayaDivXdiscusingthebuilt-in driveofthenavigationsystem. Thissectiondescribesthoseoperations.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations, refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Insertthediscyouwanttoplayinto disc-loadingslot.

Thesourcechangesandthen playbackwill start.

Fordetails, refertoInsertingandejectinga disconpage15.
□Ifthediscisalreadyset,tap[Disc]onthe leftedgeofthescreen.
Fordetails, referto Selectingasourceon page70.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthedisc.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen

① ⑤ ⑥ ② ③ ④ ⑦ 07 01 2ch 1 Disc MPEG-A ⑩ DivX Off List EQ Disp → >/II 00'04" Hide ⑨

①Foldernumberindicator Showsthefoldernumbercurrentlyplaying.
② Audiotrackindicator Showstheaudiotracknumbercurrentlyselected.
③ Filenumberindicator Showsthefilenumbercurrentlyplaying.

④Audiochannelindicator
Showsthecurrentaudiochanneltype, such as "Mch" (Multi-channel).
⑤ Subtitlenumberindicator Showsthesubtitlenumbercurrentlyselected.
⑥Repeatrangeindicator Showswhichrepeatrangehasbeenselected. →Fordetails,refertoChangestherepeat rangeonpage104.
④Audiochannelindicator
Showsthecurrentaudiochanneltype, such as "Mch" (Multi-channel).
⑤ Subtitlenumberindicator Showsthesubtitlenumbercurrentlyselected.
⑥Repeatrangeindicator Showswhichrepeatrangehasbeenselected. →Fordetails,refertoChangestherepeat rangeonpage104.

⑦Currenttime
⑧Digitalsoundformatindicator Showsthedigitalsoundformat(surround soundformat)currentlyselected.
⑨Playtimeindicator Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithinthe currentfile.
⑩Sourceicon Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.
⑦Currenttime
⑧Digitalsoundformatindicator Showsthedigitalsoundformat(surround soundformat)currentlyselected.
⑨Playtimeindicator Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithinthe currentfile.
⑩Sourceicon Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Playbackscreen(page1)
Tuner 07 01 2:07 << 1 2ch 1 Disc MPEG-A DivX Off IPod Audio Mirror AV List EQ Disp → ▶/II 00'04" Hide ⑩ ⑨ ⑧ ⑥⑤④③②⑦

Playbackscreen(page2)
07 01 2:07 DivX Off Movie EQ Disp → >/II 00'13" Hide Search Audio S.Title 11 12 MPEG-A

□Withsomediscs,theicon maybedisplayed,meaningthattheoperationisinvalid.
①Switchesthemediafiletypeplayed

When playing adiscccontainingamixture of variousmediafiletypes, you can switch between mediafiletypestoplay.

Tapthekeyrepeatedlytoswitchbetween the followingmediafiletypes:

CD(audiodata(CD-DA))—ROM(compressedaudiofile)—DivX(DivXvideofiles)

②Displaysthe"Function"menu
- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonpage104.
③Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

④Switchestheinformation

Touching[Disp]changesthecontentoftheinformationpanelasfollows: Discinformationdisplay—Currentfoldernamedisplay—Currentfilenamedisplay

⑤Switchestothenextpageoftouchpanel keys
⑥PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑦Hidesthetouchpanelkeysandinformationofthecurrentvideo

Touching[Hide]showsonlythecurrentvideo.

□Ifyouwanttodisplaythetouchpanel keysandinformationofthecurrent videoagain,touchanywhereontheLCD screen.

⑧Skipsforwardorbackward

Touching[▶▶I]skipstothestartofthenext file.Touching[I◀◀]onceskipstothestartof thecurrentfile.Touchingittwicequicklywill skiptothepreviousfile.

⑨Stops playback

When[■]istouchedoncetostop playback, playback can be resumed from the stopped position. When[■]istouchedtwotimesto stop playback, playback return to the beginning.

⑩Selectsafilefromthelist

Touchingthekeydisplaysthelistwhichlets youfindfilenamesorfoldernamesonadisc.

□Adash(−)isdisplayedifthereisnocor- respondinginformation.

Tappingafolderonthelistshowsitscontent. Youcanplayafileonthelistbytappingit.

Video1 01 : Video1.divx 02 : Video2.divx 03 : Video3.divx 04 : Video4.divx 05 : Video5.divx 06 : Video6.divx 2:07

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

Thecontentsofthefolderinwhichthecurrentlyplayingfileislocatedaredisplayed.

Touching 📊 displaysthecontentoftheupper folder(parentfolder).Iftheuppermostfolder islisted, 📊 cannotbeused.

⑪Frame-by-frame playback (orslow-motion playback)

- Fordetails, refertoFrame-by-frameplay-backonthispage.

- Fordetails, refertoSlowmotion playback on this page.

⑫Fastreverseorforward

Touch and hold [◀◀] or [▶▶] to perform fast reverseorforward.

If you keep touching [◀◀] or [▶▶] for five seconds, fastreverse/fastforward continues evenify you release either of these keys. Toresumepaybackatadesiredpoint, touch [▶/■] or opposite key of [◀◀] or [▶▶] which youtouched.

⑬Changesthesubtitle(Multi-subtitle)

Eachtouchof[S.Title]switchesbetweenthe subtitlelanguagesrecordonthedisc.

⑭Changesaudiotracks(Multi-audio)

Eachtouchof[Audio]switchesbetween audiotracks.

⑮ Searchesforadesiredsceneandstarts playbackfromaspecifiedtime

- Fordetails,refertoStarting playback fromaspecifiedtimeonthenextpage.

Frame-by-frame playback

Thisletsyoumoveaheadoneframeatatime duringpause.

●Touch[11▶]duringpause.

Eachtimeyoutouch[▶],youmoveahead oneframe.

Toreturntonormal playback, touch [▶/■].

□Withsomediscs,imagesmaybeunclear duringframe-by-frame playback.

Slowmotionplayback

Thisletsyouslowdownplaybackspeed.

- Touchandhold[▶]until isdis-playedduring playback.

Theicon isdisplayed, and forwardslow motion playback begins.

☐Toreturntonormal playback, touch [▶▶] or [◀◀], etc.

☐Thereisnosoundduringslowmotionplay-back.

□Withsomediscs,imagesmaybeunclear duringslowmotionplayback.

☐Reversedslowmotion playback is not possible.

Starting playback from a specified time

You can search for a desired scene by specifying the time.

□Timesearcharenotpossiblewhendisc playbackhasbeenstopped.

1Touch[Search].

2Touchthekeystoinputthetargetnumberortimeandthentouch[Enter].

123 Time Search 07 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 0 sec Clear Enter 00'50"

Toselect5minutes3seconds,touch[5], [min], [3], [sec] and [Enter] in order.
Toselect71minutes00seconds,touch[7], [1], [min] and [Enter] inorder.
Toselect100minutes05seconds,touch [1], [0], [0], [5], [sec] and [Enter] in order.
Tocancelaninputnumber,touch[Clear]. Tocanceltheinputnumbers,touchand hold[Clear].

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipfilesforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchonthe"DivX"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

Function Repeat Disc DVD/Div(X®) Setup 2:08

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

•Disc:Playsthroughoutthecurrentdisc.

- File: Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.

- Folder:Repeatsjustthecurrentfolder.

If you select another folder during repeat play, therepeat play range changesto "Disc".

If you perform fast reverse or fast forward during "File", therepeat play range changesto "Folder".

□When "Folder" is selected, it is not possible to playback as subfolder of that folder.

Whenplayingdiscswithcompressed audiofilesandaudiodata(CD-DA), repeatplayisperformedwithinDivXvideosevenif“Disc”isselected.

②DVDsetupadjustments

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX®Setupmenuonthenext page.

DVD-VideoorDivXsetup

Thischapterdescribeshowtoconfigurethe DVD-Video/DivXplayer.

1PlaythediscthatcontainsDVD-Video orDivX.

2DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis-playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

3Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DisplayingDVD/DivX®Setup menu - 1

The "Function" menuappears.

4Touch[DVD/DivX®Setup].

The "DVD/DivX® Setup" screenappears.

5Touchthedesiredfunction.

DVD/DivX® Setup 12:47 Subtitle Language English Audio Language English Menu Language English Multi Angle On TV Aspect 16:9 Parental Level 8 Auto Play Off Subtitle File Original

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DisplayingDVD/DivX®Setup menu - 3

Settingthetop-priority languages

Youcanassignthetop-prioritylanguagetothe top-prioritysubtitle, audioandmenuinitial playback. If these selected language is recorded on the disc, subtitles, audio and menu are displayed or output in that language.

1Displaythe "DVD/DivX®Setup" screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX® Setupmenuonthispage.

2Touch[SubtitleLanguage], [AudioLanguage] or [MenuLanguage].

Each linguagemenuisdisplayedandthecurrentlysetlanguageisselected.

3Touchthedesiredlanguage.

Whenyouselect"Others",alanguagecode inputdisplayisshown.Inputthefour-digit codeofthedesiredlanguagethentouch [Enter].

Fordetails, refertoLanguagecodechartfor DVDsonpage108.
□Iftheselectedlanguageisnotrecordedon thedisc,thedefaultlanguagespecifiedon thediscisoutputanddisplayed.
☐Youcanalsoswitchthesubtitleandaudio language by touching [S.Title] or [Audio] during playback.
Even if you touch [S.Title] or [Audio] to switch the subtitle or audio language, this setting will not change.

Settingtheangleicondisplay

Youcansettheangleicontodisplayin sceneswheretheanglecanbeswitched.

1Displaythe "DVD/DivX® Setup" screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX® Setupmenuonthispage.

2Touch[MultiAngle].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default): Displaystheangleiconinsceneswherethe anglecanbeswitched.

-Off: Hidestheangleicon.

Settingtheaspectratio

Therearetwokindsofdisplays.Awidescreen displayhasawidth-to-heightratio(TVaspect) of16:9,whilearegulardisplayhasaTVaspect of4:3.Ifyouusearegularreardisplaywitha TVaspectof4:3,youcansettheaspectratio suitableforyourreardisplay.(Werecommend useofthisfunctiononlywhenyouwanttofitit tothereardisplay.)

When using aregulardisplay, select either "Letter Box" or "Panscan". Selecting "16:9" may result in an unnatural image.

1Displaythe"DVD/DivX®Setup"screen.

→Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX® Setupmenuonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[TVAspect].

Eachtouchof[TVAspect]changesthesetting asfollows:

• 16:9:Widescreenimage(16:9)isdisplayed asitis(initialsetting).
- LetterBox:Theimageisintheshapeofa letterboxwithblackbandsatthetopand bottomofthescreen.
- Panscan: The image is cut short at the right and left of the screen.
Whenplayingdiscsthatdonothaveapan-scansystem,thediscisplayedbackwith "LetterBox"evenifyouselect"Panscan" setting. Confirmwhetherthediscpackage bearthe 16:9 LB mark.
□Somediscsdonotenablechangingofthe TVaspect.Fordetails,refertothedisc's instructions.

Settingtheparentallock

SomeDVD-Videodiscsletyouuseparental locktosetrestrictionssothatchildrencannot watchviolentoradult-orientedscenes.You cansettheparentallocklevelinstepsasdesired.

□Whenyousetaparentallocklevelandthen playadiscfeaturingparentallock,code numberinputindicationsmaybedis-

played.Inthiscase, playbackwillbegin whenthecorrectcodenumberisinput.

Settingthecodenumberandlevel

Whenyoufirstusethisfunction,registryyour codenumber.Ifyoudonotregisteracode number,parentallockwillnotoperate.

1Displaythe"DVD/DivX®Setup"screen.

→Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX® Setupmenuonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[ParentalLevel].

3Touch[0]to[9]toinputafour-digit codenumber.

4Whiletheinputnumberisdisplayed, touch[Enter].

Thecodenumberisregistered, and you can now set the level.

5Touchanyof[1]to[8]toselectthedesiredlevel.

Theparentallocklevelisset.

Level8:Playbackoftheentirediscispossible(initialsetting).
Level7 to Level2: Playback of discs for children and non-adult oriented discsis possible.
Level1: Only playback of discs for children is possible.
□Ifyouwanttochangetheparentallevelal-readyset,entertheregisteredcodenumber andthenselecttheparentallevel.
□Werecommendthatyoukeeparecordof yourcodenumberincaseyouforgetit.
☐Theparentallocklevelisrecordedonthe disc.Youcanconfirmitbylookingatthe discpackage,theincludedliteratureorthe discitself.Youcannotuseparentallock withdiscsthatdonotfeaturearecorded parentallocklevel.
□Withsomediscs,parentallockoperatesto skipcertainscenesonly,afterwhichnormal playbackresumes.Fordetails,refertothe disc'sinstructions.

DVD-VideoorDivXsetup

□Ifyouforgettheregisteredcodenumber, touch ▶10timesonthenumberinput screen. Theregisteredcodenumberiscanceled, lettingyouregisteranewone.

Settingtheautoplay

WhenaDVDdiscwithDVDmenuisinserted, thisunitwillcanceltheDVDmenuautomaticallyandstartplaybackfromthefirstchapterofthefirsttitle.

ThisfunctionisavailableforDVD-Video.
SomeDVDsmaynotoperateproperly. If thisfunctionisnotfullyoperable,turnthis functionoffandstartplayback.

1Displaythe"DVD/DivX®Setup"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplaying DVD/DivX®

Setupmenuonpage105.

2Touch[AutoPlay].

Eachtouchof[AutoPlay]changesthesettingsasfollows:

- Off(default): Deactivatetheautoplayfunction.

- On: Activate the autoplay function.

☐ When "Auto Play" is set to "On", the repeat rangeisautomaticallysetto "Disc".

Settingthesubtitlefilefor DivX

YoucanselectwhethertodisplayDivXexternalsubtitlesornot.

□IfnoDivXexternalsubtitlefilesexist,the originalDivXsubtitlesaredisplayedeven when"Custom"isselected.

1Displaythe"DVD/DivX®Setup"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingDVD/DivX® Setupmenuonpage105.

2Touch[SubtitleFile].

Touching[SubtitleFile]switchesthissetting between "Original" and "Custom".

☐Upto42characterscanbedisplayedon oneline.Ifmorethan42charactersareset, thelinebreaksandthecharactersaredisplayedonthenextline.
☐Upto126characterscanbedisplayedon onescreen.Ifmorethan126charactersare set,theexcesscharacterswillnotbedis-played.
☐TheDivXsubtitleswillbedisplayedeven whenthesubtitlefilesettingisonifnocorrespondingsubtitlefilesexist.
☐Uptothreesubtitlelinescanbedisplayed atonce.

LanguagecodechartforDVDs

Two-letter code, inputcode	Language	Two-letter code, inputcode	Language	Two-letter code, inputcode	Language
aa,0101Afaria,0901Interlinguarn,1814Rundi
ab,0102Abkhazianie,0905Interlinguero,1815Romanian
af,0106Afrikaansik,0911Inupiaqru,1821Russian
am, 0113	Amharic	in, 0914	Indonesian	rw, 1823	Kinyarwanda
ar, 0118	Arabic	is, 0919	Icelandic	sa, 1901	Sanskrit
as, 0119	Assamese	it, 0920	Italian	sd, 1904	Sindhi
ay,0125Aymara	ja,1001Japanesesg,1907		Sango
az, 0126	Azerbaijani	ji, 1009	Yiddish	sh, 1908	Serbo-Croatian
ba, 0201	Bashkir	jw, 1023	Javanese	si, 1909	Sinhala
be,0205Belarusianka,1101		Georgiansk, 1911Slovak
bg, 0207	Bulgarian	kk, 1111	Kazakh	sl, 1912	Slovenian
bh, 0208	Bihari	kl, 1112	Kalaallisut	sm, 1913	Samoan
bi, 0209	Bislama	km, 1113	Central Khmer	sn, 1914	Shona
bn, 0214	Bengali	kn, 1114	Kannada	so, 1915	Somali
bo, 0215	Tibetan	ko, 1115	Korean	sq, 1917	Albanian
br, 0218	Breton	ks, 1119	Kashmiri	sr, 1918	Serbian
ca,0301Catalan	ku,1121Kurdishss,1919Swati
co, 0315	Corsican	ky, 1125	Kirghiz; Kyrgyz	st, 1920	Sotho, Southern
cs, 0319	Czech	la, 1201	Latin	su, 1921	Sundanese
cy, 0325	Welsh	ln, 1214	Lingala	sv, 1922	Swedish
da, 0401	Danish	lo, 1215	Lao	sw, 1923	Swahili
de, 0405	German	lt, 1220	Lithuanian	ta, 2001	Tamil
dz, 0426	Dzongkha	lv, 1222	Latvian	te, 2005	Telugu
ee, 0505	Ewe	mg, 1307	Malagasy	tg, 2007	Tajik
el, 0512	Greek	mi, 1309	Maori	th, 2008	Thai
en, 0514	English	mk, 1311	Macedonian	ti, 2009	Tigrinya
eo, 0515	Esperanto	ml, 1312	Malayalam	tk, 2011	Turkmen
es, 0519	Spanish	mn, 1314	Mongolian	tl, 2012	Tagalog
et, 0520	Estonian	mo, 1315	Moldavian	tn, 2014	Tswana
eu, 0521	Basque	mr, 1318	Marathi	to, 2015	Tonga
fa, 0601	Persian	ms, 1319	Malay	tr, 2018	Turkish
fi, 0609	Finnish	mt, 1320	Maltese	ts, 2019	Tsonga
fj, 0610	Fijian	my, 1325	Burmese	tt, 2020	Tatar
fo, 0615	Faroese	na, 1401	Nauru	tw, 2023	Twi
fr, 0618	French	ne, 1405	Nepali	uk, 2111	Ukrainian
fy, 0625	Western Frisian	nl, 1412	Dutch; Flemish	ur, 2118	Urdu
ga, 0701	Irish	no, 1415	Norwegian	uz, 2126	Uzbek
gd, 0704	Gaelic	oc, 1503	Occitan	vi, 2209	Vietnamese
gl, 0712	Galician	om, 1513	Oromo	vo, 2215	Volapuk
gn, 0714	Guarani	or, 1518	Oriya	wo, 2315	Wolof
gu, 0721	Gujarati	pa, 1601	Panjabi; Punjabi	xh, 2408	Xhosa
ha, 0801	Hausa	pl, 1612	Polish	yo, 2515	Yoruba
hi, 0809	Hindi	ps, 1619	Pushto; Pashto	zh, 2608	Chinese
hr, 0818	Croatian	pt, 1620	Portuguese	zu, 2621	Zulu
hu,0821	Hungarian	qu,1721	Quechua
hy,0825	Armenian	rm, 1813Romansh

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Settingthesubtitlefilefor DivX - 1

Playingmusicfiles(fromUSBorSD)

Youcanplaythecompressedaudiofiles storedintheexternalstoragedevice(USB, SD).

In the following description, the SD memory card and USB memory device are collectively referred to as the "external storage device (USB, SD)". If it indicates the USB memory device only, it is referred to as the "USB storage device".

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDisplayingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2InserttheSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslotorplugtheUSBstoragedevice intotheUSBconnector.

Fordetails, refertoPlugginginaUSBstoragedeviceonpage19.
Fordetails, refertoInserting and ejecting an SDmemorycardonpage16.
☐Playbackisperformedinorderoffolder numbers.Foldersareskippediftheycontainnoplayablefiles.Iftherearenoplayablefilesinfolder01(rootfolder), playback startsfromfolder02.

3Tap[USB]or[SD]ontheleftedgeof the screen to display the "USB" or "SD" screen.

4Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheexternalstoragedevice (USB,SD).

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keys(Music)onpage111.

Readingthescreen

OFF OFFICE ① SD MUSIC Jazz AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor EQ 04 Winningest C 01 Asian Flavor. MP3 02 First contact. ② ③ ④ ⑤

Thisunitmaynotachieveoptimumperformancewithsomeexternalstoragedevices.
☐Youcan playback the filesona USB storage device compliant with Mass Storage Class. Ford details about the USB Class, referto them anuals supplied with the USB storage device.

①Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

②Playbackconditionindicator

Indicate the current playback condition.

Scanningfoldersandfiles

IndicatorMeaning
OFF:	Cancelsthescanplay.
ON:	Playsthefirstaudiofilesofeach folderforabout10seconds whentherepeatrangeissetto "Media".Playsthebeginningofeach audiofileinthecurrentfolder forabout10secondswhentherepeatrangeissetto"Folder".

Playingfilesinrandomorder

IndicatorMeaning
OFFXX	Doesnotplayfilesinrandom order.
ONYXX	Playsallaudiofilesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangeinrandomorder.

Settingarepeatplayrange

IndicatorMeaning
	Repeatsallcompressedaudio filesintheselectedexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD).
	Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.
	Repeatsthecurrentfolder.

③Currentfileinformation

- :Foldername

Showsthefoldernamecurrentlyplaying.

• Artistname

Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying (whenavailable).

• Albumtitle

Showsthetitleofthealbumofthecurrentfile(whenavailable).

- Tracktitle

Showsthetitleofthetrackcurrently playing(whenavailable).

□Ifthetitleofatrackisnotavailable, thefilenameappears.

- Playtime

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentfile.

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

④Currenttime

⑤Fileinformation

Filenumberindicator
Filenameindicator
Filetypeindicator

Showsthetypeofaudiofiles.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ⑤Fileinformation - 1

Usingthetouchpanelkeys(Music)

OFF OFF SD Music Jazz AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor 04 2:19 Winningest C 01 Asian Flavor. MP3 02 First contact. TD Music Audil Mirror AV Tune Disc EQ TV/II 00'03" ⑥ ⑤

①Scansfoldersandfiles

Scanplayisperformedbytouchingonlyone key.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto Scansfoldersandfilesonthenext page.

②Playsfilesinrandomorder

Thefilesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangecan beplayedatrandombytouchingonlyonekey.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,referto Playsfilesinrandomorderonthe nextpage.

③Setsarepeatplayrange

Therepeatplayrangecanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

Fordetails, referto Changestherepeat rangeonthenextpage.

④Selectsafiletoplay

Scrollingthekeysupordowndisplaysfiles, andtappingafilestarts playback.

Tappingthelowerkeyduringrandomplay-backskipstothenextfile.Tappingtheupper keyjumpstothestartofthecurrentfile.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

⑦PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑧Selectsafilefromthelist

Touchingthekeydisplaythelistwhichlets youfindtracktitlesorfoldernamesonanexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD).

Tappingafolderonthelistshowsitscontent. Youcanplayafileonthelistbytappingit.

Jazz 01 : Asian Flavor.mp3 02 : First contact.mp3 03 : Hero-in-Chief.mp3 04 : Winningest Car.mp3

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

Touching display the content of the upper folder (parent folder). If the upper most folder is listed, cannot be used.

Playingmusicfiles(fromUSBorSD)

⑨Switchestheoperationscreen

Tappingthiskeyswitchesbetweenthescreen tooperatemusicfilesandthescreentooperatevideofiles. Thisouchpanelkeyisavailableonlywhentherearebothaudioandvideo filesintheexternalstoragedevice(USB, SD).

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipfilesforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touch 📧 on the "USB" or "SD" screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

①②③ Function Repeat Random Scan Media Off Off 2:19

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

- Media: Repeatsallcompressedaudio filesinthesetectedexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD).

- Track: Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.

- Folder: Repeatsthecurrentfolder.

☐Ifyouskipthefileforwardorbackward when the repeat play range in "Track", therepeatplayrangechangesto "Folder".

②Playsfilesinrandomorder

Randomplayletsyou playbackfilesinrandomorderwithinthecurrentrepeatrange. Eachtouchof[Random]turnsitonoroff.

☐Ifyouturntherandomplayonwhenthe repeat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Folder" automatically.

③Scansfoldersandfiles

Scanplayletsyouhearthefirst10seconds ofeachfile.Scanplayisperformedinthe currentrepeatplayrange.

Eachtouchof[Scan]turnsitonoroff.

Whenyoufindthefileyouwant,touch

[Scan]toturnthescanplayoff.

□Afterallfilesorfoldersscanningarefinished,normal playbackwillbeginagain.

Ifyouturnthescanplayonwhenthere-peat play range is set to "Track", the repeatplayrangechangesto"Folder" automatically.

Playingvideofiles(fromUSBor SD)

Youcanplaythevideofilesstoredintheexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD).

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis-playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2InserttheSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslotorplugtheUSBstoragedevice intotheUSBconnector.

Fordetails, refertoPlugginginaUSBstoragedeviceonpage19.
Fordetails, referto/insertingandejectingan SDmemorycardonpage16.
☐Playbackisperformedinorderoffolder numbers.Foldersareskippediftheycontainnoplayablefiles.Iftherearenoplayablefilesinfolder01(rootfolder), playback startsfromfolder02.

3Tap[USB]or[SD]ontheleftedgeof the screen to display the "USB" or "SD" screen.

4Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

5Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheexternalstoragedevice (USB,SD).

- Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keys(Video)onthenextpage.

Readingthescreen

05 PREMIER.MP4 2:20 03 Video MP4 SD Video Search List EQ // 00/03" Hide ⑧ ⑦

Thisunitmaynotachieveoptimumperformancewithsomeexternalstoragedevices.
☐Youcan playback the files on a USB storage device compliant with Mass Storage Class. Ford details about the USB Class, referto them an manuals supplied with the USB storage device.

① Foldernumberindicator
② Filenumberindicator
③ Currentfoldernameindicator

Showsthefoldernamecurrentlyplaying.

④ Filenameindicator

Showsthefilenamecurrentlyplaying.

⑤ Currenttime
⑥ Filetypeindicator

Showsthetypeofaudiofilecurrentlyplaying.

⑦ Playtimeindicator

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithinthe currentfile.

⑧ Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Readingthescreen - 2

Usingthetouchpanelkeys(Video)

Ipod 05 PREMIER.MP4 2:20 03 Video MP4 ① SD Video Audio Mirror AV Tuner Disc ② EQ Search List ⑧ 1/2 ▶/II 00'03" Hide ⑦

①Switchestheoperationscreen

Tappingthiskeyswitchesbetweenthescreen tooperatemusicfilesandthescreentooperatevideofiles. Thisouchpanelkeyisavailableonlywhentherearebothaudioandvideo filesintheexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD).

②Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

③Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

④ Searchesforadesiredsceneandstarts playbackfromaspecifiedtime

Fordetails, refer to Searching for as specific scene and starting playback from a specified time on then next page.

⑤PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑥Hidesthetouchpanelkeysandinformationofthecurrentvideo

Touching[Hide]showsonlythecurrentvideo.

□Ifyouwanttodisplaythetouchpanel keysandinformationofthecurrent videoagain,touchanywhereontheLCD screen.

⑦Skipsforwardorbackward

Touching[▶▶]skipstothestartofthenext file.Touching[◀◀◀]onceskipstothestartof thecurrentfile.Touchingittwicequicklywill skiptothepreviousfile.

Fastreverseorforward

Touch and hold [I◄◄] or [►►I] to fast reverse orfastforward.

Thereisnosoundonfastreverseorforward.

⑧Selectsafilefromthelist

Youcanselectandplaythetitleyouwantfrom thelist.

Video 01 : Brilliance.mp4 02 : Drive it.mp4 03 : Further integration.mp4 04 : Light love.mp4 05 : PREMIER MP4 06 : Zeal for life.mp4

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

Thecontentsofthefolderinwhichthecurrentlyplayingfileislocatedaredisplayed.

Touching 📊 displaysthecontentoftheupper folder(parentfolder).Iftheuppermostfolder islisted, 🔔 cannotbeused.

⑨Stops playback

Searchingforaspecificscene andstarting playbackfroma specifiedtime

Youcansearchforadesiredscenebyspecifyingthetime.

1Touch[Search].

2Touchthekeystoinputthetargetnumberortimeandthentouch[Enter].

123 Time Search 03 05 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 min 0 sec Clear Enter 00:26"

- Toselect5minutes3seconds,touch[5], [min], [3], [sec] and [Enter] in order.

- Toselect71minutes00seconds,touch[7], [1],[min]and[Enter]inorder.

- Toselect100minutes05seconds,touch [1], [0], [0], [5], [sec] and [Enter] in order.

☐Tocancelaninputnumber,touch[Clear]. Tocanceltheinputnumbers,touchand hold[Clear].

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipfilesforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

1Tap[USB]or[SD]ontheleftedgeof the screen to display the "USB" or "SD" screen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis-playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

3Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Usingadvancedfunctions - 1

The"Function" menuappears.

□Ifthetouchpanelkeysarenotshown, touchanywhereonthescreentodisplay them.

Function Repeat Media Video Output Setting Full 2:21

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

• Media: Repeatsallvideofilesinthese-lectedexternalstoragedevice(USB, SD).

- File: Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.

- Folder: Repeatsthecurrentfolder.

□Ifyouskipthefileforwardorbackward whentherepeatplayrangein"File",the repeatplayrangechangesto"Folder".

②Changesthescreensizeofvideo

Ifavideofileisplayed,youcanselectthe displaymodebetweennormalandfull screen.

Eachtouchof[VideoOutputSetting] changesthesettingasfollows:

- Normal: Enlargesthedisplaysizewhile maintainingtheaspectratio.

- Full: Display the image full-screen although the aspect ratio may be changed.

UsingtheUSBinterfacecableforiPodenablesyoutoconnectyouriPodtothenavigationsystem.

☐AUSBinterfacecableforiPod(CD-IU51V) (soldseparately)isrequiredforconnection.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2ConnectyouriPod.

Thesourcechangesandthen playbackwill start.

Fordetails, refer to Connecting youri Podon page20.
□IftheiPodisalreadyconnected,tap[iPod] ontheleftedgeofthescreen.

- Fordetails, referto Selectingasource onpage70.

□IfnovideoisoutputwheniPodisselected asAVsource,checkthesettingin"AV1 Input" on the "AV System Settings" menu.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingvideoinput1 (AV1) on page 170.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolyouriPod.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoUsing thetouchpanelkeysonpage118.

Readingthescreen

Music
Off OFF 3d MusicScore 2:2 iPod Aki The Best Hits Further integration 09:12" 09:13" EQ Pops 07:12 Herb-in-Chief

Video
Off OFF 30 1 7 2:22 ③ ⑥ iPod Swinger 01 Come in! EQ //II 00'17" Hide ⑦

①Playbackconditionindicator

Indicate the current playback condition.

Settingtheshuffleplay

IndicatorMeaning
	Cancelstheshuffleplay.
	Playsbacksongsvideosin randomorderwithinthese-lectedlist.
	Selectsanalbumrandomly.and thenplaysbackallsongsinthat albuminorder.Theactionswhilethisindicator isdisplayonthevideooperationscreenvarydependingon theconnectediPod.

Settingarepeatplayrange

IndicatorMeaning
	Repeatsallsongsorvideosin theselectedlist.
	Repeatsjustthecurrentsongor video.

②Currentsong(episode)information

• Artistname(podcasttitle)

Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying. Whenapodcastisplayed,thepodcast titleisdisplayed(whenavailable).

• Albumtitle(releasedate)

Showsthetitleofthealbumforthe song.Whenapodcastisplayed,there-leasedateisdisplayed(whenavailable).

• Songtitle(episode)

UsinganiPod(iPod)

Showsthetitleofthecurrentsong.

Whenapodcastisplayed, the episode is displayed (when available).

• Chapternumber

Showsthecurrentchapternumberand totalnumberofchapterswhenthefile withchaptersplayed(whenavailable).

- Playtime

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentsong(episode).

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

③Currenttime

④Song(episode)information

- Songnumberindicator

Showsthenumberofthesongandthe totalnumberofsongsintheselected list.

- Songtitle(episode)indicator

• Albumartwork

Albumartofthecurrentsongisdis- playedifitisavailable.

⑤Genreindicator

Showsthegenreofthecurrentsong.

⑥Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

⑦Currentvideoinformation

•:Chapternumber

Showsthecurrentchapternumber whenthevideowithchaptersplayed (whenavailable).

• Artistname(podcasttitle)

Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying. Whenapodcastisplayed, thepodcast titleisdisplayed (whenavailable).

• Filenumberindicator

Showsthenumberofthefilecurrently playing(whenavailable).

- Filenameindicator

Showsthefilenamecurrentlyplaying (whenavailable).

- Playtimeindicator

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentfile.

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

□IfcharactersrecordedontheiPodarenot compatiblewiththisnavigationsystem, theymayturnintogarbledcharacters.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - - Playtimeindicator - 1

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Music
OFF OFF MusicSphere iPod Aki The Best Hits Further integration 05/12 First contact 07/12 Hero-in-Chief 03/13 -05'15" TVII EQ App Pops ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ iTuner Audio Mirror AV Spd SD

Video
Off OFF 01 2:22 Swinger 01 Come in! iPod SD Audio Mirror AV Tuner ⑮ ⑭ ⑧ ⑬⑦ EQ App // 00'17" Hide

①Setstheshuffleplayformusic

Theshuffleplaysettingcanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

Fordetails, refertoSetstheshuffle playformusiconpage123.

②Setsarepeatplayrange

Therepeatplayrangecanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

Fordetails, refertoSetsrepeatplayon page122.

③Displaysthe"MusicSphere"screen

TouchingthekeydisplaytheMusicSphere screen, and playlistcreatedwiththePCapplication(MusicSphere) can be played.

Fordetails, refertoPlayingMusic-Sphereonpage122.

④Selectsasongtoplay

Scrollingthekeysupordowndisplayssongs, andtappingasongstartsplayback. Tappingthelowerkeyduringshuffleplayback skipstothenextsong.Tappingtheupperkey onceskiptothestartofthecurrentsong.Tappingitagainwillskiptotheprevious song. Whenthesongwithchaptersplayed,chapter canbeskippedbackandforward.

⑤Displaysthegenrelist

⑥SwitchesthecontrolmodeofiPodfunctions

Touchingthekeyletsyoucontrolthefunctions ofaniPodconnectedtothenavigationsystem fromtheiPod.

- Fordetails, refertoOperatingthefunctions from youriPodonpage121.

⑦Displaysthetopcategorymenu

Touchingthekeydisplaysthetopcategoryfor song playback.

Displaysthepreviouslyselectedlist

If you select the song from the list to play after touching, touching the key display the previous list.

⑧Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑨Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, refer to Usingadvancedfunctionsonpage122.

⑩PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

⑪Displaysthesonglist

⑫Displaysthealbumlist

⑬Displaystheartistlist

⑭Switchestheoperationscreen

Tappingthiskeydisplaysthetouchpanelkey ([Video] or [Music]) to switch between the screentoooperatevideofilesandthescreento operatemusicfiles.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,referto Startingthevideoplaybackonthenext page.
☐Thistouchpanelkeyisavailableonly whentherearebothaudioandvideofile inyouriPod.
□IfiPodfifthgenerationisconnected,the followingsettingsareautomatically changedwhentheoperationscreenis switchedtotheonetooperatevideo files.

- "Repeat" is set to "All".

- "Shuffle" is set to "Off".

☐ Touching [Video] or [Music] on the list screensenablesyoutoperformthe equivalentoperation.

Off iPod Songs Asian Flavor B Brilliance C Drive it D Eye-to-eye E First contact Further integration Video 2:24

⑮Displaysthetopcategorymenu

Touchingthekeydisplaysthetopcategory menuforsongorvideoplayback.

⑯Skipsbackorforwardtoanothervideo

Touching[▶▶▶]skipstothestartofthenext video.Touching[◀◀◀]onceskipstothestart ofthecurrentvideo.Touchingagainwillskip tothepreviousvideo.Whenthevideowith chaptersplayed,chaptercanbeskippedback andforward.

Fastreverseorforward

Touch and hold [◀◀◀] or [▶▶▶] to fast reverse or fastforward.

If you keep touching [◀◀] or [▶▶] for five seconds, fastreverse/fastforward continues even if you release either of these keys. Tore-sume playback at a desired point, touch [▶/■], [◀◀] or [▶▶].

⑰Hidesthetouchpanelkeysandinformationofthecurrentvideo

Touching[Hide]showsonlythecurrentvideo.

□Ifyouwanttodisplaythetouchpanel keysandinformationofthecurrent videoagain,touchanywhereontheLCD screen.

⑱Displaysthetopcategorymenuforvideo

Touchingthekeydisplaysthetopcategoryfor videoplayback.

Displaysthepreviouslyselectedlist

If you select the video from the list to play after touching 🔒, touching the key displays the previous list.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipsongs, videosorpodcastsforwardorbackward.

Whenthesong,videoorpodcastwithchapter played,youcanskipchapterforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Startingthevideoplayback

Thisnavigationsystemcanplayvideoifan iPodwithvideocapabilitiesisconnected.

1Touch[iPod]ontheleftedgeofthe screentodisplaythetouchpanelkeyto switchtoavideosource.

2Tap[Music].

Off iPod Music ← Video Playlists Artists Albums Podcasts Audiobooks Composers

Alistofvideosbycategoryappears.

3Taponeofthecategoriesinthatcontainsthevideoyouwanttoplay.

Video ← Music Video Playlists Movies Music Videos TV Shows Video Podcasts Rentals

4Tapyourdesireditemonthelisttonarrowdownthemuntilthevideolistappears.

- Fordetails, referto Narrowingdown nasong orvideowiththelistonthispage.

5Onthevideolist,tapthevideoyou wanttoplay.

Videoplaybackwillstart.

6Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoUsing thetouchpanelkeysonpage118.

Narrowingdown nasongor videowiththelist

Tappinganitemonlistallowsyoutosearch forasongorvideoandplayitinyouriPod.

1Displayalistscreen.

→Fordetails, referto Displaysthegenrelist onthepreviouspage.
- Fordetails, referto Displaysthesonglist onthepreviouspage.
Fordetails, referto Displaysthealbum listonthepreviouspage.
→Fordetails,refertoDisplaystheartistlist onthepreviouspage.

■Ifyoutouch 📄,thetopcategorymenuscreen isdisplayed.Tapthecategoryofyourpreference.

Playlists Genres Artists Albums Songs Podcasts

2Scrollbydraggingtabsupordownto displaythecharacterthatyouwanttore-fine.
Off Songs Video 2:24 iPod A Asian Flavor B Brilliance C Drive it D Eye-to-eye E First contact Further integration

Charactertabs

3Tapthetabtoselectthecharacterand displaythepagewhichincludesapplicable options.

Anarticlelistedbelowandspaceatthebeginningoftheartistnamewillbeignored andthenextcharacterwillbetakenintoaccountforsearching.

"A" or "a"
"AN", "An", or "an"
• "THE", "The", or "the"

4Scrollthelistbydraggingitemsupor downtodisplaytheitemyouwanttoselect.

Refinetheitemuntilthesongtitle(episode)is displayedonthelist.

☐Tapping[All]onthelistincludesalloptions inthecurrentlist.Forexample,ifyoutap [All]aftertapping[Artists],youcanpro-ceedtothenextscreenwithallartistsin thelistselected.
□Afteryouselectartists,albums,genres, podcasts,orcomposers,goontotouch andholdoneofthelisttostartplayingthe firstsongintheselectedlistanddisplaythe nexthierarchy.

5Onthesong(episode)orvideolist,tap thesong(episode)orvideoyouwantto play.

■Afteryouselectthesong(episode)orvideo usingthisfunction,touching ◀ displays thelistpreviouslyselected.

Operatingthefunctions fromyouriPod

Youcancontrolthenavigationsystemviathe connectediPod.Whenyouchangethescreen ofthenavigationsystemto"Application Mode",soundisoutputfromthespeakersof yourvehicle.

Inthe"ApplicationMode"screen, the following operations are available from this navigation system.

PlaybackandPause
Fastreverseorforward
Skipforwardorbackward
Adjustingthevolume

●Touch toswitchthemode.

The "ApplicationMode" screenappears.

Fordetails, referto Switchesthecontrol modeofiPodfunctionsonpage119.

Application Mode 2:23 iPod EQ ▶/II Hide ① ②

①Switchestothenormalmode.
②OperatestheiPod.
Theoperationsactivatedbytouchingvary dependingontheconnectediPod.

PlayingMusicSphere

YoucanplayplaylistscreatedwiththePCapplication(MusicSphere)usinganexcitinggraphicinterface.

☐PCapplication(MusicSphere)willbeavailableonourwebsite.

Startingprocedure

1Displaythemusicoperationscreenof theiPod.

- Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoStarting procedureonpage127.

2Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Touch. - 1

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playsthe"MusicSphere"screenonpage 118.

Readingthescreen

Gloomy Feeling / 7 Songs Brilliance Further Integration Light love Light love2 First contact PREMIER EnergyE Feeling Gloomy Feeling Reusing Feeling 2:24

①Categorynameandtotalnumberofsongs

Showsthecategorynameandthetotalnumberofplayablesongsintheplaylistcurrently selected.

②Songtitleindicator

Showssixsongsincludingthefirstsong playedafterselectingtheplaylist.

③Playlistnameindicator

Showsthenameoftheplaylistcurrentlyselected.

④Currenttime

⑤Categoryname

Showsthecategorynameintheplaylist.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Gloomy Feeling 7.7 Songs Brilliance Further integration Light love Light love2 First contact PREMIER Everlight Feeling Gloomy Feeling Slowling Feeling ① ② 2:24

①SwitchestotheAVoperationscreen

②Playstheplaylist

Tappingakeymovestheplaylisttothecenter ofthescreen,andtappingthecenterkey startsplayback.

Tochangetheplaylisttobedisplayed, rotatethespherebydraggingthekeys up,down,left,orright.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchonline "iPod" screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

Thismenuisnotavailablewhenyou changethescreenofthenavigationsystem to"ApplicationMode".

- Fordetails, refer to Operating the functions from youriPodon the previous page.

Function Repeat All Shuffle Off Audio Book Normal Widescreen On Link Artists Link Albums Link Genres 2:25 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤

①Setsrepeatplay

Therearetworepeatplaytypesforplayback.

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

UsinganiPod(iPod)

All: Repeatsallsongsorvideosinthe selectedlist.
• One: Repeatsjustthecurrentsongor video.

②Setstheshuffleplayformusic

Thisfunctionshufflessongsoralbumsand playstheminrandomorder.

Eachtouchof[Shuffle]changesthesetting asfollows:

Off: Doesnotshuffle.
Songs: Playsback songsor videos in random order within these selected list.
• Albums: Selectsanalbumrandomly, and then plays back all songs in that albumin order.

③Setstheaudiobookplayspeed

While listening to an audiobook on a Pod, playback speed can be changed.

Eachtouchof[AudioBook]changesthe settingasfollows:

• Normal: Playbackinnormalspeed
- Faster:Playbackfasterthannormal speed
- Slower: Playbackslowerthannormal speed

④Playsvideoinwidescreenmode

If the video is compatible with widescreen format, set "Widescreen" to "On" in order to view the video image in the widescreen.

Eachtouchof[Widescreen]changesthe settingasfollows:

On: Outputstthewide-screenvideofrom aniPod.
Off: Outputsthenormal-sizedvideo fromaniPod.

☐Displaysizeischangedafteryou change"Widescreen"settingandselect thevideotoplay.

☐ Thissettingisavailableonlyduringthe videooperation.

⑤Playssongsrelatedtothecurrently playingsong

Youcanplaysongsrelatedtothecurrently playingsong,usingofthefollowinglists.

- LinkArtists: Songs related to the currently playing artist will be played in the album order.

- LinkAlbums: Songs related to the currently playing album will be played.

- LinkGenres: Songs related to the currently playing genre will be played in the artist order.

YoucanexperiencePandorabyconnectingan iPodthathasthePandoraapplicationinstalled.

□BesuretoreadUsingApp-basedConnected Contentsbeforeyouperformthisoperation.

- Fordetails, refertoUsingApp-based ConnectedContentsonpage217.

Note:

CertainfunctionalityofthePandoraserviceis notavailablewhenaccessingtheservice throughthePioneernavigationsystem,including,butnotlimitedto,creatingnewstations,deletingstations,emailingcurrent stations,buyingsongsfromiTunes,viewing additionaltextinformation,logginginto Pandora,andadjustingCellNetworkAudio Quality.
PandoralInternetradioisamusicservicenot affiliatedwithPioneer.Moreinformationis availableathttp://www.pandora.com.
AspecificversionofthePandoraiPhoneapplicationisrequiredtobeinstalledonyour iPhoneinordertoenjoyPandoralInternet Radioonthisnavigationsystem. Because the application for the iPhone is not provided by Pioneer, there required version of the application may not yet be available at the time of purchase of the navigation system. Availability, version and update information can be found at http://www.pioneerelectronics.com/pandora

Startingprocedure

1StartupthePandoraapplicationinstalledontheiPod.

□InsomeiPodmodes,selectingasource maystartupaniPodapplication.Ifthemes-sage"Startuptheapplicationfromyour Device."appears,startuptheapplication fromyouriPod.
□Beforestartingup,sign-intoPandorafrom youriPod.

2DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

3ConnectyouriPod.

Thesourcechangesandthen playbackwill start.

For details, refer to Connecting your iPod on page20.
□IftheiPodisalreadyconnected,tap [Pandora]ontheleftedgeofthescreen.

Fordetails, referto Selectingasource on page70.

4Tap[Pandora]ontheleftsideofthe screentodisplay"Pandora"screen.

5Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontrolthePandora.

- Fordetails, refer to Using the touch panel keyson page 126.

Readingthescreen

AVIC Radio Station AVIC Navigation System Return Home 12:04 PANDORA EQ PANDORA' internet radio

①Currentsonginformation

•Stationnameindicator
ShowsthePandorastationnamethe tuneriscurrentlytunedin.
• Artistname Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying.
• Albumtitle Showsthetitleofthealbumofthecurrentsong.
• Songtitle Showsthetitleofthecurrentsong.
- Playtimeindicator

UsingPandora®

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentsong.

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

②Currenttime

③Albumartwork

Albumartofthecurrentsongisdisplayedifit isavailable.

④Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

AVIC Radio Station AVIC Navigation System Return Home 12:04 IPod Pandora aha SD Audio Mirror AV TV/II 0'51" EQ ⑤ ④ ③ ② PANDORA' internet radio

①SelectsaPandorastationfromthelist

Touchingthekeydisplaysthelistofyour Pandorastationstoselectoneofthemtoplay.

Station List By Date 12:04 List AVIC Radio Station Fun Radio Jazz-Varied Navigation Radio Brilliant Classical Sunday Morning

- Fordetails, refertoOperatinglistscreens (e.g. iPodlistscreen) on page 70.

Scrollthelistbydraggingitemsupordownto displaytheitemyouwanttoselect.

□Touching[QuickMix]playsonlyone songbasedonparticularmusicalcharacteristicsatatimefromshuffledseveralstations.

□Eachtimeyoutouch[List]changesthe sortorder.

Currentorderisindicatedontheupper rightofthescreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ①SelectsaPandorastationfromthelist - 2

Youcansorttheitemsinthelistalphabetically.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ①SelectsaPandorastationfromthelist - 3

Youcansorttheitemsinthelistin orderofdatestheitemswerecreated.

②ThumbsUp

Touchingthekeygives"ThumbsUp"tothe songcurrentlyplaying.

③ThumbsDown

Touchingthekeygives"ThumbsDown"tothe songcurrentlyplayingandskiptothenext song.

④Bookmark

Touchingthekeydisplaysthescreenwhich letsyouselecttheartistorsongtoaddbookmarks.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails,refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥PlaybackandPause

Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playback and pause.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipthesongforward.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - PressingtheTRKbutton - 1

WhenconnectingiPodwiththeAhaRadioinstalled,youcancontrol,view,and/orhearAha Radiocontentfromthisnavigationsystem. YoucanalsodisplayPOInformationfromthe AhaRadioapplicationonthemapscreenand routetothesePOIs.

☐ Fordetailsconcerningoperations, refer to theHelpandTipssectionwithintheAha Radioapplication.
☐AhaRadiostationsmayrequireinitial setuporsign-inbeforethestationcanbe accessed.
□BesuretoreadUsingApp-basedConnected Contentsbeforeyouperformthisoperation.
- Fordetails, refertoUsingApp-based ConnectedContentsonpage217.

Note:

CertainfunctionalityoftheAhaRadioservice maynotbeavailablewhenaccessingtheservicethroughthePioneernavigationsystem, including,butnotlimitedto,creatingnew Ahastations,deletingAhastations,recording 'shouts'byvoice,adjustingAhaRadioApp settings,loggingintoFacebook,creatingaFacebookaccount,loggingintoTwitter,orcreatingaTwitteraccount.
AhaRadioisaservicenotaffiliatedwith Pioneer.Moreinformationisavailableat http://www.ahamobile.com.
AspecificversionoftheAhaRadioapplicationisrequiredtobeinstalledonyouriPhone inordertoenjoyAhaRadiocontentonthisnavigationsystem. Because the application for the iPhone is not provided by Pioneer, there required version of the application may not yet be available at the time of purchase of the navigation system. Availability, version and update information can be found at http://www.pioneerelectronics.com/aharadio

Startingprocedure

1StartuptheAhaRadioapplicationinstalledontheiPod.

□InsomeiPodmodes,selectingasource maystartupaniPodapplication.Iftheme-sage"Startuptheapplicationfromyour

Device."appears,startuptheapplication fromyouriPod.

□Beforestartingup,sign-intoAhaRadio fromyouriPod.

2DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

3ConnectyouriPod.

Thesourcechangesandthen playbackwill start.

For details, refer to Connecting your iPod on page20.
□IftheiPodisalreadyconnected,tap[aha] ontheleftedgeofthescreen.
Fordetails, referto Selectingasourceon page70.

4Tap[aha]ontheleftsideofthescreen todisplaythe"aha"screen.

5Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheAhaRadio.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonpage129.

Readingthescreen

ahar radio Facebook 13 minutes ago Neer Pio 6:45 Neer Pio Neer Pio

①Currentstationinformation

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

- Stationname

ShowsthenameoftheAhaRadiostationthatthenavigationsystemiscurrentlytunedto.

• Detailedinformation

Show the information on the content currently being played.

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

• Ratinginformation

Showstheratedvalueofthecurrent contentdisplayed(onlywhenandwhere applicable).

aha radio Hungry Lang's Pizza & Pasta 2-RITS Winchester Stuff 1.0000000000 ★★★ ★★ ★ EQ

②Currenttime

③Contentimage

Displaysanimageofthecurrentcontentif oneisavailable.

④Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Panda aha radio Facebook 13 minutes ago Neer Pio 6:45 Neer Pio Mirror AV Tuner Off EQ Neer Pio

①SelectsanAhaRadiostationfromthelist

TouchingthiskeydisplaysthelistofyouravailableAhaRadiostations.TouchthedesiredAhaRadiostationtochangeAhasources.

Station List 12:11 Nearby Traffic Facebook Caraoke Coffee

Fordetailsofthelistoperations, referto Operatinglistscreens(e.g.iPodlist screen)onpage70.

Scrollthelistbydraggingitemsupordownto displaytheitemyouwanttoselect.

②Playbackandpause(orstop)

Touch[▶]tostart playback. Touching[■]during playback, pausesor stops playback.

☐Pause(orstop)keyfunctionalitydependsonthecontent.

③Selectscontenttoplay

Scrollingthekeysupordowndisplaysavailablecontentwhiletappingakeystartsplay-back.

④Performsadditionalfunctionsofeachstationorcontentcurrentlyplaying

☐Theiconsdisplayedvarydependingon eachstationorcontent.

IndicatorMeaning
	Touchingthekeydisclosesthe currentcarlocationthrough AhaRadio.
	Touchingthekeyretweetsthe selectedtweetswithyourTwitter account.
	Touchingthekeyperformsfast reverseofthecurrentcontent for30seconds.
	Touchingthekeysendsyouto theLocationconfirmation screentheselectedPOIto searchforthedesiredroute. ➕Forthesubsequentoperations,refertoSettingaroute toyourdestinationonpage 42.
	Touchingthekey"likes"current content.
	Touchingthekeyunsubscribestheselectedcontent.Theunsub-scribedcontentwillbedeletedfromtheMyFeedsstation.
	Touchingthekeyfollowsthecur-rentcontent.Thefollowedcon-tentwillbeaddedtotheMyFeedsstation.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Pausesthecontentcurrentlyplayingand showsatextpop-upscreen

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

Pop-upscreen

aha radio XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 12:44

□Touchingcl thepop-upscreen andplaysthecontent.

Functionscoupledwith AhaRadioandthe navigationsystem

Dependingonthestations, functionscoupled withthenavigationsystemareavailable.

DisplayingPOIsobtainedwith AhaRadio

If you select a station with content that in-cludes POI location information, the corresponding PO I cons will appear on themap screen. A maximum of 30 PO I cons are displayed at one time.

Echner 1st St 401 5:32 Taylor's handbony K St 110 aha

Detailed information can be displayed by placing the scroll cursor over the POlicon.

Fordetails, refertoViewinginformation aboutaspecifiedlocationonpage28.
☐ThePOlicsonthemapwillnotdisappearevenwhentheiPodisremoved. Theiconswilldisappearwiththefollowing operations:
Turningofftheignitionswitch(ACC OFF)
Initializinguserdata
UpdatingthedisplayoftheAhaPOI icons

☐AhaPOliconsareupdatedatthefollowing intervals.

Whenastationwithcontentincluding locationinformationisreselected
WhenthecontentlistsoftheAhaapplicationareupdated
Ifthereare30ormorecontentitemsselectedand31stPOlisread

UsingtheBluetoothaudioplayer

YoucancontroltheBluetoothaudioplayer.

BeforeusingtheBluetoothaudioplayer, youneedtoregisterandconnectthedevice tothisnavigationsystem.
Fordetails, refertoRegistering your Bluetooth devices on page 56.
Operationsmayvarydependingonthe kindofaBluetoothaudioplayer.
☐Depending on the Bluetooth audioplayer connected to this navigation system, the available operations with this navigation system are limited to the following two levels:

- A2DPprofile(AdvancedAudioDistributionProfile): Only playing back song on your audioplayer is possible.

- A2DPprofileandAVRCPprofile(Audio/VideoRemoteControlProfile):Playing back,pausing,selectingsongs,etc.,are possible.

☐SincethereareanumberofBluetooth audioplayersavailableonthemarket,operationswithyourBluetoothaudioplayer usingthisnavigationsystemvarygreatlyin range.PleaserefertotheinstructionmanualthatcamewithyourBluetoothaudio playeraswellasthismanualwhileoperatingyourplayeronthisnavigationsystem.
While you are listening to song on your Bluetooth audioplayer, pleaserefrain from operating your cellular phone as much as possible. If you try operating your cellular phone, the signal from your cellular phonemay cause anoise on the song play-back.
Evenifyouswitchtoanothersourcewhile listeningtoasongonyourBluetoothaudio player, the playbackofsongcontinuesto elapse.
☐DependingontheBluetoothaudioplayer youconnectedtothisnavigationsystem, operationsonthisnavigationsystemto controltheplayermaydifferfromthoseexplainedinthismanual.
□Whenyouaretalkingonacellularphone connectedtothisunitviaBluetoothwirelesstechnology,songplaybackfromyour

Bluetoothaudioplayerconnectedtothis unitmaybepaused.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Tap[Audio]ontheleftedgeofthe screentodisplaythe"Audio"screen.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheBluetoothaudioplayer.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonpage133.

Readingthescreen
AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor 12:02 ① ② ③ ④ OFF EQ Connect Connect 26

①Playbackconditionindicator

Indicate the current playback condition if the connected Bluetooth audioplayer features AVRCP1.3.

Playingfilesinrandomorder

IndicatorMeaning
OFFXX	Doesnotplayfilesinrandom order.
ONXX	Playsallaudiofilesinthecurrentrepeatplayrangeinrandomorder.

Settingarepeatplayrange

IndicatorMeaning
OFF	Doesnotrepeat.
	Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.
ALL	Repeatsallaudiofilesinthe Bluetoothaudioplayer.

②Currentfileinformation

If the connected Bluetooth audioplayer features AVRCP1.3, the following file information will be displayed.

• Artistname

Showstheartistnamecurrentlyplaying (whenavailable).

• Albumtitle

Showsthetitleofthealbumofthecurrentfile(whenavailable).

- Tracktitle

Showsthetitleofthetrackcurrently playing(whenavailable).

- Playtimeindicator

Showstheelapsedplayingtimewithin thecurrentfile.

- Filenumberindicator

Showsthefilenumbercurrentlyplaying (whenavailable).

☐Inthefollowingcases,fileinformation willonlybedisplayedafterafilestarts orresumesplaying:

YouconnecttheBluetoothaudio playercompatiblewithAVRCP1.3, andoperatetheplayertostartplaying.
Youselectanotherfilewhenplay-backispaused.

③Currenttime

④Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

⑤Devicenameindicator

⑥Connectionstatusindicator

Show whether the device featuring Bluetooth technology is connected or not.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

AVIC The Best New Hits Asian Flavor 00'37" XX-XXXX Connecting Connect ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ONXX ALL 12:02 26 OFF Off Audio Mirror AV Tuner Disc Off

①Playsfilesinrandomorder

Allofthefileswithintherepeatplayrange canbeplayedatrandombytouchingonlyone key.

☐Thisfunctionisavailableonlywhenthe connectedBluetoothaudioplayerfeaturesAVRCP1.3.
Fordetails, referto Playsfilesinrandomorderonthenextpage.

②Setsarepeatplayrange

Therepeatplayrangecanbechangedby touchingonlyonekey.

☐Thisfunctionisavailableonlywhenthe connectedBluetoothaudioplayerfeaturesAVRCP1.3.
Fordetails, referto Changestherepeat rangeonthenextpage.

③PlaybackandPause

Touching [▶] or [■■] switches between play-backandpause.

④ConnectstheBluetoothaudioplayer

Touching[Connect]displaystheconnection standbyscreenandthenavigationsystem waitsfortheBluetoothwirelessconnectionrequest.

⑤Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑥Displaysthe"Function"menu

Fordetails, refertoUsingadvancedfunctionsonthenextpage.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanskipfilesforwardorbackward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanperformfastreverseorfastforward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

ThismenuisavailableonlywhentheconnectedBluetoothaudioplayerfeatures AVRCP1.3.

●Touch onthe"Audio"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

Function Repeat Track Random On 12:00

①Changestherepeatrange

Eachtouchof[Repeat]changesthesetting asfollows:

All: Repeats all audio files in the Bluetooth audioplayer.
Track: Repeatsjustthecurrentfile.
Off: Does not repeat.
□Ifyouskipthefileforwardorbackward when the repeat play range in "Track", therepeatplayrangechangesto"All".

②Playsfilesinrandomorder

Randomplayletsyou playbackfilesinrandomorderwithinthecurrentrepeatrange.

Eachtouchof[Random]turnsitonor off.

UsingtheXMtuner

Youcanusethenavigationsystemtocontrol anXMsatellitedigitaltuner, whichissoldseparately.

Fordetailsconcerningoperation, refertothe XMtuner'soperationmanuals. This section provides information on XMoperations with the navigation system which differs from that described in the XMtuner's operation manual.

The following XM satellited digital tuner units cannot be connected:

GEX-P900XM,GEX-P910XM

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Tap[XM]ontheleftedgeofthescreen todisplaythe"XM"screen.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheXMtuner.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonpage137.

Readingthescreen

AllCHMode
CH014 Bluegrass Juncti AVIC Unknown All CH Mode EQ Direct ① ② ③ ④ ⑦ Memo LAKI OKKI XM Cherry Cherry Cherry Cherry RealJazz CHY

CategoryMode
CH081 BPM AVIC Unknown Category Mode EQ Direct Device Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch081 Ch083

Aboutthelogoforchannelname

Onlythelogodatathatiscontainedinthena- gationsystemcanbedisplayedforeach channel.Thelogoofanewlyestablishedchan- nelthatisnotcontainedcannotbedisplayed. Whenalogoisnotavailable,thefollowing substituteiconisdisplayed.

Substituteicon
PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Aboutthelogoforchannelname - 1

☐TheiconofeachbroadcaststationiscontainedintheNANDflashmemorybasedonthedataprovidedbyXMSatelliteRadioasofSeptember2010.

□AnychangesmadebyXMSatelliteRadiointhelineuporiconofthebroadcaststationinthefuturemaynotbesupportedbythenavigationsystem,andmaycausetheunittodisplayincorrecticons.

①XMbandindicator

ShowstheXMbandthathasbeenselected.

②CurrentXMstationinformation

Showsthedetailedinformationofthebroad-castchannelcurrentlybeingreceived.

• XMchannelnumber

ShowstheXMchannelnumberthe tuneriscurrentlytunedto.

• XMstationname ShowstheXMbroadcaststationname thetuneriscurrentlytunedin.
• Artist(performer)name Showstheartist(performer)namecurrentlyplaying(whenavailable).
• Songtitle(programname)

UsingtheXMtuner

Showsthetitleofthecurrentsong(program).

☐ “----” is displayed if there is no corresponding information.

③Currenttime

④XMstationinformation

• XMstationnamelogo

•XMchannelnumber

- Presetnumber

Showswhatpresetitemhasbeense- lected.

⑤XMchannelcategory

Showsthecategoryofbroadcastchannel.

⑥XMchannelselectmodeindicator

Showswhatchannelselectmodehasbeen selected.Youcanselectachannelfromall channelsin"AllCHMode",andselecta channelfromselectedcategoryin "CategoryMode".

⑦Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - UsingtheXMtuner - 1

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

AllCHMode
① ② ③ ① Memo ⑫ XM1 CH014 ⑪ Bluegrass Juncti AVIC Unknown ⑩ Tuner DISC All CH Mode ④ ⑦ ⑥ ⑤ OFF EQ Direct Real Jazz CH070 P.CH1 LAV3 10:33 CH151 P.CH5 BLUEGRASS JUNCTION CH014 P.CH6

CategoryMode
Memo XM1 CH081 BPM AVIC Unknown Category Mode EQ Direct Dance Ch040 P.CH2 10:33 bpm CH081 P.CH3 Ch140 P.CH4

①Performsmanualtuning

Thechannelsmoveupordownoneatatime.

☐ If you keep touching [I◄◄] or [►►I] you canskipthebroadcastingchannels.

② SwitchesbetweentheAVoperation screenandthepresetlistdisplay

Youcanswitchthescreendisplayaccording toyourpreference.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistscreenonpage70.

③Memorizesthecurrentsong

Fordetails, referto Memorizing the song on thenextpage.

④Recallschannelsfromthepreset

Once you have stored broadcast channels, you can easily recall preset channels from memory with atapofakey.

- Fordetails, referto Storing and recalling broadcast stations on then next page.

⑤SelectsanXMchanneldirectly

Fordetails, refertoSelectinganXM channeldirectly on this page.

⑥Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑦Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, referto Usingadvancedfunctions on page 140.

⑧SwitchestheXMchannelselectmode

Youcanswitchthemodebetweenthetwo methodsforselectingandlistingthechannel.

AllCHMode:

Youcanselectachannelfromallchannels whenyouoperatethisfunction.

CategoryMode:

You can select a channel within an selected category that you operate this function.

⑨Switchestothelistdisplayofsongtitles

- Fordetails, refertoSelectingachannel fromthelistonthenextpage.

⑩Switchestothelistdisplayofartist names

- Fordetails,refertoSelectingachannel fromthelistonthenextpage.

⑪ SwitchestothelistdisplayofXMstation names

- Fordetails, refertoSelectingachannel fromthelistonthenextpage.

⑫SelectsanXMband

Tappingthekeyrepeatedlyswitchesbetween the following XM bands: XM 1, XM 2, or XM3.

☐Thisfunctionisconvenientforpreparing differentpresetlistsforeachband.

⑬Performsmanualtuning

The channels move up on none at a time within a selected category.

☐ If you keep touching [◀◀◀] or [▶▶▶] you canskipthebroadcastingchannels.

⑭Switchesthechannelcategory

Touch [◀] or [▶] to select the desired category.

SelectinganXMchanneldirectly

YoucanselectanXMchanneldirectlybyenteringthedesiredchannelnumber.

1Touch[Direct].

2Touch[0]to[9]toinputthedesired channelnumber.

Tocanceltheinputnumbersonebyone, touch 🔊.Touchingandholdingal ovsyou todeleteallinputnumbers.

3Whiletheinputnumberisdisplayed, touch[Enter].

TheXMchannelthatwasenteredisselected.

4Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Whiletheinputnumberisdisplayed, touch[Enter]. - 1

Youreturntothepreviousdisplay.

DisplayingtheRadioID

If you select CH:000, the RadioIDisdisplayed.

1Touch[Direct].

2Input[000]andthentouch[Enter].

□Ifyouselectanotherchannel,displayofthe RadiolDiscanceled.

3Touch.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Input[000]andthentouch[Enter]. - 1

Youreturntothepreviousdisplay.

4WaituntiltheRadioIDisdisplayed.

Storingandrecallingbroadcast stations

Withatapofanyofthepresettuningkeys ("P1" to "P6"), you can easily store up to six broadcastchannelsforlaterrecall(alsowith thetapofakey).

1Selectthechannelthatyouwantto storeinmemory.

2Displaythepresetchannellist.

Fordetails, referto Switches between the AV operations screen and the preset list display on page 137.

3Keeptouchingapresettuningkey[P1] to[P6].

Theselectedstation has been stored in memory.

Thenexttimeyoutapthesamepresettuning key "P1" to "P6", the station is recalled from memory.

Upto18stations, sixforeachofthreeXM bandscanbestoredinmemory.

Selectingachannelfromthelist

Thelistcontentcanbeswitchedsoyoucan searchforthesongyouwanttolistentonot onlybythechannelnamebutalsobytheartist nameorsongtitle.

☐Thechannellistshowsallchannelsduring "AllCHMode", and the channels included in theselected category during "CategoryMode".

1Displayalistscreen.

Fordetails, referto Switchestothelist displayofsongtitleson the previous page.

Fordetails, referto Switchestothelist displayofartistnames on the previous page.

Fordetails, referto Switchestothelist displayofXMstationnamesonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[List].

XMchannellistappearsinthedisplay. Eachtouchof[List]changesthescreenasfollows:

CHNameList(Channelname)—SongTitleList(Songtitle)—ArtistNameList(Artistname)

3Tapthedesiredchannelthatyouwant tolistento.

Jazz&Blues List 070 : Real Jazz 071 : Watercolors 072 : Beyond Jazz 073 : Frank's Place 074 : Bluesville CH Name List 10:34

→Fordetails, refer to Operating lists screens (e.g. iPod lists screen) on page 70.
☐ During Category Mode, touch [◀] or [▶] to switch to another category.

Using"MyMix" function

"MyMix" function memorizes song title and artist name of the song currently being received. When the song that matches them memorized song title and artist name is being broadcast on a station other than the one you are listening to, you will be alerted, and you can switch the station to list to that songs.

☐AtrackitselfisNOTdownloaded.ONLYthe songtitleandtheartistnamearememorized.

Memorizingthesong

Thesongtitleandartistnameofthesongyou arelisteningtocanbememorizedto"MyMix".

●Touchandhold[Memo].

Thesongtitleandartistnameofcurrentsong youarelisteningtoarememorized,andaconfirmationmessageappears.

☐ Thesongtitleandartistnameofupto12 songscanbememorized.Tryingtosave morethan12songswillresultinolderones beingoverwritten.

☐Youcannotmemorizethesongtitleorthe artistnamewhen" ---- " isdisplayonthetitleinformation.

☐Thisfunctionisinvalidforthechannel "000".

☐Thememorizedtitlemaynotbedisplayed correctlydependingontheconditions.

☐Youcancustomizethesettingforthememorizedsongslater.

Fordetailsconcerningoperations, refer toSettingthememorizedsongsonthis page.

Whenthememorizedsongisbroadcast

Abeepsounds, and a message is displayed. Touch [Yes] to switch to that station and listen to that track.

□Ifthememorizedsongisnotchecked,or when[Off]isselectedon[Alert]onthe "MemoEdit"screen,noalertwillbeprovided.
- RefertoSettingthememorizedsongson thispage.
□Notificationmaynotbeprovideddependingonthestatusofthenavigationsystem.
□Ifthereisevenaslightdifferencebetween thememorizedtitleandthetitleofthe songbeingbroadcast,nonotificationwill beprovidedeventhoughttheyarethesame song.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovethechannelupordown.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovechannelsupordownbyholding downthebutton.

Usingadvancedfunctions

- Touchonthe"XM"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

Function Memo Edit 12:04

①Setsthememorizedsongs

Settingthememorizedsongs Selectingthesongstoalert

ThelistofsongtitlesmemorizedfortheMyMix Function(MyMixlist)isdisplayed.Youcan changethenotificationsettingwhenthesong isbroadcastagain.Youcanenableordisable notificationforeachsong.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touchthesongtitlethatyouwantto disablenotificationfor.

Thecheckmarkisremoved, and thenotification setting of the song is deactivated.

Changingthealertsetting

Youcanenableordisablealertsforallitemsat thesametime.Thisfunctionisusefulwhen youwanttoturnalertsofftemporarilywithout changingeachmemorizedsong.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touch[Alert].

Eachtouchof[Alert]turnsitonoroff.

Deletingthememorizedsongs

Youcandeleteeachoneofthememorized songsfromthesongtitlelist.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touchandholdthesongyouwantto delete.

☐Todeleteallsongsthatarememorized, touch[DeleteAll].

3Touch[Yes].

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[Yes]. - 1

Youcanusethenavigationsystemtocontrola PioneerSiriusSatelliteRadiotuner,whichis soldseparately.

Fordetailsconcerningoperation, refertothe SIRIUSTuner'soperationmanuals. This section provides information on SIRIUSoperations with navigationsystem which differs from that described in the SIRIUSTuner'soperation manual.

□WhenyouusetheSiriusConnectuniversal tuner(soldseparately)withthisnavigation system,PioneerSIRIUSBUSINTERFACEis required.Fordetailsconcerningoperation, refertotheowner'smanualofPioneerSIR-IUSBUSINTERFACEandSiriusConnect universaltuner.

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2Tap[SIRIUS]ontheleftedgeofthe screentodisplaythe"SIRIUS"screen.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheSIRIUSTuner.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen

AllCHMode
Instant Replay Direct Memo P.CH1 CH102 Sirius Stars All CH, Mode EQ Disp P.CH1 P.CH2 ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ SIRIUS

CategoryMode
Instant Replay Direct Memo SIRIUS CH072 CH072 PCH2 Category Mode EQ Disp Category P.CH16 12:17 P.CH2 P.CH3

①SIRIUSbandindicator

ShowstheSIRIUSbandthathasbeense- lected.

②SIRIUSchannelnumberindicator

ShowstheSIRIUSchannelnumberthatthe tuneristunedto.

③Currenttime

④Presetnumberindicator

Showswhatpresetitemhasbeenselected.

⑤SIRIUSchannelselectmodeindicator

Showswhatchannelselectmodehasbeen selected.Youcanselectachannelfromall channelsin"AllCHMode",andselecta channelfromtheselectedcategoryin "CategoryMode".

Fordetailsconcerningoperations, refer toSwitchestheSIRIUSchannelselectmodeonpage143.

⑥Variableinformationarea

Showsvariousinformationaboutthebroadcastchannelcurrentlybeingreceived.

Formoredetailsaboutthedisplayedinformation,refertoSwitchestheSIR-IUSdisplayonpage143.

⑦Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Readingthescreen - 3

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

AllCHMode
PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Usingthetouchpanelkeys - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Instant Replay"] --> B["SIRIUS"]
    C["Direct"] --> D["CH102"]
    E["Memo"] --> F["Sirius Stars"]
    G["Audio"] --> H["EQ"]
    I["Disp"] --> J["All CH Mode"]
    K["P.CH1"] --> L["P.CH2"]
    M["P.CH10"] --> N["P.CH1"]
    O["①"] --> P["⑪"]
    Q["⑩"] --> R["⑩"]
    S["⑨"] --> T["⑨"]
    U["⑧"] --> V["⑧"]
    W["⑦"] --> X["⑦"]
    Y["⑥"] --> Z["⑥"]

CategoryMode
Instant Replay Direct Memo SIRIUS CH072 CH072 PCH2 P.CH1 P.CH2 Category Mode EQ Disp Category P.CH3

①SwitchestheSIRIUSInstantreplaymode

For details, refer to Using the "Instant Replay" function on page 144.

②Performsmanualtuning

Thechannelsmoveupordownoneatatime.

☐ If you keep touching [◀◀] or [▶▶] you canskipthebroadcastingchannels.

③SelectsaSIRIUSchanneldirectly

Fordetails, refertoSelectingaSIRIUS channeldirectlyonthenextpage.

④Memorizesthecurrentsong

- Fordetails, refertoMemorizingthesong onthenextpage.

⑤Recallschannelsfromthepreset

Taptorecallthepresetchannel.

Fordetails, refer to Storing and recalling broadcast stations on this page.

⑥SwitchestheSIRIUSdisplay

Eachtouchof[Disp]changesthedisplayinformation.

Channelnumber—Channelname—Channelcategory—Artistname/feature—Song/programtitle—Composer

⑦Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

⑧Displaysthe"Function"menu

- Fordetails, referto Usingadvancedfunctionsonpage145.

⑨SwitchestheSIRIUSchannelselect mode

Youcanswitchthemodebetweenthetwo methodsforselectingandlistingthechannel.

AllCHMode:

Youcanselectachannelfromallchannels whenyouoperatethisfunction.

CategoryMode:

Youcanselectachannelwithinaselectedcategorythatyouoperatethisfunction.

⑩ SwitchesbetweentheAVoperation screenandthepresetlistdisplay

Youcanswitchthescreendisplayaccording toyourpreference.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto SwitchingbetweentheAVoperation screenandthelistscreenonpage70.

⑪SelectsaSIRIUSband

Tappingthekeyrepeatedlyswitchesbetween the following SIRIUSbands: SIRIUS1,

SIRIUS2, or SIRIUS3.

☐Thisfunctionisconvenientforpreparing differentpresetlistsforeachband.

⑫Switchesthechannelcategory

Touch [◀] or [▶] to select the desired category.

SelectingaSIRIUSchanneldirectly

YoucanselectaSIRIUSchannel directly by entering the desired channel number.

1Touch[Direct].

2Touch[0]to[9]toinputthedesired channelnumber.

Tocanceltheinputnumbersonebyone, touch 🔊.Touchingandholdingallowsyou todeleteallinputnumbers.

3Whiletheinputnumberisdisplayed, touch[Enter].

TheSIRIUSchannelthatwasenteredselected.

4Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Touch - 1

Youreturntothepreviousdisplay.

DisplaytheRadioID

If you select CH:000, the RadioIDisdisplayed.

1Touch[Direct].

2Input[000]andthentouch[Enter].

If you select another channel, display of the RadioIDiscanceled.

3Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch - 1

Youreturntothepreviousdisplay.

4WaituntiltheRadioIDisdisplayed.

Storingandrecallingbroadcast stations

Withatapofanyofthepresettuningkeys

("Preset 1" to "Preset 6"), you can easily store uptosixbroadcaststationsforlaterrecall (alsowiththetapofakey).

1Selectthechannelthatyouwantto storeinmemory.

2Displaythepresetchannellist.

Fordetails, referto Switches between the AV operations screen and the preset list display on this page.

3Keeptouchingapresettuningkey [Preset1]to[Preset6].

Theselectedstationhasbeenstoredinmemory.

Thenexttimeyoutapthesamepreset tuning key "Preset 1" to "Preset 6" the station is recalled from memory.

☐Upto18stations, sixforeachofthreeSIR-IUSbandscanbestoredinmemory.

Usingthesongalertfunction

Thesongalertfunctionmemorizesthesong titleandartistnameofthesongcurrently beingreceived.Whenatrackthatmatchesthe memorizedsongtitleandartistnameisbeing broadcastonastationotherthantheoneyou arelisteningto,youwillbealerted,andyou canswitchthestationtolistentothatsong.

☐ThetrackitselfisNOTdownloaded;only thesongtitleandtheartistnamearememorized.

Memorizingthesong

Thesongtitleandartistnameofthesongyou arelisteningtocanbememorized.

●Touchandhold[Memo].

Thesongtitleandartistnameofthesongyou arelisteningtocanbememorized.

Upto10songtitlesandartistnamescanbe memorized.
☐You cannot memorize asongthat does not have song title and artist name information.
☐You cannot memorize the song title or the artist name of channel "000".
☐Thememorizedtitlemaynotbedisplayed correctly.

Whenthememorizedsongisbroadcast

Abeepsounds, andamessage is displayed.

Touch [Jump] to switch to that station, and you can list to that at track. If you touch

[Stay], the channel does not switch.

□Ifthealertforthesongis“Off”orset

"Alert" to "Off", no notification will be provided even when that song is broadcast.

Fordetails, referto Settingthememorized songs on then next page.
□NotificationmaynotbeprovideddependingonthesituationoftheNavigationSystem.
- Fordetails, refertoSelectingthesongs toalertonthenextpage.

Usingthe"InstantReplay"function

The "InstantReplay" function allows you to replay the restored broadcast on Pioneer SIRIUS BUS INTERFACE (if Pioneer SIRIUSBUS INTERFACE capable for this function). As soon as out uneto channel, Pioneer SIRIUSBUS INTERFACE automatically begins storing the broadcast. It can store approximately up to 44 minutes previous (depending on these selected channel and the memory capacity of Pioneer SIRIUSBUS INTERFACE).

1Touch[InstantReplay]ontheSIRIUS screentoactivatethe"InstantReplay" mode.

2Touchkeysfor"InstantReplay".

Touchpanel keys	Action
[◀◀]	Returntothestartofthecurrent songorprogram.Touchingagain willskipbacktotheprevioussong orprogram.
[◀◀]andholdFastreverses.
[▶▶]	Forwardsplaytothenextsongor program.
[▶▶]andholdFast-forwards.
[▶/■]	Touching[▶/■]switchesbetween playbackandpause.

During "InstantReplay" mode, each touch of [Disp]changesthedisplayinformation as follows; Timeposition—Channelnumber—Channelname—Channelcategory—Artist name/feature—Song/programtitle—Composer
☐You cannot replay the broadcast prior to the beginning of stored data.

Operatingbyhardware buttons

PressingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovethechannelupordown.

During "InstantReplay" mode, you can skip the songor program forward or backward.

PressingandholdingtheTRKbutton

Youcanmovechannelsupordownbyholding downthebutton.

During "InstantReplay" mode, you can perform fast reverse or fast forward.

Usingadvancedfunctions

●Touchone"SIRIUS"screen.

The "Function" menuappears.

①②③ Function Memo Edit Game Alert Game Info 12:00

①Setsthememorized songs
②UsestheGameAlertfunction
③DisplaysGameInformation
- Fordetailsofeachfunction, refertosections below with therelativetitles.

Settingthememorizedsongs

Selectingthesongstoalert

Youcanchangethesettingofthealertwhen thetrackisbroadcastagain.Youcanenable ordisablealertforeachsong.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]toselectthe desiredsong.

Function Memo Edit 12:00 ON Wake Me Up B On/Off Delete Song Prev Next ► Alert : Off

3Touch[On/Off]toturnthesettingon.

Whenthealertforthesongisactivated,[On] appearsatthebeginningoftheselectedtitle.

☐Touch[On/Off]againtoturnthesettingoff.

Changingthealertsetting

Youcanenableordisablealertsforallitemsat thesametime.Thisfunctionisusefulwhen youwanttoturnalertsofftemporarilywithout changingeachmemorizedsong.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touch[Alert].

Eachtouchof[Alert]turnsitonoroff.

Deletingthememorizedsongs

Youcandeleteeachoneofthememorized tracksfromthesongtitlelist.

1Touch[MemoEdit].

2Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]toselectthe songtitlethatyouwanttodelete.

3Touch[Delete]whenthesongyou wanttodeleteisdisplayed.

Amessagewillappearaskingyoutoconfirm thedeletion.

4Touch[Yes].

UsingtheGameAlertfunction

SelectingteamsforGameAlert

Thisnavigationsystemcanalertyouwhen gamesinvolvingyourfavoritesportsteamsare abouttostart.Tousethisfunctionyouneedto storetheteamsyouwanttofollowinadvance.

1Touch[GameAlert].

2Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]toselectthe league.

Function Game Alert 12:01 OFF TEN/NFL On/Off League Prev Next ▶ Team Prev Next ▶ Alert : Off

3Touch[◀Prev]or[Next▶]toselectthe team.

4Touch[On/Off].

Theteamdisplayedas[On]isthealerttarget. □Whentheselectedteamisexcludedfrom thealerttarget,theteamisdisplayedas [Off].Upto12teamscanbeselected. Ifyouhavealreadyselected12teams, "FULL"isdisplayedandaddingnewentries isnotpossible.Inthiscase,deleteateam andthentryagain.

Changingthealertsetting

Youcanenableordisablethealertforselected items. This function is useful when you want to turn the alert of temporarily without changing these setting of each selected team.

1Touch[GameAlert].

2Touch[Alert].

Eachtouchof[Alert]turnsitonoroff.

Whenagameinvolvingoneofyour favoriteteamsisbroadcast

Amessageisdisplayed.Touch[Jump] to switchthestationtoviewthegameinformation.Ifyoutouch[Stay],thestationdoesnot switch.

☐Alertsmaynotbeavailabledependingon thestatusofthenavigationsystem.

DisplayingGameInformation

Analertwillbedisplayedwhenagamewith theteamyouselectedisabouttostart(oris currentlyunderway).Youcanalsodisplay gameinformationandchangestothebroadcastchannel.

☐TheGameInformationfunctionisavailable when "Alert" is "On" in "Game Alert".

1Touch[GameInfo].

2Touch[Prev]or[Next]toviewthegame scoreinformationthatisregistered.

☐Thegamescorewillbeupdatedautomatically.
☐Touch[TuneTo]toswitchtothechannel thatbroadcaststhedisplayedgame.
□Ifyouhavenotselectedanyteam, "NotSet"isdisplayed.
□When nogamesinvolvingyourfavorite teamsarecurrentlybeingplayed "NOGAME"isdisplayed.

UsingAVinput

Youcandisplaythevideoimageoutputbythe equipmentconnectedtothenavigationsystem.Fordetailsoftheconnectionmethod, refertoInstallationManual.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - UsingAVinput - 1

CAUTION

Forsafetyreasons, videoimages cannot be viewed while your vehicle is in motion. Toview videoimages, you must stop in as a safe place and apply the parking brake.

Readingthescreen
AV EQ 2-26 Hide

①Currenttime
②Sourceicon

Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - CAUTION - 2

UsingAV1

Youcandisplaythevideoimageoutputbythe equipmentconnectedtovideoinput1.

1Touch[AV1Input]onthe"AVSystem Settings"menu.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingvideoinput1 (AV1) on page 170.

2DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations, refertoDisplayingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

3Tap[AV1]ontheleftedgeofthe screen.

The image is displayed on the screen.

4Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

UsingAV2

Youcandisplaythevideoimageoutputbythe equipmentconnectedtovideoinput2.

1Touch[AV2Input]onthe"AVSystem Settings"menu.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingvideoinput2 (AV2) on page 171.

2DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

→Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDisplayingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

3Tap[AV2]ontheleftedgeofthe screen.

The image is displayed on the screen.

4Touchthescreentodisplaythetouch panelkeys.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys
AVI OFF EQ Hide ① ② 2:26

①Recallsequalizercurves

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

②Hidesthetouchpanelkeys

Touching[Hide]hidesthetouchpanelkeys. □Ifyouwanttodisplaythetouchpanel keysagain,touchanywhereontheLCD screen.

The term "externalunit" refer to future Pioneer device that are not currently planned for, ortodevice that allow control of basic functions although they are not fully controlled by the navigation system. Two external units can be controlled by this navigation system. Whent two external units are connected, then navigation system allocates them as external unit 1orexternalunit2.

Fordetailsoftheconnectionmethod,referto InstallationManual.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, refertotheexternalunit'soperationmanual. Thissectionprovidesinformationonexternalunitoperations withthenavigationsystemthatdifferfrom thosedescribedintheexternalunit'soperationmanual.

Operationvariesdependingontheexternal unitconnected.(Insomecases,theexternalunitmaynotrespond.)

Startingprocedure

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis- playingtheAVoperationsscreenonpage70.

2Tap[EXT1]or[EXT2]ontheleftedgeof thescreentoselecttheexternalunit.

3Usethetouchpanelkeysonthescreen tocontroltheexternalunit.

Fordetails, refertoUsingthetouchpanel keysonthenextpage.

Readingthescreen
AVIC 2:04 Auto 1 2 3 4 5 6 ▶ ▲ Band A/M ▼ F1 F2 F3 F4 EQ Hide

①Sourceicon Showswhichsourcehasbeenselected.
②Externalunitindicator
Display the information that is sent by connected external units.
③Currenttime
④Auto/Manualmodeindicator
Showsthecurrentmode.

Usingthetouchpanelkeys

Mirror AV 2:04 AVIC Auto EXT1 Tuner Disc Off SD EQ 1 2 3 4 5 6 ◀ ▶ ▲ Band A/M F1 F2 F3 F4 Hide

①Recallsequalizercurves

Fordetails, refertoUsingtheequalizer onpage175.

②Sendsabandcommand

Touchtosendabandcommandtotheexternalunit.

☐Operationvariesdependingontheexternalunitconnected.(Insomecases, theexternalunitmaynotrespond.)

③Uses[F1]through[F4]tooperatetheexternalunit

The external unit can be operated by transmitting the operating commands set to "F1" through "F4".

☐Theoperatingcommandssetto“F1” through“F4”varydependingontheexternalunit.

☐Somefunctionsmaynotbeuseduntilyoutouchandholdthekey.

④ Switchesbetweenautomaticandmanual function

Youcanturnautomaticandmanualfunction onoroff.

Youcanswitchbetween"Auto"and

"Manual" functionsoftheexternalunitconnected.

Initially, this function is set to "Auto".

☐Operatingcommandssetfor"Auto" and "Manual" operations vary depending on the external unit connected.

⑤ Sends a command [▲], [▼], [◀], or [▶] Touchtooperatetheexternalunit.

☐Operationvariesdependingontheexternalunitconnected.(Insomecases, somefunctionsmaynotbeuseduntilyoutouchandholdthekey.)

⑥ Sends a [1] key to [6] key command The external unit can be operated by transmitting the operating commands set to "1" key through "6" key.

☐Operationvariesdependingontheexternalunitconnected.(Insomecases, somefunctionsmaynotbeuseduntilyoutouchandholdthekey.)

Displayingthescreenfor navigationsettings

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

The "SettingsMenu" screenappears.

☐Thiscanalsobeoperatedusingthe"ShortcutMenu"screen.

3Touch[NaviSettings].

Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

The "NaviSettings" menuappears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

Navi Settings Connection Status 3D Calibration Status Gas Mileage Drive Log Settings Demo Mode OFF Set Home Modify Current Location Eco Settings

■Ifyoutouch,the previousscreenre-turns.

Checkingtheconnections ofleads

Checkthatleadsareproperlyconnectedbetweenthenavigationsystemandthevehicle. Pleasealsocheckwhethertheyareconnectedinthecorrectpositions.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonthispage.

2Touch[ConnectionStatus].

The "ConnectionStatus" screenappears.

Connection Status ① Speed Pulse : 0 ② GPS Antenna : OK ③ Parking Brake : On ④ Illumination : Off ⑤ Back Signal : Low

①SpeedPulse

TheSpeedPulsevaluedetectedbythenavigationsystemisshown."0"isshownwhile thevehicleisstationary.

②GPSAntenna

Indicate the connection status of the GPS antenna, thereception sensitivity, and from how many satellites these signal is received.

Color	Signalcommunication	Usedinpositioning
OrangeYesYes
Yellow	YesNo

□WhentheGPSantennaisconnectedto thisnavigationsystem, "OK" is displayed. WhentheGPSantennaisnotconnectedtothisnavigationsystem, "NOK" is displayed.

□ Ifreceptionispoor, pleasechangethe installationpositionoftheGPSantenna.

③ParkingBrake

Whentheparkingbrakeisapplied, "On" is displayed. Whentheparkingbrakeisreleased, "Off" is displayed.

④Illumination

Whentheheadlightsorsmalllampsofavehicleareon, "On" is displayed. Whenthe smalllampsofavehicleareoff, "Off" is displayed. (If the orange/white lead is not connected, "Off" appears.)

⑤BackSignal

Customizingpreferences

When the gear lever is shifted to "R", the signal switches to "High" or "Low". (One of these is displayed depending on the vehicle.)

Checkingsensorlearning statusanddrivingstatus

☐Thenavigationsystemcanautomatically useitssensormemorybasedontheouter dimensionsofthetires.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[3DCalibrationStatus].

The "3DCalibrationStatus" screenappears.

3D Calibration Status Speed 0mph Distance Right Turn Left Turn 3D Distance 0.0mi Speed Pulse 0 Learning Status Sensor Initializing

①Speed

Indicatesthespeeddetectedbythenavigationsystem.(Thisindicationmaybedifferentfromtheactualspeedofyourvehicle, sopleasedonotusethisinsteadofthe speedometer.)

②Accelerationordeceleration/Rotational speed

Indicatesaccelerationordecelerationvelocityofyourvehicle.Also,rotationalspeed whenyourvehicleturnstoleftorrightis shown.

③Distance

Indicatesdrivingdistance.

④SpeedPulse

Indicatesthetotalnumberofspeedpulses.

⑤LearningStatus

Indicate the current driving mode.

⑥Inclination

Indicate the degree of slope of the street that you are currently on.

⑦Degreeoflearning

Sensorlearningsituationsfordistance

(Distance), right turn (Right Turn), left turn

(LeftTurn)and3Ddetection(3D)areindicatedbythelengthofbars.

☐ Whentireshavebeenchangedor chainsfitted, turningontheSpeed Pulseallowsthesystemtodetectthe factthatthetirediameterhaschanged, andautomaticallyreplacethevaluefor calculatingdistance.

□Ifaseparatelysoldspeedpulsegenerator(ND-PG1)isconnected,thedistance calculationvaluecannotbereplaced automatically.

Clearingstatus

Youcandeletethelearnedresultsstoredin "Distance", "Speed Pulse" or "Learning Status".

1Touch[Distance]or[SpeedPulse].

The following message appears.

3D Calibration Status Speed Omph Distance Are you sure you want to reset? Yes No Learning Status Sensor Initializing

2Touch[Yes].

Clearstheresultsstoredin "Distance" or "SpeedPulse".

3Touch[LearningStatus].

The following message appears.

3D Calibration Status Speed 0mph Distance Are you sure you want to reset? Distance All No Learning Status Sensor Initializing

4Touch[All].

Clearsallleaningresults.

☐Touch[All]forthefollowingcases:

• Afterchangingtheinstallationposition ofthenavigationsystem
• Afterchangingtheinstallationangleof thenavigationsystem
• Aftermovingthenavigationsystemto anothervehicle

■Ifyoutouch[Distance],alllearnedresults

storedin"Distance"arecleared.

Using the fuel consumption function

Inputting the fuel consumption information for calculating the fuel cost

Youcanestimatethefuelcosttoyourdestinationbyenteringthefuelconsumptioninformationinthenavigationsystem.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingaroutetoyour destinationonpage42.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[GasMileage].

The "GasMileageSetting" screenappears.

3Enterthefuelconsumptioninformation.

Gas Mileage Setting Surface Road Gas Mileage No Setting Freeway Gas Mileage No Setting Gas Price Per Unit No Setting Gas Price Calculation No Data Gas Unit Gallon Currency USD Export OK

Enterthefollowingitems:

SurfaceRoadGasMileage: Enterthefuelcostwhenyoudriveonordinaryroads.
•FreewayGasMileage: Enterthefuelcostwhenyoudriveonthe freeway.
•GasPricePerUnit: Enterthefuelunitprice.
•GasUnit: Setthefuelunit.
• Currency: Settheunitofcurrency.

☐Theunitin"SurfaceRoadGasMileage" and "FreewayGasMileage" depend on theonechosenin"GasUnit".

When "Gas Unit" is set to "Gallon". Enterhowmanymiles(kilometers)you gettoagallon.
When "Gas Unit" is set to "Liter". Enterhowmuchfuelyouneedtotravel 60miles(100kilometers).

When all the items are entered, inputting the fuel consumption information is complete.

Calculating the fuel consumption

Whenyouenterthefuelinginformationtothe navigationsystem,andexportthedatatoSD memorycards,youcancheckthefuelconsumptioninformationbyusingtheutilityprogramAVICFEEDS,whichisavailable separately,onyourPC.

☐Upto24setsofdatacanbestored.You canalsoexportthedata,asdescribed below.

Customizingpreferences

If the entries reach them a maximum number, anew entry will over writ the oldest one.

These calculations are based only on the information that you provide and not on any data from the vehicle. The fuel mile aged displayed is only a reference value, and does not guarantee the fuel mile aged displayed can be obtained.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[GasMileage].

The "GasMileageSetting" screenappears.

3Touch[GasPriceCalculation].

Gas Mileage Setting Surface Road Gas Mileage 23.40mi/gallon Freeway Gas Mileage 35.20mi/gallon Gas Price Per Unit 2.25USD Gas Price Calculation No Data Gas Unit Gallon Currency USD Export OK

The "GasPriceCalculation" screenappears.

4Enterthefuelconsumptioninformation.

Gas Price Calculation Distance No Setting Gas Pumped No Setting Gas Price Per Unit No Setting Gas Mileage No Data OK

Enterthefollowingitems:

- Distance:

Enterthedistancetraveledsincethepreviousfueling.

☐The distance is entered automatically only when the distance traveled since the previous fueling is recorded.

•GasPumped:

Entertheamountoffuelpumped.

•GasPricePerUnit:

Enterthefuelunitprice.

When all the items are entered, the fuel consumption is displayed next to "Gas Mileage".

5Touch[OK].

Gas Price Calculation Distance 310.5mi Gas Pumped 10.0Gallon Gas Price Per Unit 2.25USD Gas Mileage 31.05mi/gallon OK

The "GasMileageSetting" screenappears.

Exportingthedataoffuelcost information

Exporting the fuel cost datatoan SD memory cardis possible.

☐Thedatastoredinthisnavigationsystem willbeclearedasexportingittotheSD memorycard.
□IfthereispreviousdataintheSDmemory card,thedataisoverwrittenwithnewdata.

1InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

2Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

3Touch[GasMileage].

The "GasMileageSetting" screenappears.

4Touch[Export].

Gas Mileage Setting Surface Road Gas Mileage 23.40mi/gallon Freeway Gas Mileage 35.20mi/gallon Gas Price Per Unit 2.25USD Gas Price Calculation 31.05mi/gallon Gas Unit Gallon Currency USD Export OK

Afteramessageconfirmingwhethertoexport thedataappeared,exportingthedatatothe SDmemorycardstarts.

The "GasMileageSetting" screenappears whenitisdone.

Recordingyourtravelhistory

Activating the tracklogger enables you to record your driving history (called "tracklog" below). You can review the travel history later.

□IfanSDmemorycardisinsertedintothe SDcardslot,thetracklogswillbestoredin theSDmemorycard.

1InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, refertoInsertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

2Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

3Touch[DriveLogSettings].

The "DriveLogSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[DriveLogSettings].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- Off(default): You cannot export your track log to the SD memory card.

- On: YoucanstoreyourtracklogtotheSDmemorycard.

☐Whilethesettingis“On”, thenavigation systemcontinuestostorethetracklogsin theinsertedSDmemorycard.

5Touch[Type].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- Private(default): Changesthetracklogattributeto"Private".

- Business: Changesthetracklogattributeto"Business".

- Other: Changesthetracklogattributeto "Other".

Usingthedemonstration guidance

Thisisademonstrationfunctionforretail stores. Afterarouteisset, touchingthiskey startsthesimulationofrouteguidance.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[DemoMode].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- Off(default): The demonstrationguidanceissetoff.

- On: Repeatsthedemonstrationguidance.

3Displaythemapscreen.

Thedemonstrationguidancewillbegin.

Registeringyourhome

Registeringyourhomepositionsavestime andeffort. Also, routestohomepositionscan becalculatedeasilywithasingletouchofthe keyfromthe"DestinationMenu".Theregisteredhomepositioncanalsobemodified later.

Customizingpreferences

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[SetHome].

The"SetHome" screenappears.

3Touch[Home].

Set Home Home Phone# OK

The "SelectSearchmethod" screenappears.

■Ifyoutouch[Phone#],youcanedityour homephonenumber.

□[Phone#]isonlyavailablewhenyouhave alreadyregisteredyourhomephonenumber.

4Searchforalocation.

- Fordetails, referto Chapter 6. Aftersearching for a point, themap of these selected position is displayed.

5Touch[OK].

Thelocationisregistered, and then the "Set Home" screen appears.

6Touch[OK].

Theregistrationiscomplete.

Correcting the current location

Touchthescreentoadjustthecurrentposition anddirectionofthevehicledisplayedonthe map.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[ModifyCurrentLocation].

3Scrolltothepositionwhereyouwant toset, thentouch[OK].

4Touchthearrowkeyonthescreento setthedirection, thentouch[OK].

Changingtheeco-function setting

Youcanchangetheeco-functionsetting.

1Displaythe"NaviSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor navigationsettingsonpage150.

2Touch[EcoSettings].

The "EcoSettings" screenappears.

3Toucheachitem.

Eco Settings Eco Score On Eco Drive Level On Rapid Start Warning Off Clear Eco Record OK

EcoScore

- On(default): Displays“EcoScore”.

- Off: Hides“EcoScore”.

Fordetails, referto Checking the eco-friendly driving status on page 32.

EcoDriveLevel

- On(default): Afteryouarrivethedestination, amessage appears and abeepsoundsifthelevel of "EcoDriveLevel" have increased or decreased.

- Off: Nomessageappearsandnosoundbeeps whenthevehiclereachesthedestination.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingEcoDrive Levelguidanceonpage33.

RapidStartWarning

Customizingpreferences

- Off(default):

Nomessageappearsandnosoundbeeps whenthevehicleexperiencesasudden start.

• On:

Amessageappearsandasoundbeeps whenthevehicleexperiencesasudden start.

- Fordetails,refertoSuddenstartalerton page33.

ClearEcoRecord

Fuelconsumptiondataarecleared.

4Touch[OK].

Thesettingsarecomplete.

Displayingthescreenfor mapsettings

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

Destination Phone AV Source & Contents Settings

The"SettingsMenu"screenappears.

3Touch[MapSettings].

Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

The "MapSettings" screenappears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

Map Settings Displayed Info Quick Access Selection Overlay POI View Mode Day/Night Display Automatic AV Guide Mode On Road Color Blue

■Ifyoutouch,the previousscreenreturns.

Settingtheauto-zoomdisplay

Thissettingenablesswitchingtoanenlarged maparoundthepointwhereyourvehicleis approachinganintersection,entrance/exitof freewayorajunction.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonthispage.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[CloseUpView].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default): Switchestoanenlargedmap.

- Off: Doesnotswitchtoanenlargedmap.

Settingthedetailedcitymap

☐The detailed city map and this setting are available for AVIC-Z130BTonly. You can select whether to display the city map when in certain metropolitan areas. ☐The city map is displayed when the map scale is 0.05 mile (50 meters) or less.

Customizingpreferences

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[CityMap].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default):

Automatically switch the city map when inacity map area.

•Off:

Doesnotshowthecitymap.

Even if you switch "City Map" to "On", citymapcannotbedisplayedinareas wherethereisnocitymapdata.

Settingthebarriergraphic forcitymap

☐The detailed city map and this setting are available for AVIC-Z130BT only.

Onthecitymapscreen,youcandisplaya "barriergraphic"patternwherenocitymap dataisavailable.Thispreventsanormalmap ofadifferentscalefrombeingdisplayedatthe sametime,greatlyenhancingtheclarityofthe citymaponscreen.

barriergraphic 12:14 Larga Ave 4.4 mi

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for map settings on the previous page.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[CityMapBarrier].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeyswitchesbetween "On" and "Off".

- On(default):

Displaysthebarriergraphicforcitymap. Whenthevehiclepositionorcursorenters thebarriergraphicarea, thegraphicdisappearsandanormalmapisdisplayedfull screen.

• Off:

Doesnotdisplaythebarriergraphicforcity map. Whenthevehiclepositionorcursor enterstheareawherenocitymapdatais available,anormalmapisdisplayedfull screen.

Displayingthetraffic notificationicon

Selectswhethertodisplayorhidethetraffic notificationiconsonthemapwhenincidents occuronyourroute.

Fordetails, refer to Checking traffic information manually on page 54.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[ShowTrafficIncident].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•View(default):

Displaystheiconsonthemap.

- Hide:

Hidestheiconsonthemap.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touch[ShowTrafficIncident]. - 1

DisplayingtheBluetooth connectionicon

Selectswhethertodisplayorhidetheiconfor currentstatusofthephoneconnectionvia Bluetoothwirelesstechnology.

Bluetoothconnectionicon

US-101 S/Hollywood Fwy S 0.2 mi 0.8 m N Los Angeles St

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[BluetoothConnected].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•View(default): DisplaystheBluetoothconnectioniconon themap.

- Hide: HidestheBluetoothconnectionicononthe map.

Settingthecurrentstreet namedisplay

Selectswhethertodisplayorhidethestreet name(orcityname)thatyourvehicleistravelingalong.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch [%CurrentStreetName].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•View(default): Displaysthestreetname(orcityname)on themap.

- Hide: Hidesthestreetname(orcityname)onthe map.

Settingthedisplayoficons offavoritelocations

Youcanselectwhethertodisplaythe"Favorites"icononthemap.

☐ "Favorites" iconsaredisplayedwhenthe mapscaleis10miles(20kilometers)or less.

- Fordetails, referto Editing the favoritelocationinthelistonpage47.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for mapsettings on page 156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[FavoritesIcon].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default): Displaysthe"Favorites"icononthemap.

-Off: Hidesthe"Favorites"icononthemap.

Displayingthe3Dlandmarks

☐The3Dlandmarksandthissettingare availableforAVIC-Z130BTonly. ☐3Dlandmarkonlyappearswhentheview modeis"3DView"andthemapscaleis setto0.25mile(200m)orlower. Youcanselectwhethertodisplaythe3Dlandmarkonthemap.

Customizingpreferences

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[3DLandMark].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default): Displaysthe3Dlandmarkonthemap.

-Off: Hidesthe3Dlandmarkonthemap.

Displayingmaneuvers

Selectswhethertodisplayorhidemaneuvers onthemap.

Maneuvers
10 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E 10.3mi 27 3mi 12:05 3:19 I-10 E/San Bernardino Fwy E

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for mapsettings on page 156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[ShowManeuver].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•View(default): Displaysmaneuversonthemap.

- Hide: Hidesmaneuversonthemap.

Displayingthefuel consumptioninformation

SelectswhethertodisplayEco-Meter,indicatingthefuelconsumptioninformation,onthe map.

☐Eco-Meterappearswhen "2DView" or "3DView" isselected.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[DisplayedInfo].

The "DisplayedInformation" screenappears.

3Touch[ShowEcoMeter].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•View(default): DisplaysEco-Meteronthemap.

- Hide: HidesEco-Meteronthemap.

DisplayingPOlonthemap

Displaysiconsforthesurroundingfacilities (POI)onthemap.

☐POliconsarenotdisplayedwhenthemap scaleis0.75mile(1kilometer)ormore.

DisplayingpreinstalledPOlson themap

☐Youcanselectupto10itemsfromthesubcategoriesordetailedcategories.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[OverlayPOI].

The "OverlayPOI" screenappears.

3Touch[Display]tochangethesettingto "On".

Overlay POI POI Custom POI Display On OK

□If you donotwant to display the PO licon on themap, touch [Display] to turn it "Off". (Even if "Display" is turned "Off", the POI selection setting is retained.)

4Touch[POI].

The "OverlayPOI(MainCategory)" screen appears.

5Touchthemaincategoryyouwant.

Overlay POI (Main Category) Automotive Facility Business Community Finance Food Shop Health&Medical OK

Alistofsubcategoriesundertheselected maincategoryappears.

☐Categoriesthatarealreadyselectedwill haveabluecheckmark.

6Touchthesubcategorytodisplay.

Food Shop Bakery Butcher Convenience Store Delicatessen Grocery Store Liquor/Wine/Beer Shop Detail Detail Detail Detail Detail OK

Aredcheckmarkappearsnexttotheselected category.Tocanceltheselection,touchthe entryagain.

If there are detailed categories within the subcategory, [Detail] is active. If you select the subcategory such, all detailed categories within the subcategory is selected and [Detail] becomes inactive.

■ Ifyoutouch[Detail], the detailed categories under the subcategory are displayed. Select a detailed category of your preference and touch [OK].

□Whenonlyafewdetailedcategoriesareselected,abluecheckmarkwillappearnext totheselectedsubcategory.

7Touch[OK].

The"OverlayPOI(MainCategory)"screen returns. Ifyouwanttoselectordeselectotheritems, repeatthesestepsasmanyasnecessary.

8Tofinishtheselection,touch[OK]in the"OverlayPOI(MainCategory)"screen.

DisplayingthecustomizedPOIs

☐Youcanselectupto10itemsfromthesubcategoriesordetailedcategories.

1InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, refertoInsertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

2Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

3Touch[OverlayPOI].

The "OverlayPOI" screenappears.

Customizingpreferences

4Touch[Display]tochangethesettingto "On".

Overlay POI POI Custom POI Display On OK

□If you donotwant to display the PO licon on themap, touch [Display] to turn it "Off". (Even if "Display" is turned "Off", the PO lselection setting is retained.)

5Touch[CustomPOI].

ThelistofPOIcategoriesappears.

6Touchtheitemsyouwanttodisplay.

Custom POI Favorite Places Favorite restaurants Favorite shops Favorite Theaters Pioneer Useful Shops

7Tofinishtheselection,touch[OK].

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 7Tofinishtheselection,touch[OK]. - 1

Changingtheviewmode

Varioustypesofscreendisplayscanbese- lectedfornavigationguidance.

Fordetailsoftheoperation,refertoSwitchingtheviewmodeonpage30.

Settingthemapcolorchange betweendayandnight

Toimprovethevisibilityofthemapduringthe evening,youcansetthetimingforchanging thecombinationofthemapcolor.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingspage156.

2Touch[Day/NightDisplay].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

•Automatic(default): Youcanchangethecolorsofamapbetweendaytimeandnighttimeaccordingto whetherthevehiclelightsareonoroff.

- Day: Themapisalwaysdisplayedwithdaytime colors.

☐Tousethisfunctionwith"Automatic",the orange/whiteleadofthenavigationsystem mustbeconnectedcorrectly.

Changingtheroadcolor

Youcansettheroadcolortobluishorreddish.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[RoadColor].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- Blue(default): Changestobluebasedroadcolors.

- Red: Changestoredbasedroadcolors.

Changingthesettingof navigationinterruptionscreen

Youcansetwhethertoautomaticallyswitchto thenavigationscreenfromtheAVscreen whenyourvehicleapproachesaguidance pointsuchasanintersection.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

Customizingpreferences

2Touch[AVGuideMode].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- On(default):

SwitchesfromtheAVoperationscreento themapscreen.

• Off:

Doesnotswitchthescreen.

Thissettingiseffectiveonlywhen"Close

Up View" is set to "On".

Selectitemstodisplayonthemapscreen.In thelistdisplayedonscreen,theitemswithred checksaredisplayedonthemapscreen. Touchtheitemyouwanttodisplayandthen touch[OK]whenaredcheckappears.You canselectuptofiveitems.

1Displaythe"MapSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor mapsettingsonpage156.

2Touch[QuickAccessSelection].

The "QuickAccessSelection" screenappears.

3Touchtheitemthatyouwanttosetin "QuickAccess".

Youcanselectthefollowingitems:

Settingsmarkedwithanasterisk(*)show thatthesearedefaultorfactorysettings.

• :Registration*

Registerinformationonthelocationindicatedbythecursorto"Favorites".

- Fordetails, refertoRegisteringalocation byscrollmodeonpage47.

• VicinitySearch*

FindPOIs(PointsOfInterest)inthevicinity ofthecursor.

- Fordetails, refertoSearchingforanearby POlonpage38.

• OverlayPOI*

Displaysiconsforsurroundingfacilities (POI)onthemap.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingPOlonthe maponpage159.

• :Volume*

Displays the "Volume Settings" screen.

Fordetails, refertoSettingtheVolume forGuidanceandPhoneonpage165.

- :Contacts*

Displaysthe"ContactsList"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoCallinganumberin thephonebookonpage62.

• WholeRouteOverview

Displaystheentireroute(currentlyset)with the"RouteOverview"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingtheroute overviewonpage43.

- TrafficIconRoute

Displaysalistoftrafficinformationonthe route.

- Fordetails, referto Checking traffic information on therouteonpage52.

- TrafficEvents

Displaysalistoftrafficeventsinformation.

- Fordetails, referto Checking all traffic information on page 51.

• :Day/NightDisplay

SwitchesDay/NightDisplaysetting.

→ Fordetails, refertoSettingthemapcolor change between day and night on the previous page.

• :FavoritesIcon

SwitchesFavoritesIconsetting.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingthedisplayof iconsoffavoritelocationsonpage158.

• :PositionFix

When the vehicle position enters different street parallel to the street, they are traveling, the vehicle position return to the street.

4Tofinishthesetting,touch[OK].

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Touchtheitemthatyouwanttosetin "QuickAccess". - 1

Displayingthescreenfor systemsettings

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

Customizingpreferences

2Touch[Settings].

The "SettingsMenu" screenappears.

☐Thiscanalsobeoperatedusingthe"ShortcutMenu"screen.

3Touch[SystemSettings].

Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

The "SystemSettings" screenappears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

System Settings Regional Settings Volume Splash Screen Back Camera Screen Calibration Illumi Color Service Information Restore Factory Settings

■Ifyoutouch,the previousscreenreturns.

Customizingtheregionalsettings

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[RegionalSettings].

The "RegionalSettings" screenappears.

Regional Settings Program Language US English Voice Language US English Time 01/01 PM 12:05 km / mile mile Average Speed 35, 45, 60 OK

Selectingthelanguage

Youcansetthelanguagesusedontheprogramandvoiceguidance.Eachlanguagecan besetseparately.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[RegionalSettings].

The "RegionalSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[ProgramLanguage].

Thelanguagelistisdisplayed.

4Touchthedesiredlanguage.

Afterthelanguageisselected, theprevious screenreturns.

5Touch[VoiceLanguage].

The "Voice Language Selection" screen appears.

6Touchthedesiredlanguage.

Afterthelanguageisselected, theprevious screenreturns.

7Touch[OK]onthe"RegionalSettings" screen.

Amessageconfirmingwhethertorestartthe navigationsystemappears.

8Touch[OK].

Thenavigationsystemrestarts.

Settingthetimedifference

Adjuststhesystem'sclock.Setthetimedifference(+,-)fromthetimeoriginallysetinyour navigationsystem.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[RegionalSettings].

The "RegionalSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[Time].

The "TimeSettings" screenappears.

4Tosetthetimedifference,touch[+]or[-].

Time Settings 01/01 PM 12:07 - 0.0 + Summer Time Off Time format 12H OK

Thetimedifferencebetweenthetimeoriginallysetinthenavigationsystem(PacificStandardTime)andthecurrentlocationofyourvehicleisshown.Ifnecessary,adjustthetimedifference.Touching [+ ] or [-] changes thetimedifferencedisplayinhalf-hourincrements.

Thetimedifferencecanbesetfrom“-4”to “+9”hours.

5Touch[SummerTime].

Summertimesettingisoffbydefault.Touch [SummerTime]tochangethesettingifyou areinthesummertimeperiod.

6Touch[Timeformat].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

- 12H(default): Changesthedisplayto12-hourformatwith am/pm.

•24H: Changesthedisplayto24-hourformat.

Changingtheunitbetweenkmandmiles

Thissettingcontrolstheunitofdistanceand speeddisplayedonyournavigationsystem.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[RegionalSettings].

The "RegionalSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[km/mile].

Amessageconfirmingwhethertochangethe settingappears.

4Touch[Yes].

Eachtimeyoutouchthekeychangesthesetting.

mile(default):
Showsdistanceinmiles.
•Mile&Yard:
Showsdistanceinmilesandyards.

• km:

Showsdistanceinkilometers.

■Ifyoutouch[No],thesettingiscanceled.

Changingthevirtualspeedofthevehicle

Whencalculatingtheexpectedtimeofarrival andthetraveltimetothedestination,setthe averagespeedforthefreewayorordinary roadsusing[+]and[-].

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[RegionalSettings].

The "RegionalSettings" screenappears.

3Touch[AverageSpeed].

The "AverageSpeedSettings" screenappears.

4Touch[+]or[-]tosetthespeed.

Average Speed Settings Minor Ordinary Road - 35 mph + Major Ordinary Road - 45 mph + Freeway - 60 mph + OK

☐Theestimatedtimeofarrivalmaynotbe takenintoaccountotherparametersthan thisspeedvalue.

5Touch[OK].

Thesettingsarecomplete.

Customizingpreferences

SettingtheVolumefor GuidanceandPhone

Thesoundvolumeforthenavigationcanbe set.Youcanseparatelysetthevolumeofthe routeguidanceandthebeepsound.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[Volume].

The "Volume Settings" screen appears.

3Touch[+]or[-]tosettheirvolume.

Volume Settings Guidance Phone Ringtone Phone Voice Beep On VR Beep On OK

Onthisscreen, you can operate the following items.

•Guidance

Thissettingcontrolstheguidancevolume of navigation.

□Whensetto

guidanceisoutput.

Whensetto

noguidanceisoutput.

- PhoneRingtone

Thissettingcontrolstheincomingringtone volume.

- PhoneVoice

Thissettingcontrolstheincomingvoicevolume.

☐ “Phone Ringtone” and “Phone Voice” adjustments are needed only when the cellular phone featuring Bluetooth technology is connected.

☐VolumeoftheAVsourceisadjustedbythe VOL(+/-)buttonorMulti-control.

- Fordetails, referto Checking part names and function on page 12.

- If you touch the key next to "Beep", the setting is changed.

- On(default):

Abeepsounds.

• Off:

Thebeepsoundismuted.

- If you touch the key next to "VR Beep", the settingischanged.

- On(default):

Voicerecognitionbeepisenabled.

• Off:

Voicerecognitionbeepisdisabled.

☐ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-Z130BT only.

4Tofinishthesetting,touch[OK].

Changingthepreinstalled splashscreen

Youcanchangethesplashscreentotheother imagespreinstalledinthenavigationsystem.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[SplashScreen].

The "SelectSplashScreen" screenappears.

3Touchtheimagetouseasthesplash screenfromthelist.

The image is displayed on the theme screen.

4Touch[OK].

Theimageissetasthesplashscreen,andthe

"SystemSettings" screenreturns.

Changingtothesplashscreen storedintheSDmemorycard

Youcanchangethesplashscreentoother imagesstoredintheSDmemorycard.Copy yourchosenimagetotheSDmemorycard, andselecttheimagetoimport.

☐Splashscreenimagesshouldbeusedwith- inthefollowingformats;

BMPorJPEGfiles
Allowablehorizontalandverticalsize are2592pixelsx1944pixelsorsmaller
Allowabledatasizeis6MBorsmaller

Customizingpreferences

☐Propercompatibilitywithallowablefilesis notguaranteed.
Importedoriginalimageswillbestoredin thebuilt-inmemory,buttheabilitytosave theseimagescannotbeguaranteedcompletely.Ifyouroriginalimagedataisdeleted,inserttheSDmemorycardagain andre-importtheoriginalimage.
☐The maximum number of images, including the images in the built-in memory, that can be imported and displayed on the list is 200.

1Createafoldernamed"Pictures"onthe top-mostdirectoryoftheSDmemorycard.

2Storethepicturefilesinthe"Pictures" folder.

3InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

4Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for system settings on page 162.

5Touch[SplashScreen].

The "SelectSplashScreen" screenappears.

6Touch[SelectfromSD].

The "SelectSplashScreen" screenappears.

7Touchtheimagetouseasthesplash screenfromthelist.

The image is displayed on the screen.

8Touch[OK].

The image is a set of 35 elements that can be used to create a system and then to create a system.

☐ImagesimportedfromtheSDmemorycard areaddedtotheliston"SelectSplash Screen".

Settingforrearviewcamera

The following two functions are available. The rearviewcamera feature requires a separately sold rearview camera (e.g. ND-BC4). (For details, consult your dealer.)

Rearviewcamera

Thenavigationsystemfeaturesafunctionthat automaticallyswitchestothefull-screen imageoftherearviewcamerainstalledon yourvehicle.WhentheshiftleverisintheRE-VERSE(R)position,thescreenautomatically switchestofull-screenrearviewcamera image.

CameraforRearviewmode

Rearviewcanbedisplayedatalltimes(e.g. whenmonitoringanattachedtrailer,etc.)asa splitscreenwheremapinformationispartially displayed.Pleasebeawarethatwiththissetting,cameraimageisnotresizedtofit,and thataportionofwhatisseenbythecamerais notviewable.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingforrearview cameraonthispage.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - CameraforRearviewmode - 1

CAUTION

Pioneerrecommendstheuseofacamerawhich outputsmirrorreversedimages,otherwisethe screenimagemayappearreversed.

☐Immediatelyverifywhetherthedisplay changestoarearviewcameraimagewhen theshiftleverismovedtoREVERSE(R) fromanotherposition.

☐ Whenthescreenchangestofull-screen rearviewcameraimageduringnormal driving, switchtotheoppositesettingin "Polarity".

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[BackCamera].

The "BackCameraSettings" screenappears.

Customizingpreferences

3Touch[Camera].

Thischangesthesettingto"On".

☐Youcanonlyswitchto"RearView"ifthis settingis"On".

4Touch[Polarity]toselectanappropriate settingforpolarity.

Eachtimeyoutouch[Polarity]switchesbetweenthefollowingpolarity:

- Battery: Whenthepolarityoftheconnectedleadispositivwhiletheshiftlever isintheREVERSE(R)position

• GND: Whenthepolarity of the connected leadisnegativewhiletheshiftleverisin the REVERSE(R) position

Adjustingtheresponse positionsofthetouchpanel (touchpanelcalibration)

If you feel that the touch panel key on the screendeviate from the actual position that respond to your touch, adjust the response position of the touch panel screen.

☐Donotuseasharppointedtoolsuchasa ballpointpenoramechanicalpen,which coulddamagethescreen.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[ScreenCalibration].

Amessageconfirmingwhethertostartthecalibrationappears.

3Gentlytouchthecenterof+markdis-playedonthescreen.

Thetargetindicatestheorder.

Afteryoutouchallmarks, the adjusted position data is saved.

☐Donotturnofftheenginewhilesavingthe adjustedpositiondata.

■IfyoupresstheMODEbutton, theprevious adjustmentpositionreturns.

- If you press and hold the MODE button, the adjustment is canceled.

Settingtheilluminationcolor

Theilluminationcolorcanbeselectedfrom8 differentcolors. Furthermore, theillumination colorcanbeswitchedbetweenthese8colors inorder.

Selectingthecolorfromthepreset colors

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[IllumiColor].

The "IlluminationColor" screenappears.

3Touchthecoloryouwant.

Illumination Color Base Color Choice 65 12 Scan Custom Memory 1 Memory 2 Eco

Availableoptions:

- Coloredkeys:Selectsthedesiredpreset color

- Memory1/Memory2:Colorsregisteredin thememory

Fordetails, referto Creating a user-defined color and storing it to memory on the next page.

- Scan: Shiftsbetweentheeightdefaultcolorsinsequencegradually.

- Eco: The colors change in the order of white, red, amber, yellow, green, and blue asthenumber of points in the "EcoScore" increases.

☐Theilluminationlightsinwhitewhen "Eco Score" is set to "Off" or when no routeisset.

Creatingauser-definedcolorand storingittomemory

Youcancreateauser-definedcolorandsetit astheilluminationcolor.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[IllumiColor].

The "IlluminationColor" screenappears.

3Touch[Custom].

The "IlluminationColor" screenappears.

If[Scan]isset,[Custom]cannotbeselected.

4Touch[+]or[-]toadjustthevaluesfor Red,GreenandBluetocreateafavorite color.

Illumination Color Adjustment 05 + 00 + 12 + Set Memory 1 Memory 2 OK

Watchtheilluminationofhardwarekeyswhile adjustingthecolor.

Each time you touch [+] or [-] increases or decrease the value of these selected item. +31 to

+00isdisplayedasthevalueisincreasedor decreased.

□Anentrycannotbestoredwithallofthevaluessetto“+00”.

5Touch[Memory1]or[Memory2]to storetheilluminationcolor.

6Touch[OK]toreturntotheprevious screen.

Checkingtheversioninformation

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[ServiceInformation].

The "ServiceInformationScreen" screenappears.

3Checktheversioninformation.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 3Checktheversioninformation. - 1

Selectingthevideoforrear display

Youcanchooseeithertoshowthesame imageasthefrontscreenortoshowthese-lectedsourceonthereardisplay.

1DisplaytheAVoperationscreen.

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDis-playingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

2 T a p ontheleftedgeofthescreen.

☐Theappearanceofthiskeychangesaccordingtothecurrentsetting.

While the tuner is receiving an emergency announcement, traffic announcement, or news program, the current setting cannot be changed.

Eachtouchof changesthesettingsasfollows:

Mirror AV: The video on the front screen of thenavigationunitisoutputtothereardisplay
• DISC: The video and sound of the DVDs are output to there are display
iPod: ThevideoandsoundoftheiPodare outputtothereardisplay
AV1: The video and sound of AV1 are outputtothereardisplay
AV2: The video and sound of AV2 are outputtothereardisplay

□When "MirrorAV"isselected, the following restrictions are applied to record display.

— When selecting "Rear View" in the map display, nothing is displayed.

Customizingpreferences

—Allsoundscannotbeoutputforreardisplay.
—Whenplayingbackvideofilesontheexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD),the videoimageisnotoutput.

When "DISC" is selected, the following restriction is applied to are displayed.

—WhenaCDorMP3/WMA/AACdiscis setinthebuilt-inDVDdrive,onlythe soundisoutput.

When "iPod" is selected, the following restriction is applied to record display.

—The video image and soundare output only when the corresponding setting on "AV1 Input" is "iPod".

☐ When "AV1" or "AV2" is selected, the following restrictions are applied to record display.

—The video image and sound are output only when "AV1" or "AV2" has both video and sound.
—The video image and soundare output only when the corresponding setting on "AV1 Input" or "AV2 Input" are "Video".

Adjusting the picture

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Adjusting the picture - 1

CAUTION

Forsafetyreasons, you cannot us some of these navigation functions while your vehicle is in motion. To enable these functions, you must stop in as afe place and apply the parking brake. Referto Important Information for the User (as separate manual).

Youcanadjustthepictureforeachsourceand rearviewcamera.

1PressandholdtheMODEbutton.

The "PictureAdjustment" screenappears.

2Touch[+]or[-]toadjustthedesired item.

Picture Adjustment Brightness ±0 - Contrast ±0 - Color ±0 - Color Temp. ±0 - Dimmer - + Camera

•Brightness:Adjuststheblackintensity.
- Contrast:Adjuststhecontrast.
•Color:Adjuststhecolorsaturation.
• ColorTemp.: Adjuststhetoneofcolor (whichcolorisemphasized, redorblue).
- Dimmer:Adjuststhebrightnessofdisplay.
Touching[Camera] switchestothepicture adjustmentscreenfortherearviewcamera.
□Touching[Source]whileadjustingtherear viewcameraimagereturnsyoutothepreviousscreen.
☐Theadjustmentsof"Brightness"and "Contrast"arestoredseparatelywhenyour vehicle'sheadlightsareoff(daytime)and whenyourvehicle'sheadlightsareon (nighttime).Theseareswitchedautomaticallydependingonwhetherthevehicle'sheadlightsareonoroff.
☐Theadjustmentsof"Dimmer"isstoredseparatelywhenyourvehicle'sheadlightsare off(daytime)andwhenyourvehicle'sheadlightsareon(nighttime)."Dimmer"is switchedautomaticallyonlywhenthevalue ofnighttimeislowerthanthevalueofdaytime.
☐Youcannotadjust"Color"forthesource withoutavideoandnavigationmapdisplay.
☐The setting contents can be memorized separately for the following screen and the video image.
• Audiosource

Customizingpreferences

— AM/FM/CD/ROM/iPod(Music)/SD (audio)/USB(audio)/Bluetooth audio/XM/SIRIUS/HD Radio/EXT1 (audio),EXT2(audio)/sourceoff screen/menuscreens/others

• Videosource

—AV1andiPod(Video)
—DVD-VandDivX
—SD(Video)andUSB(Video)
— AV2(Video) and EXT1(Video), EXT2(Video)
—Rearviewcameraimage

- Mapscreen

☐Thepictureadjustmentmaynotbeavailablewithsomerearviewcameras.

BecauseoftheLCDscreencharacteristics, youmaynotbeabletoadjustthescreenat lowtemperatures.

3Touch[+]or[-]toadjustthedesired item.

Each touch of [+] or [-] increases or decreases the level of the desired item.

4Touch

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 4Touch - 1

Thepreviousscreenreturns.

Displayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettings

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

Destination Phone AV Source & Contents Settings

The"SettingsMenu"screenappears.

3Touch[AVSettings].

Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

The "AV System Settings" menu appears.

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

AVIC-Z130BT
AV System Settings 2:05 AV1 Input AV2 Input Wide Mode Auto EQ iPod Off Full Mute Multi Level Reset SP DivX® VDD VR Catalog Tel/VR 20dB Full VMC Menu

AVIC-X930BT.AVIC-X9310BT
AV System Settings 3:26 AV1 Input AV2 Input Wide Mode Auto EQ iPod Off Full Mode Mute Mute Level Rear $P DivX® VOD Tel 20dB Full

■Ifyoutouch,the previousscreenreturns.

Settingvideoinput1(AV1)

Youcanswitchthissettingaccordingtothe connectedcomponent.

☐Thissettingappliestomini-jackinput.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonthispage.

2Touch[AV1Input].

Eachtouchof[AV1Input]changesthesettingasfollows:

Customizingpreferences

iPod:iPodconnectedwiththeUSBInterfacecableforiPod(CD-IU51V)(soldseparately)
•Video:Externalvideocomponent
Off: Novideocomponentisconnected.
☐Use"AV1Input"whenconnectingCD-RM10(soldseparately)throughtheexternal videocomponent.

Settingvideoinput2(AV2)

Youcanswitchthissettingaccordingtothe connectedcomponent.

☐ ThissettingappliestoRCAinputs (AUDIOINPUTandVIDEOINPUT) on the backofthesystem.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[AV2Input].

Eachtouchof[AV2Input]changesthesettingasfollows:

Off: Novideocomponentisconnected.
EXT:Pioneerexternalunitconnectedwith theRCAvideocable
•Video:Externalvideocomponent

Changingthewidescreenmode

☐Youcanonlyadjust"WideMode"whense-lectinganAVsourcewithvideo.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[WideMode].

Eachtouchof[WideMode]changesthesettingasfollows:

• Full(full)

A4:3pictureisenlargedinthehorizontal directiononly,enablingyoutoenjoya4:3 TVpicture(normalpicture)withoutany omissions.

- Cinema(cinema)

Apictureisenlargedbythesameproportion as "Full" or "Zoom" in the horizontal directionandbyanintermediateproportion between "Full" and "Zoom" in the vertical direction;idealforacinema-sizedpicture (widescreenpicture)wherecaptionslie outsidetheframe.

- Zoom(zoom)

A4:3pictureisenlargedinthesameproportionbothverticallyandhorizontally; idealforacinema-sizedpicture(wide screenpicture).

- Normal(normal)

A4:3pictureisdisplayednormally, giving younosenseofdisparitysinceitsproportionsarethesameasthatofthenormal picture.

☐ Differentsettingscanbestoredforeach videosource.
☐Thesamesettingisautomaticallyapplied forthefollowinggrouping.

•DVD-VandDivX
•AV1andAV2
- EXT1andEXT2

Whenviewingvideos, select an appropriate widescreenmodethat matches its original aspect ratio to view it comfortably.
Remember that use of this system for commercial or public viewing purposes may constitute an infringement on the author's rights protected by the Copyright Law.
☐Thenavigationmapandtherearviewcamerapictureisalwaysviewedat“Full”.

Settingtherearoutput

Thenavigationsystem'srearoutputcanbe usedforafull-rangespeakerorsubwoofer connection.Ifyouswitch"RearSP"to

"Sub.W", youcanconnectarearspeakerlead directlytoasubwooferwithoutusinganauxiliaryamp.

Initially, thenavigationsystemissetforarear full-rangespeakerconnection("Full").

Customizingpreferences

☐BothrearspeakerleadsoutputandRCA rearoutputareswitchedsimultaneously in thissetting.(Whenyouusetheproduct withoutRCArearoutput,thissettingonly appliestotherearspeakerleads.)
☐“RearSP”canbesetonlywhenthesource isselectedto“Off”.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingspage170.

2Touch[RearSP].

Eachtouchof[RearSP]changesthesettings asfollows:

•Full

When nosubwooferisconnectedtothe rearoutput, select "Full".

- Sub.W

Whenasubwooferisconnectedtotherear output, select"Sub.W".

Switchingthemuting/attenuationtiming

YoucanmutetheAVsourcevolumeorattenu- atetheoutputsignal.

□ Even if this setting is "Off", the navigation systemwillmuteorattenuatetheAV sourcevolumewhenthemutesignalisoutputviaMUTElead.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingspage170.

2Touch[Mute].

Eachtouchof[Mute]changesthesettingsas follows:

AVIC-Z130BT

- Guide/Tel/VR: The volume is muted or attenuated according to the following conditions. —When then navigation output the guidance voice.

—Whenyouuseacellularphonevia Bluetoothtechnology(dialing,talking, incomingcall). —Whenthevoicerecognitionmodeisactivated.

- Tel/VR: The volume is muted or attenuated according to the following conditions. - When you use cellular phone via Bluetooth technology (dialing, talking, incoming call). - Whenthe voicerecognition mode is activated.

- Off: The volumedoesnotchange.

AVIC-X930BT, AVIC-X9310BT

- Guide/Tel: The volume is muted or attenuated according to the following conditions. —When then navigation output the guidance voice. —When you use acellular phone via Bluetooth technology (dialing, talking, incoming call).

- Tel: The volume is muted or attenuated when you use acellular phone via Bluetooth technology (dialing, talking, incoming call).

- Off: Thevolumedoesnotchange.

☐AVsourcevolumereturnstonormalwhen thecorrespondingactionends.

Switchingthemuting/attenuationlevel

Youcanselectthemuting/attenuationlevelof "Mute". Thissettingisalsoeffectivefora mutesignalthathasbeenreceivedfromthe MUTEleadconnectedtothenavigationunit. □ThismenuisnotavailablewhenAVsource is"Off".

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonpage170.

2Touch[MuteLevel].

Eachtouchof[MuteLevel]changesthesettingsasfollows:

Customizingpreferences

•20dB:Thevolumebecomes1/10.
• 10dB: The volume becomes 1/3.
•All:Thevolumebecomes0.
☐Whenyouselect“All”,noaudioadjustmentsarepossibleduringthesoundis turnedoff.
☐ When you select "20dB" or "10dB", no audioadjustmentsarepossibleduringthe soundisattenuated.
□AVsourcevolumereturnstonormalwhen thecorrespondingactionends.
□Evenwhenamutesignalhasbeenreceived fromMUTEleadconnectedtothenavigationunit, navigationvoiceguidancecannot beattenuatedormuted.

Acquiring/CatalogingiPod musicinformation

☐ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-Z130BT only.

If you always set the language other than "US English" on "Voice Language", this setting is unnecessary.

Unless"VRCatalogMode"isturnedoff, this navigationsystemtriestoacquiretheinformationneededtooperateiPodwithvoicecommands.Itmaytakeashortperiodoftimeto transfertheinformation.Changethesetting accordingtoyourusage. Thenavigationsystemstartsacquiring/catalogingmusicinformation(1)whentheiPodis connectedorwhenthesystembootsupwhile theiPodisconnectedand(2)wheniPodisthe selectedanddisplayedAVSource,unless"VR CatalogMode"isturnedoff.

☐Thisfunctionisavailablewhen“Change Control Mode” is set to “Navi”.

□IfyoudonotuseiPod, thissettingisunnecessary.

□Duringtransfer, the followingiPodoperations are not available.

—Settingtheshuffleplayformusic —Displayingthetopcategorymenu

—Switchingtheoperationscreen

☐Oncethecatalogingiscompleted,youcan deactivate"VRCatalogMenu"untilyou updatethecontent/dataoniPod.IfyouupdatetheiPoddata,activate"VRCatalog Menu"againtotransferthemusicinformationandsynchronizethemusicinformationforvoicecommandswiththedataon iPod.

After you select "Off" in "VR Catalog Mode", the system doesn't catalog the data on the iPod. Insuch case, the previously cataloged data are available as voice commands.

Once you start the cataloging process, only afew basic voice commands can be used for iPod until the process has completely finished.

□Ifunreadablecharactersareincludedin thedataonyouriPod, namesortypesmay notbeavailableasvoicecommands.

ImportantNoticeregardingVoice ControlforiPods

VoiceControlforiPodsmaybelimitedifcatalogingofiPodcontentisnotcompleted.CatalogingofiPodcontentonlyoccurswhenthe systemisin"AVSource&Contents"mode and the "iPod" is the selected and "AV Source"screendisplayed.CatalogingofiPod contentwillnotoccurifthesystemisoff,if any other "AV Source & Contents" is selected (asidefromiPod),orithesystemisinany othermode(asidefrom"AVSource&Contents" mode) such as "Destination Menu", "Settings Menu", "Phone Menu" or the map screen.IfyouwishtouseVoiceControlforall iPodcontent,itisrecommendedthatyoufirst connectyouriPod,select"iPod"astheAV source,andkeeptheiPodscreendisplayed untilcatalogingiscompleted.CatalogingofiPodcontentshouldonlytakeafewminutes, andwilldependonthesizeofthecontent storedonyouriPod.Amessagewillbedis-playedwhencatalogingiscomplete.

Customizingpreferences

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonpage170.

2Touch[VRCatalogMenu].

3Touch[On]or[Off]toactivateordeactivate"VRCatalogMode".

■Ifyoutouch[Pause], thecatalogingofiPod stops.

If you want to restart the cataloging of a Pod, touch [Restart].

DisplayingyourDivXVOD registrationcode

InordertoplayDivXVOD(videoondemand) contentonthisnavigationsystem,youfirst needtoregistertheunitwithyourDivXVOD contentprovider.Youdothisbygeneratinga DivXVODregistrationcode,whichyousubmit toyourprovider.

☐Thisfeatureisavailablewhentheselected source is CD, ROM, DivX, or DVD-V.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingsonpage170.

2Touch[DivX®VOD].

Thescreenwhereyoucanchoosetodisplaya registrationcodeorderegistrationcodeisdisplayed.

☐lfaregistrationcodehasalreadybeenactivated, it cannot be displayed.

3Touch[RegistrationCode].

Your10-digitregistrationcodeisdisplayed.

□Makeanoteofthecodeasyouwillneedit whenyouregisterwithaDivXVODprovider.

DisplayingyourDivXVOD deregistrationcode

Aregistrationcoderegisteredwithaderegistrationcodecanbedeleted.

Thisfeatureisavailablewhentheselected source is CD, ROM, DivX, or DVD-V.

1Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingspage170.

2Touch[DivX®VOD].

Thescreenwhereyoucanchoosetodisplaya registrationcodeorderegistrationcodeisdisplayed.

☐lfaregistrationcodehasnotbeenactivated,thederegistrationcodeisnotdisplayed.

3Touch[DeregistrationCode].

Your8-digitderegistrationcodeisdisplayed.

☐ Makeanoteofthecodeasyouwillneedit whenyouderegisterwithaDivXVOD provider.

Displayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettings

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

Destination Phone AV Source & Contents Settings

The "SettingsMenu" screenappears.

Customizingpreferences

3Touch[AVSound].

Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

The "AV Sound Settings" screen appears.

☐You cannot make adjustments in the following situations:

AVsourceis"Off".
• Duringmuting/attenuation

4Touchtheitemthatyouwantto changethesetting.

AV Sound Settings 2:05 FAD/BAL EQ Loudness Sub Woofer Off HPF SLA Bass Booster Sonic Center Control Off

■Ifyoutouch,the previousscreenreturns.

Usingbalanceadjustment

You can select a fader/balancesetting that provides an ideal listening environment in all occupied seats.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettingsonthepreviouspage.

2Touch[FAD/BAL].

When "Sub. W" is selected in "Rear SP", [Balance] will be displayed instead of [FAD/BAL] and front/rearspeaker balance cannot be adjusted.

- Fordetails, refertoSettingtherearoutput onpage171.

3 Touch [▲] or [▼] to adjust front/rear speakerbalance.

Each time you touch [▲] or [▼], the front/rear speakerbalancemovestowardsthefrontor therear.

"Front: 15" to "Rear: 15" is displayed as the front/rearspeakerbalancemovesfromfrontto rear.

Set "Front:" and "Rear:" to "0" when using a two-speakersystem.

4 Touch [◀] or [▶] to adjust left/right speakerbalance.

Each time you touch [◀] or [▶], the left/right speakerbalancemovestowardstheleftorthe right.

FAD/BAL 2:05 Front : 0 Left : 0 Right : 0 Rear : 0

"Left: 15" to "Right: 15" is displayed as the left/rightspeakerbalancemovesfromleftto right.

Usingtheequalizer

Theequalizerletsyouadjustequalizationto matchvehicleinterioracousticcharacteristics asdesired.

Recallingequalizercurves

Therearesevenstoredequalizercurvesthat youcaneasilyrecallatanytime. Hereisalist oftheequalizercurves:

Equalizercurve

S.Bass(SuperBass)isacurveinwhichonlylow-pitchedsoundisboosted.

Powerfulisacurveinwhichlow-pitchedandhigh-pitchedsoundsareboosted.

Naturalisacurveinwhichlow-pitchedandhigh-pitchedsoundsareslightlyboosted.

Equalizercurve

Vocalisacurveinwhichthemidrange,whichisthe humanvocalrange,isboosted.

Flatisaflatcurveinwhichnothingisboosted.

Custom1 is an adjusted equalizer curve that you create. A separate custom curve can be created for each source.

Custom2isanadjustedequalizercurvethatyoucreate.Ifyouselectthiscurve,theeffectisreflectedallAVsource.

□When"Flat"isselected,nosupplementor correctionismadetothesound.This is useful to check the effect of the equalizer curves by switching alternatively between "Flat" and a set equalizer curve.
☐ You cannot select "Custom1" and "Custom2" when "Auto EQ" is "On".
- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheauto-adjustedequalizeronthenextpage.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for AV sound settings on page 174.

2Touch[EQ].

AV Sound Settings 2:05 FAD/BAL EQ Loudness Sub Woofer Off HPF SLA Bass Booster Sonic Center Control Off

☐ If Auto EQ has been set to "On", an image correspondingtoachequalizercurveyou selectedappears.

EQ Menu Flat S.Bass Powerful Natural Vocal Flat Custom1 Custom2 Auto EQ On Customize

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoAdjustingtheequalizercurveautomatically(Auto EQ)onthenextpage.

Customizingtheequalizercurves

You can adjust the currently selected equalizer curvesetting as desired. Adjustments can be made with a 8-band graphicequalizer.

☐Thisfunctionisnotavailablewhen"Auto EQ"is"On".

- Fordetails, refertoUsingtheauto-adjustedequalizeronthenextpage.

Thedifferencebetween"Custom1" and "Custom2"

A separate "Custom1" curve can be createdforeachsource.Ifyoumakeadjustments when a curve "S.Bass (Super Bass)", "Powerful", "Natural", "Vocal", "Flat", or "Custom1"isselected,theequalizercurve settingswillbememorizedin"Custom1".
A "Custom2" curve can be created commonly all sources. If you make adjustments when "Custom2" curve is selected, the "Custom2" curve will be updated.
The "Custom1" curveisappliedtoeachof thesourceselected, butyoucanapplythe samecurvetothefollowingsources.

— AMandFM
— EXT1andEXT2
— AV1 and AV2
— CD, ROM, DVD-V, and DivX
— SDandUSB
☐The different curve can be memorized between iPod and USB.

Customizingpreferences

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for AV sound settings on page 174.

2Touch[EQ].

3Touchoneofthekeystoselectacurve thatyouwanttouseasthebasisofcustomizing.

4Touch[Customize].

5Touchthefrequencythatyouwantto adjustthelevel.

EQ Customize Powerful 2:07 40 Hz 80 Hz 200 Hz 400 Hz 1kHz 2.5kHz 8kHz 10kHz

6 Touch [▲] or [▼] to adjust the level of theequalizerband.

Each time you touch [▲] or [▼], the level of the equalizer band increases or decreases.

Usingtheauto-adjustedequalizer

Youcansettheauto-adjustedequalizertosuit thevehicle'sacoustics.Tousethisfunction, thevehicle'sacousticsmustbemeasuredin advance.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoAdjustingtheequalizercurveautomatically(Auto EQ)onthispage.
☐Tomanuallyadjusttheequalizercurve,set "AutoEQ"to"Off".

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettingspage174.

2Touch[EQ].

3Touchthekeynextto"AutoEQ" to turntheauto-adjustedequalizeronoroff.

4Selecttheequalizercurve.

Adjusting the equalizer curve automatically (AutoEQ)

Bymeasuringthevehicle'sacoustics,the equalizercurvecanbeadjustedautomatically tosuittheinteriorofthevehicle.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Adjusting the equalizer curve automatically (AutoEQ) - 1

WARNING

Aloudtone(noise)maybeemittedfromthe speakerswhenmeasuringthevehicle'sacoustics.NeverperformtheAutoEQmeasurement whiledriving.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

ThoroughlychecktheconditionsbeforeperformingAutoEQ, asthespeakersmaybedamagedifthisisperformedunderthefollowing conditions:
—Whenthespeakersareincorrectlyconnected.(Forexample,whenarearspeaker isconnectedasasubwooferoutput.)
—Whenaspeakerisconnectedtoapower ampdeliveringoutputhigherthanthe speaker'smaximuminputpowercapability.
Ifthemicrophoneforacousticalmeasurement(soldseparately)isnotplacedinanappropriatelocation,themeasurementtonemaybecomeloudandmeasurementmaytakea longtime,resultinginbatterydrainage.Be suretoplacethemicrophoneinthespecified location.

BeforeoperatingtheAutoEQfunction

PerformAutoEQinasquietaplaceaspossible, withthevehicleengineandairconditioningswitchedoff. Also, cutpowertocar phonesorcellularphonesinthevehicle, or removethemfromthevehiclebeforeperformingAutoEQ.Soundsotherthanthe measurementtone(surroundingsounds, enginesound,telephonesringing,etc.) maypreventcorrectmeasurementofthe vehicle'sacoustics.
BesuretoperformAutoEQusingthemicrophoneforacousticalmeasurement (soldseparately).Usinganothermicrophonemaypreventmeasurement,orresult inincorrectmeasurementofthevehicle's acoustics.
ToperformAutoEQ, thefrontspeakers mustbeconnected.
Whenthisnavigationsystemisconnected toapowerampwithinputlevelcontrol, AutoEQmaynotbeabletobeperformedif thepoweramp'sinputlevelissetbelow thestandardlevel.
Whenthisnavigationsystemisconnected toapowerampwithanLPF,turntheLPF offbeforeperformingAutoEQ.Also,set thecut-offfrequencyforthebuilt-inLPFof anactivesubwoofertothehighestfrequency.
Thedistancehasbeencalculatedbycomputertoprovidetheoptimumdelaytoensureaccurateresults.Donotchangethis value.

—Thereflectedsoundwithinthevehicleis stronganddelaysoccur.

—TheLPFonactivesubwoofersorexternalampsdelaythelowersounds.

- Ifanerroroccursduringmeasurement,a messageappearsandmeasurementis canceled.Checkthefollowingbeforemeasuringthevehicle'sacoustics.

—Frontspeakers(left/right)

—Rearspeakers(left/right)

—Noise

—Microphoneforacousticalmeasurement(soldseparately)

—Lowbattery

PerformingAutoEQ

AutoEQchangestheaudiosettingsasfollows:

- "Auto EQ" on the "EQ Menu" screen is setto"On".

Fordetails, referto Using the auto-adjusted equalizer on the previous page.

- Thefader/balancesettingsreturntothe centerposition.

- Fordetails, referto Using balance adjustment page 175.

•Theequalizercurveswitchesto"Flat".

Fordetails, referto Using the equalizeron page 175.

- Thefrontandrearspeakerswillautomaticallybeadjustedtoahighpassfilter setting.

☐PrevioussettingsforAutoEQwillbeoverwritten.

☐ForAVIC-Z130BTusers Donotpressthe▲buttontoopenorclose thepanelwhenyouareusingthemicro- phone.

1Stopthevehicleinaplacethatisquiet, closeallthedoors, windowsandsunroof, andthenturntheengineoff.

If the engine is left running, enginenois may prevent correct AutoEQ.

□Ifdrivingrestrictionsaredetectedduring measurement,measurementiscanceled.

2Fixthemicrophoneforacousticalmeasurement(soldseparately)inthecenterof theheadrestofthedriver'sseat, facingforward.

TheAutoEQmaydifferdependingonwhere youplacethemicrophone. Ifdesired, place themicrophoneonthefrontpassengerseat and performAutoEQ.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Fixthemicrophoneforacousticalmeasurement(soldseparately)inthecenterof theheadrestofthedriver'sseat, facingforward. - 1

natural_image

Diagram of a car interior showing steering wheel, steering wheel, and medical device (no text or labels)

3TurntheignitionswitchtoONorACC. Ifthevehicle'sairconditionerorheateris turnedon,turnitoff.Noisefromthefaninthe airconditionerorheatermaypreventcorrect AutoEQ.

4TurnofftheAVsource.

Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoDisplayingtheAVoperationscreenonpage70.

5Setthevideosettingforthereardisplayto"MirrorAV".

- Fordetailsoftheoperations,refertoSelectingthevideoforreardisplayonpage168.

6Displaythe"AVSystemSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsystemsettingspage170.

7Touch[AutoEQMeas.].

The "AutoEQMeasurement" screenappears.

8Plugthemicrophoneintothemini-jack connector.

USBandmini-jackconnector

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 8Plugthemicrophoneintothemini-jack connector. - 1

natural_image

Diagram of a medical or electronic device with multiple cables and connectors, no text or symbols present

Microphoneforacousticalmeasurement(soldseparately)

9Touch[Start].

A10-secondcountdownstarts.

10Exitthevehicleandkeepthedoor closeduntilthecountdownfinishes.

When the countdown is over, a measurement tone (noise) is emitted from the speakers and the AutoEQ measurement begins.

11Waituntilthemeasurementiscompleted.

WhenAutoEQiscompleted, amessageisdisplayed indicating that themeasurement is completed.

□Ifthevehicle'sacousticscannotbemeasuredcorrectly,anerrormessagewillbe displayed.
Themeasurementtimevariesdepending onthetypeofvehicle.
Tostopthemeasurement,touch[Stop].

12Touch[OK].

13Storethemicrophonecarefullyinthe glovecompartmentoranothersafeplace.

Ifthemicrophoneissubjectedtodirectsun-lightforanextendedperiodoftime,highttemperaturesmaycausedistortion,colorchange ormalfunction.

Usingsoniccentercontrol

Soundthatissuitedforthelisteningposition caneasilybecreatedwiththisfunction.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettingspage174.

2Touch[SonicCenterControl].

3 Touch [◀] or [▶] to select a listening position.

☐ The larger the value of the range: "Left7" to "Right7" setting, the greater the delay of the speaker output.

Customizingpreferences

☐When "Left"isset, theleftspeakeroutput isdelayed. When "Right"isset, theright speakeroutput isdelayed.

Adjustingloudness

Loudnesscompensatesfordeficienciesinthe low-andhigh-soundrangesatlowvolume.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for AVsoundsettings page 174.

2Touch[Loudness].

Eachtimeyoutouch[Loudness], thelevelis selected in the following order:

Off—Low—Mid—High

Usingsubwooferoutput

Thenavigationsystemisequippedwithasub-wooferoutputmechanism,whichcanbe turnedonoroff.

☐Thisfunctionisnotavailablewhen“Sub Woofer”is“Off”.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for AVsoundsettings page 174.

2Touch[SubWoofer].

3Touch[On].

Thesubwooferoutputisturnedon.

Sub Woofer 2:08 Sub Woofer Off On Phase Reverse Normal Level - ±0 + Frequency(Hz) ← 80Hz

■Ifyoutouch[Off], thesubwooferoutputis turnedoff.

4Touch[Reverse]or[Normal]toselect thephaseofsubwooferoutput.

5Touch[+]or[-]nextto"Level"toadjust theoutputlevel.

“+6” to “-24” is displayed as the level is increased or decreased.

6 Touch [◀] or [▶] next to

"Frequency(Hz)"toselectcut-offfrequency.

Each time you touch [◀] or [▶], cut-off frequencies are selected in the following order:

Only frequencies lower than those in these selected range are output from the subwoofer.

Usingthehighpassfilter

When you cut lowers sounds from the subwoofer output frequency, activate HPF (highpass filter). Only frequencies higher than those in these selected range are output from the frontor rearspeakers.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refer to Displaying the screen for AVsoundsettings page 174.

2Touch[HPF].

Eachtimeyoutouch[HPF]selectscut-offfrequenciesinthefollowingorder:

SLA(sourceleveladjustment)letsyouadjust thevolumelevelofeachsourcetopreventradicalchangesinvolumewhenswitchingbetweensources.

SettingsarebasedontheFMtunervolume level,whichremainsunchanged.

☐Youcannotselect[SLA]whentheFMtuner isselectedastheAVsource.

Customizingpreferences

1 Compare the FM tunervolume level with the level of the source you wish to adjust.

2Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettingspage174.

3Touch[SLA].

4Touch[+]or[-]toadjustthesourcevolume.

“+8dB” to “-8dB” is displayed as the source volume is increased or decreased. The following AV sources a reset to the same source level adjustment volume automatically.

•CD,ROM,andDivX

•SDandUSB

•AV1andAV2

-EXT1andEXT2

☐The different source volume level can be set between iPod and USB.

Enhancingbass(BassBooster)

Youcanenhancebasssoundsthatareoften mutedbydrivingnoise.

1Displaythe"AVSoundSettings" screen.

- Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor AVsoundsettingspage174.

2Touch[BassBooster].

3Touch[+]or[-]toadjusttherangefrom 0 to 6

Replicatingthesettings

Youcanimportsettingsyouhavemadeonthe utilityprogramAVICFEEDSwhichisavailable separatelytothenavigationsystem.

1UseAVICFEEDStoreplicatethesettingsandstorethemonanSDmemory card.

2InsertanSDmemorycardintotheSD cardslot.

Fordetailsoftheoperation, referto/insertingandejectinganSDmemorycardon page16.

3PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

4Touch[Settings].

The "SettingsMenu" screenappears.

5Touch[SettingReplicator].

Amessageconfirmingwhethertoupdatethe settingsappears.

6Touch[Yes].

Updatestarts.

Afterthesettingsareupdated, amessageconfirmingwhethertorestartthenavigationsystemappears.

7Touch[OK].

Thenavigationsystemrestarts.

Turningoffthescreen

ByturningoffthebacklightoftheLCDscreen, youcanturnoffthescreendisplaywithout turningoffthevoiceguidance.

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

The"SettingsMenu" screenappears.

3Touch[ScreenOff].

Thescreenisturnedoff.

□Touchanywhereonthescreentoturnit backon.

Operating your navigationsystemwithvoice

ThisfunctionisavailableforAVIC-Z130BT only.

ToEnsureSafeDriving

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - ToEnsureSafeDriving - 1

CAUTION

Foryoursafety, avoid viewing the screen in the voice operation as much as possible while driving.

If you use voice operation, select "USEnglish" or "US English (Samantha):TTS" in "Voice Language" of "Regional Settings". If you select other languages, voice operation will not be available.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - CAUTION - 1

Basicsofthevoiceoperation

YourPioneernavigationsystemusesthelatest invoicerecognitiontechnology.Youcanuse voicecommandstoperatemanyofitsfunc- tions.Thischapterdescribeswhereyoucan usevoicecommands,andalsowhatcom- mandsthesystemaccepts. Youcanusevoicecommandstoperatethe followingfunctions:

Searchingforalocationbyaddress
SettingtheroutetotheselectedPOI
Hands-freephoning
SwitchingtheAVsource
OperatingtheiPod
ThisfunctionisnotavailablewhilecatalogingofiPodisinprogress.

Flowofthevoiceoperation

Youcanstartthevoiceoperationanytime evenwhenthemapscreenisdisplayedorAV isoperating.(Someoperationsarenotavailable.)Thebasicstepsofthevoiceoperations areasfollows.

1 SwitchthescreentomapscreenorAVoperationscreen.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Flowofthevoiceoperation - 1

2 Pressthebutontoactivatevoiceoperations.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Flowofthevoiceoperation - 2

3 Speakacommandintothemic microphone afterthebeep. Whenthecommandisrecognized,thenavigationsystemdisplaysnextoptionson thescreen,andpronouncesitinsome cases.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Flowofthevoiceoperation - 3

4 Repeatpreviousstepasnecessary.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Flowofthevoiceoperation - 4

5 Therequestedoperationwillbecarriedout.

The voice operation may not be operable for a minute after then navigation system has booted up.
Thevoiceoperationwillbeactivated30secondsafterthemapscreenisdisplayed. Ifthe buttondoesnotrespond,display thedisclaimerscreenandthentouch[OK]. Themapscreenisdisplayed.

Startingthevoiceoperation

- Pressthebuttonwhenthemap screenortheAVoperationscreenisdisplayed.

Thevoiceoperationsscreenappears.

Some commands you can say: Find the nearest Find an address Call Play or Browse the album Change source to ① ② ③ ④ ?

Operating your navigationsystem with voice

①Voicehelpmenu:
Displaysalistofcommandsforthevoice operation.
②Voiceoperationconditionindicator:
When isindicated, thenavigationsystemcan recognize your voice commands.

③ ? :

Touchtolistentothebriefoperatinginstruction.

④ × :

Touchtocancelthevoiceoperation.

Youcancancelthevoiceoperationfeature atanytimebysaying "Cancel". Afteryou cancelvoiceoperations, thedisplayreturns tothescreendisplayedbeforethevoiceoperationscreenappeared.

Howtousethevoiceoperation Searchingforalocationbyaddress

In this example, you want to search for a location by address and set it as your destination.

☐Whenthelistofcandidateswithnumber appears,saythenumberthatyouwantto select.

Whenyouselecttheentrynextto"1",say "Number1".

□Iftherearemultipleitemsthatcorrespond tothenameyougave,thelistscreenappears.Inthiscase,touchtheitemyouwant toselectfromthelist.

1PresstheMODEbuttontodisplaythe mapscreenortheAVoperationscreen.

2Pressthe operation

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Pressthe operation - 1

buttontoactivatevoice

Alistofcommandsforthevoiceoperationappears. Afteramessage, thebeepindicates thatthesystemisreadytoacceptyourvoice command. Sayacommandafterthisbeep.

3Say"Ineeddirections".

Amessagepromptingyoutoselectasearch byaddressorbyPOIappears.

4Say"Findanaddress".

Amessagepromptingthenextoperationis given.

5Saythestatenamethatyouwantto settoyourdestination.

6Saythecitynamethatyouwanttoset toyourdestination.

7Saythestreetnamethatyouwantto settoyourdestination.

8Saythehousenumberthatyouwant tosettoyourdestination.

Yournavigationsystemsetstheroutetoyour destination, and themapofyoursurroundings appears.

■ If you say "Just go there", the navigation systemsetstheroutetotherpresentativelocation ofthecityorthestreet.

SearchforPOlinvicinity

In this example, you want to search fora POI and set it as your destination.

☐ Whenthelistofcandidateswithnumber appears,saythenumberthatyouwantto select. Whenyouselecttheentrynextto“1”,say "Number1".

□Iftherearemultipleitemsthatcorrespond tothenameyougave,thelistscreenappears.Inthiscase,touchtheitemyouwant toselectfromthelist.

1PresstheMODEbuttontodisplaythe mapscreenortheAVoperationscreen.

2Pressthe

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 2Pressthe - 1

buttontoactivatevoice

operations.

Alistofcommandsforthevoiceoperationappears. Afteramessage, thebeepindicates thatthesystemisreadytoacceptyourvoice command. Sayacommandafterthisbeep.

3Say"Ineeddirections".

Amessagepromptingyoutoselectasearch byaddressorbyPOIappears.

Operating your navigations system with voice

4Say"Pointofinterest".

ThelistofPOIcategoriesappears.

5Saythecategorythatyouwanttoset toyourdestination.

Thelistofcandidateswithnumberappears.

6Saythenumberthatyouwantto select.

Yournavigationsystemsetstheroutetoyour destination, and themapofyoursurroundings appears.

Callingtheentryonthephonebook

Amethodfordialingtheentrynamed“Nancy” is describedherealongwithanoperationalexample.

1PresstheMODEbuttontodisplaythe mapscreenortheAVoperationscreen.

2Pressthe 📋 buttontoactivatevoice operations.

3Say"CallNancy"tomakeacall.

Amessageconfirmingwhethertodialappears.

4Say"Yes".

Dialingstarts.

OperatingiPodbyvoice

Youcanplaymusicusingvoiceoperationfrom theiPodconnectedtothenavigationsystem.

Tousethecontent/dataontheiPodfor voiceoperation,transferthedatatothis systemfirst.

→Fordetails, refer to Acquiring/Cataloging iPodmusic information on page 173.

ExamplesofvoiceoperationoftheiPodare shownbelow.(Amethodforplayingthealbum titlenamed"Pioneer"isdescribedhere,along withanoperationalexample.)

1PresstheMODEbuttontodisplaythe mapscreenortheAVoperationscreen.

2Pressthe 📋 buttontoactivatevoice operations.

3Say"ChangeSource"todisplaytheAV sourceselectionscreen.

4Say"iPod"ontheselectionscreento switchtheAVsourcetoiPod.

☐Touchingtheitemonthescreenalsoen-ablesyoutoselectthedesiredAVsource.

5Pressthebuttontoactivatevoice operations.

6Say"PlaythealbumPioneer"toplay-backthealbumname"Pioneer".

If the command is recognized properly, playback starts from the first song of "Pioneer".

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - 6Say"PlaythealbumPioneer"toplay-backthealbumname"Pioneer". - 1

Operating your navigationsystem with voice

Availablebasicvoicecommands

Thenavigationsystemcanalsorecognizethewordsinthefollowinglist.

□Termswritteninitialicsarevoicecommands.

Basiccommands

Voice commands and operations

Back→Thepreviousscreenreturns.

Cancel→Cancelsthevoiceoperation.

Help→Outputsthebriefoperatinginstructionbyvoice.

Nextpage,Previouspage→Switchesthepage.

Last page, First page → Switches to the last or first page.

VoiceoperationfortheiPod

For , , , shown on the following chart, say the namestoredintheiPod.

□PlaybackofiPodmoviesisnotavailableusingvoicecommands.

Voicecommandsandoperations

Shuffleplay→Playsallsongsrandomly.

Resume→Resumesthesongorthevideocurrentlyplaying.

Pause→Pausesthesongorthevideocurrentlyplaying.

Nextsong→Playsthenextsong.

Previous song → Plays the previous song or returns to the beginning of the song currently playing.

Play songs → Starts playback from the top of "Songs".

Play artists → Displays the artist list → Say the artist name that you want to play.

Play the artist → Starts playback from the top of the selected artist.

Play albums → Displays the album list → Say the album title that you want to play.

Play the album → Starts playback from the top of the selected album.

Play playlists → Displays the playlist → Say the playlist that you want to play.

Play the playlist → Starts playback from the top of the selected playlist.

Play genres → Displays the genre list → Say the genre that you want to play.

Play the genre → Starts playback from the top of the selected genre.

Browse artists Displays the artist list together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. Say desired voice commands.

Browse the artist → Displays the album list of the selected artist together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. → Say desired voice commands.

Browse albums → Displays the album list together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. → Say the desired voice commands.

Browse the album → Displays the song list of the selected album together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. → Say desired voice commands.

Operating your navigations system with voice

Voicecommandsandoperations

Browse playlists → Displays the playlist together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. → Say the desired voicecommands.Browse the playlist → Displays the song list of the selected playlist together with sub-screen to continuethevoiceoperation.→Saydesiredvoicecommands.

Browse genre → Displays the genre list together with sub-screen to continue the voice operation. → Say the desired voicecommands.Browse the genre → Displays the song list of the selected genre list together with sub-screen to con-tinuethevoiceoperation.→Saydesiredvoicecommands.

Play more music artist → Plays the songs related to the currently playing artist.

Play more music album → Plays the songs related to the currently playing album.

Play more music genre → Plays the songs related to the currently playing genre.

Next page, Previous page → Displays the previous or next page of the selection list. (*1)

First page, Last page → Displays the first or last page of the the selection list. (*1)

(*1)Voicecommandsareavailableonlywhentheselectionlistisdisplayed.

VoiceoperationforAVsource(otherthaniPod)

AVsourceselection

Voice commands and operations

Change Source to DISC → Switches the AV source to Disc.

Change Source to Tuner → Switches the AV source to Tuner.

Change Source to XM Satellite Radio → Switches the AV source to XM.

Change Source to SIRIUS Satellite Radio → Switches the AV source to SIRIUS.

Change Source to SD → Switches the AV source to SD.

Change Source to USB → Switches the AV source to USB.

Change Source to iPod → Switches the AV source to iPod.

Change Source to Bluetooth Audio → Switches the AV source to Audio (Bluetooth audio).

Built-inDVDdrive, externalstoragedevice(USB, SD)

Voicecommandsandoperations

Shuffleplay→Playsallsongsrandomly.

Pause→Pausesthetrackorfilecurrentlyplaying.

Resume→Resumesthetrackorfilecurrentlyplaying.

Nextsong→Playsthenexttrackorfile.

Previous song → Plays the previous track or file, or returns to the beginning of the track or file currently playing.

Operating your navigationsystem with voice

Voicecommandsrelatedtohands-freephoning

☐ You can make a phone call by voice dialing if the cellular phone featuring Bluetooth wireless technology is being pairedwiththenavigationsystem.
☐ For shown on the following chart, say the name of the entry stored in "Contacts".
☐Forshownonthefollowingchart,saythedesiredphonenumber.

Voicecommandsandoperations

Call → Makes a call to the entry (*2).

Call <entry's name> general → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the general phonenumberoftheentry(*3).

Call <entry's name> mobile → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the cellular phonenumberoftheentry(*3).

Call <entry's name> home → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the home phonenumberoftheentry(*3).

Call <entry's name> work → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the office phone numberoftheentry(*3).

Call <entry's name> other → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the other phone numberoftheentry(*3).

Call <phone number> → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → Dials the phone number.

Make a call → Say the phone number you want to call → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes→Thesystemstartsdialingtothenumber.

Make a call → Say the name of entry stored on "Contacts" you want to call → Displays the message confirming whether to dial → Say Yes → The system starts dialing to the number (*2).

List outgoing calls → Display the list of recent outgoing calls ("Dialed Calls") to select the number and call (*4).

List recent calls → Incoming calls → Display the list of recently received calls ("Received Calls") to select the num-berandcall(*4).

List recent calls → Outgoing calls → Display the list of recent outgoing calls ("Dialed Calls") to select the number andcall(*4).

List recent incoming calls → Display the list of recently received calls ("Received Calls") to select the number and call(*4).

Find the nearest → Displays the category list → Say the category that you want to set to your destination → Displays the list of candidates with number → Show me details for <the number that you want to select> → Call → Dialing starts.

(*2) If the entry has multiple phonenumber data, selection list may appear. In such case, say the type of phone number.

(*3) If there is no corresponding type on the entry, the system may suggest you other phone numbers of the entry. In suchcase, saythetypeofphonenumber.

(*4)Touchingtheitemonthescreenalsoenablesyoutoselectthedesiredlist.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Voicecommandsrelatedtohands-freephoning - 1

Operating your navigations system with voice

Tipsforthevoiceoperation

Foryourvoicecommandstobecorrectlyrecognizedandinterpreted,ensurethatconditionsaresuitableforrecognition.

Closethevehiclewindows

Pleasenotethatwindthroughthevehiclewindowormiscellaneousnoisefromoutsidethevehiclecaninterferewithvoiceoperation.

Positionthemicrophonecarefully

Foroptimumpick-up, themicrophones should be fixed data suitable distanced directly in front of the driver.

Pausebeforegivingacommand

Speakingtoosoonmaycausetherecognition tofail.

Pronounceyourcommandscarefully

Speakslowly,deliberately,andclearly.

Settingtheanti-theftfunction

Youcansetapasswordforthenavigationsystem.Iftheback-upleadiscutafterthepasswordisset,thenavigationsystempromptsfor thepasswordatthetimeofnextbootup.

Settingthepassword

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings].

The "SettingsMenu" screenappears.

Thiscanalsobeoperatedusingthe"Short-cutMenu"screen.

3TouchArea1,followedbyArea2,and thentouchandholdArea3.

Area1Area2Area3 Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

4Touch[SetPassword].

Thepasswordsettingscreenappears.

☐WhentheAVIC-X930BTorAVIC-X9310BTis beinginstalledandapasswordhasnot beensetup, thepasswordsettingscreenis displayedwhenthefrontpanelisdetached andre-attached.

5Enterthepasswordyouwanttoset.

☐5to16characterscanbeenteredfora password.

6Touch[OK].

7Reenterthepasswordtoconfirmthe setting.

8Touch[OK].

Passwordprotectionisapplied.

■Ifyouwanttochangethepasswordcurrentlyset,enterthecurrentpasswordand thenenterthenewone.

Entering the password

On the password input screen, you must enter the current password. If you enter an incorrect password three times, these screen is locked and operations using touch panel keys are disabled.

1Enterthepassword.

2Touch[OK].

If you enter the correct password, then navigation system will be unlocked.

Deletingthepassword

The current password can be deleted.

1PresstheHOMEbuttontodisplaythe "TopMenu" screen.

2Touch[Settings]onthe"TopMenu".

3TouchArea1,followedbyArea2,and thentouchandholdArea3.

4Touch[Clearpassword].

Thepasswordsettingscreenappears.

5Enterthecurrentpassword.

6Touch[OK].

7Touch[Yes].

Themessagefordeletionappearsandthen thecurrentpasswordisdeleted.

Forgottenpassword

ContactthenearestauthorizedPioneerServiceStation.

Returningthenavigation systemtothedefaultor factorysettings

You can return settings or recorded content to the default factory settings. There are some method to clear user data, and the situations and the cleared content are different for each method. For information regarding the content that is cleared by each method, seethelist presented later.

Method1:Removethevehiclebattery

Thistransformsthesystemintothesame stateaswhenthenavigationsystemisuninstalled.

Method2: Touch[RestoreFactory Settings]

Fordetails, refertoRestoring thedefaultsetting on this page.

Method3: Touch[Clearuserinformation] onthe"SelectItemstoReset" screen

Fordetails, refertoReturning thenavigation system to the initial state on this page.

Method4: Touch[Reset] on the "Select ItemstoReset" screen

→Fordetails, refertoReturningthenavigation system to the initial state on this page.

Restoringthedefaultsetting

Resetsvarioussettingsregisteredtothenavigationsystemandrestoresthemtothedefault orfactorysettings.

☐ Be sure to read "Setting items to be deleted" beforeyouperformthisoperation.
- Fordetails, refertoSettingitemstobe deletedonthenextpage.

1Displaythe"SystemSettings"screen.

Fordetails, refertoDisplayingthescreenfor systemsettingsonpage162.

2Touch[RestoreFactorySettings].

Themessageconfirmingwhethertorestore thesettingsappears.

3Touch[Yes].

Returningthenavigation systemtotheinitialstate

You can return settings or recorded content to the default factory settings.

☐ Be sure to read "Setting items to be deleted" beforeyouperformthisoperation.
- Fordetails, refertoSettingitemstobe deletedonthenextpage.

1 Park your vehicle in as a safe place and apply the parking brake.

2Turntheignitionswitchoffandback on.

Thenavigationsystemrestarts, and the splash screen appears.

3PressandholdtheMODEbuttonand theTRK(◀◀)buttonwhilethesplash screenappears.

☐ForusersofAVIC-Z130BT,presstheMODE buttonandtheTRK(◀)button.

The "SelectItemstoReset" screenappears.

4Touch[Clearuserinformation]or [Reset].

Select Items to Reset Clear user information Reset Cancel

Themessageconfirmingwhethertoerasethe dataappears.

5Touch[Yes].

Therecordedcontentsarecleared.

Settingitemstobedeleted

Theitemstobedeletedvarydependingontheresetmethod. Theitemslistedinthefollowingtablere-turntothedefaultorfactorysettings. Anyitemsnotlistedbelowwillberetained.

—:Thesettingwillberetained.

√: Thesettingwillbeclearedandreturnedtothedefaultorfactorysettings.

Boldindicatesfunctionsorcommandnames.

• Method1: Removethevehiclebattery
- Method2: Touch[RestoreFactorySettings]
• Method 3: Touch [Clear user information] on the "Select Items to Reset" screen
• Method 4: Touch [Reset] on the "Select Items to Reset" screen

NavigationfunctionsMethod1Method2Method3Method4
Mapfunction	Viewmodeandscalesettingonthemap	—	—	√	√
	Directionofthemap—	—	√	√
	Lastcursorpositiononthemapscreen	—√	√	√
Routesetting	Currentroute√—√√
	Guidancestateofthecurrentroute	—	—	√	√
	Vehiclepositioninformation	—	—	√	√
	Options	—√	√	√
Others	Keyboard	—√	√	√
Others	LearntdatausedinLearningRoute	√—√√
Destination	Point registered in Favorites	—	—	√	—
Destination	History	—	—	√—
MapSettings	ViewMode	—	—	√	√
MapSettings	Othersettings	—√	√	√
NaviSettings	3DCalibrationStatus	—	—	—	—
	Drive Log Settings	—	—	√	—
	DemoMode	√	√	√	√
	SetHome	—	—	√—
	ModifyCurrentLocation	—	—	√	√
	Othersettings	—√	√	√
SystemSettings	ProgramLanguage,VoiceLanguage	—	—	√	√
	Time	—	—	√	√
	BackCamera	√—	—	—
	Othersettings	—√	√	√
BluetoothSet- tings	Allsettings(*1)—✓	✓	✓
PhoneMenuAllsettings(*1)—✓		✓	✓
OtherfunctionsAnti-theftpassword—		—	—	—

(*1)Allstoreddataof5usersisdeleted.

AVfunctionsMethod1Method2Method3Method4
Volume√—	—	—
AVSettings	WideMode,Mute,VRCata-logMenu	√—√√
AVSettings	Othersettings√—	—	—
AV Sound	All settings	√	—	—	—
CD, ROM, DVD-V, DivX.FM.AM, Audio(Bluetooth audio)	All settings (*2)	√	—	—	—
SD, USB	All settings (*2)	√	—	√	√
Otherfunctions	Picture Adjustment	√	—	—	—
Otherfunctions	Tilt	√—	—	—

(*2) All settings including the setting on the "Function" menu are deleted.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Settingitemstobedeleted - 1

Troubleshooting

If you have problems operating your navigation system, referto this section. Themost common problems are listed below, along with likely causes and solutions. If as solution to your problem cannot be found here, contact your dealer or the nearest authorized Pioneerservice facility.

Problemswiththenavigationscreen

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)
Thepowerdoesn'tturnon.The navigationsystemdoesn'toperate.	Leadsandconnectorsareincorrectlyconnected.	Confirmoncemorethatallconnectionsare correct.
	Thefuseisblown.Rectifythereasonforthefuseblowing,then replacethefuse.Beverysuretoinstallacorrectfusewiththesamerating.
	Noiseandotherfactorsarecausing thebuilt-inmicroprocessortooper-ateincorrectly.	Parkyourvehicleinasafeplace,andturnoff theengine.Turntheignitionkeybacktooff (ACCOFF).Thenstarttheengineagain,and turnthepowertothenavigationsystemback on.
Youcannotpositionyourvehicle onthemapwithoutasignificant positioningerror.	TheGPSantennaisinanunsuitable location.	ThequalityofsignalsfromtheGPSsatellites ispoor,causingreducedpositioningaccuracy.ChecktheGPSsignalreceptionandthe positionoftheGPSantennaifnecessary.
	Obstaclesareblockingsignalsfrom thesatellites.	ThequalityofsignalsfromtheGPSsatellites ispoor,causingreducedpositioningaccuracy.ChecktheGPSsignalreceptionandthe positionoftheGPSantennaifnecessary,or continuedrivinguntilreceptionimproves.Keeptheantennaclean.
	Thepositionofsatellitesrelativeto yourvehicleisinadequate.	ThequalityofsignalsfromtheGPSsatellites ispoor,causingreducedpositioningaccuracy.Continuedrivinguntilreceptionimproves.
	SignalsfromtheGPSsatelliteshave beenmodifiedtoreduceaccuracy.(GPSsatellitesareoperatedbythe USDepartmentofDefense,andthe USgovernmentreservetherightto distortpositioningdataformilitary reasons.Thismayleadtogreater positioningerrors.)	ThequalityofsignalsfromtheGPSsatellites ispoor,causingreducedpositioningaccuracy.Waituntilreceptionimproves.
	Ifavehiclephoneorcellularphone isusedneartheGPSantenna,GPS receptionmaybelosttemporarily.	ThequalityofsignalsfromtheGPSsatellites ispoor,causingreducedpositioningaccuracy.Whenusingacellularphone,keepthe antennaofthecellularphoneawayfromthe GPSantenna.

Appendix

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)

Youcannotpositionyourvehicle onthemapwithoutasignificant positioningerror.	SomethingcoverstheGPSantenna.DonotcovertheGPSantennawithspraypaintorvehiclewax,becausethismayblockthereceptionofGPSsignals.Snowbuildupcanalsodegradethesignals.
	Signalsfromthevehicle'sspeed pulsearenotbeingpickedupproperly.	Checkthatthecablesareproperlyconnected.Ifnecessary,consultthedealerthatinstalledthesystem.
	Thenavigationsystemmaynotbe mountedsecurelyinyourvehicle.	Checkthatthenavigationsystemissecurelymountedand,ifnecessary,consultthedealerthatinstalledthesystem.
	Thenavigationsystemisinstalled withanextremeangleexceeding theinstallationanglelimitations.	Confirmtheinstallationangle.(Thenavigationsystemmustbeinstalledwithintheallowedinstallationangle.Fordetails,refertoInstallationManual.)
	IndicationofthepositionofyourvehicleismisalignedafteraU-turnor reversing.	Checkwhetherornotthereversegearsignal inputlead(violet)isconnectedproperly.(The navigationsystemworksproperlywithoutthe leadconnected,butpositioningaccuracywill beadverselyaffected.)
"EcoGraph"isnotavailable.Thenavigationsystemisunableto obtainpastaveragefuelmileage data,so"EcoGraph"cannotbedisplayed.		Driveabout10kmonaroadwithoutobstructions.Thenparkyourvehicleinasafeplace,turnoffthenavigationsystemandturnthe powertothenavigationsystembackon.
Themapcolordoesnotswitch automaticallybetweendaytime andnighttime.	"Day/NightDisplay"issetto "Day".	Check"Day/NightDisplay"settingandmakesure"Automatic"isselected.(Page 161)
	Theorange/whiteleadisnotconnected.	Checktheconnection.
Thescreenistoobright.Picturequalityadjustmentofthe displayisnotcorrect.		Adjustthepicturequality.(Page169)
Thedisplaysverydim.Thevehicle'slightisturnedON,and "Automatic"isselectedon"Day/NightDisplay".		Readabout"Day/NightDisplay"setting and,ifdesired,select"Day".(Page161)
		Picturequalityadjustmentofthe displayisnotcorrect.	Adjustthepicturequality.(Page169)
NosoundsofAVsourceareproduced.Thevolumelevelwillnotrise.	Thevolumelevelislow.Adjustthevolumelevel.
	Theattenuatorormuteison.Turntheattenuatorormuteoff.
	Aspeakerleadisdisconnected.Checktheconnection.
Thevolumeofnavigationguidanceandbeepscannotbeadjusted.	VOL(+/-)buttonorMulti-controlis usedtoadjustthevolume.	Turnthevolumeupordownusing"Volume" onthe"SystemSettings"menu.(Page165)
Thepersonontheotherendof thephonecallcannothearthe conversationduetoanecho.	Thevoicefromthepersononthe otherendofthephonecallisoutput fromthespeakersandthenpicked upbythemicrophoneagain,creatinganecho.	Usethefollowingmethodstoreducethe echo:-Lowerthevolumeonthereceiver-Havebothpartiespauseslightlybefore speaking

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)

There'snopicture.Theparkingbrakecordisnotconnected.	Connecttheparkingbrakecord,andapply theparkingbrake.
	Theparkingbrakeisnotapplied.Connecttheparkingbrakecord,andapply theparkingbrake.
	ThebacklightoftheLCDpanelisturnedoff.	Turnonthebacklight.(Page181)
Reardisplaypicturedisappears.Thesourcediscbeinglistenedtoin thenavigationsystemhasbeen ejected.	Beforeejectingthedisc,switchthesource. Thisproblemmayoccurwhencertainconnectionmethodsareused.
	Thereisaproblemwiththereardisplay,forexampleafaultywiringconnection.	Checkthereardisplayanditsconnection.
	AnAVsourcethatcannotoutputto thereardisplayisselected.	SelectanappropriateAVsource.
Nothingisdisplayedandthe touchpanelkeyscannotbe used.	Thesettingfortherearviewcamera isincorrect.	Selecttheappropriatesettingfortherear viewcamera.
Nothingisdisplayedandthe touchpanelkeyscannotbe used.	Theshiftleverwasplacedin[R] whentherearviewcamerawasnot connected.	Selectthecorrectpolaritysettingfor"Back Camera".(Page166)
Thereisnoresponsewhenthe touchpanelkeysaretouched,or adifferentkeyresponds.	Thetouchpanelkeysdeviatefrom theactualpositionsthatrespondto yourtouchforsomereason.	Performtouchpanelcalibration.(Page167)
Theexternalstoragedevice (USB,SD)cannotbeused.	TheUSBstoragedevicehasbeen removedimmediatelyafterplugging it.	Parkyourvehicleinasafeplace,andturnoff theengine.Turntheignitionkeybacktooff (ACCOFF).Thenstarttheengineagain,and turnthepowertothenavigationsystemback on.

ProblemsintheAVscreen

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)
CDorDVDplaybackisnotpossible.	Thediscisinsertedupsidedown.Insertthediscwiththelabelupward.
	Thediscisdirty.Cleanthedisc.
	Thedisciscrackedorotherwisedamaged.	Insertanormal,rounddisc.
	Thefilesonthediscareanirregular fileformat.	Checkthefileformat.
	Thediscformatcannotbeplayed back.	Replacethedisc.
	Theloadeddiscisatypethissystem cannotplay.	Checkwhattypeofdiscitis.(Page208)
Thescreeniscoveredbyacau-tionmessageandthevideocannotbeshown.	Theparkingbrakeleadisnotconnectedorapplied.	Connecttheparkingbrakeleadcorrectly,and applytheparkingbrake.
	Theparkingbrakeinterlockisactivated.	Parkyourvehicleinasafeplaceandapply theparkingbrake.

Appendix

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)

Novideooutputfromconnected equipment.Novideooutputfromconnected iPod.	"AV1 Input" or "AV2 Input" setting isincorrect.	Correctthesettings.(Page147)
	TheconnectionoftheUSBinterface cableforiPodisincorrect.	ConnectboththeUSBplugandtheRCA cableside.(lfonlyoneoftheseconnection hasbeenmade,theiPodwillnotworkprop-erly).(Page20)
Theaudioorvideoskips.Thenavigationsystemisnotfirmly secured.		Securethenavigationsystemfirmly.
Nosoundsareproduced.Thevolumelevelwillnotrise.	Cablesarenotconnectedcorrectly.Connectthecablescorrectly.
	Thesystemisperformingstill,slow motion,orframe-by-frameplayback withDVD-Video.	Thereisnosoundduringstill,slowmotion,or frame-by-frameplaybackwithDVD-Video.
	Thesystemispausedorperforming, fastreverseorforwardduringthe discplayback.	ForthemediaotherthanmusicCD(CD-DA), thereisnosoundonfastreverseorforward.
Theicon © isdisplayed,andoperationisnotpossible.	Theoperationisnotcompatible withthevideoconfiguration.	Thisoperationisnotpossible.(Forexample, theDVDplayingdoesnotfeaturethatangle, audiosystem,subtitlelanguage,etc.)
Thepicturestops(pauses)and thenavigationsystemcannotbe operated.	Thereadingofdataisimpossible duringdiscplayback.	Stopplaybackonce,andstartplaybackagain.
Thepictureisstretched,within-correctaspectratio.	Theaspectsettingisincorrectfor thedisplay.	Selecttheappropriatesettingforthatimage. (Page171,Page106)
Aparentallockmessageisdis-playedandDVDplaybackisnot possible.	Parentallockison.Turnparentallockofforchangethelevel. (Page106)
ParentallockforDVDplayback cannotbecanceled.	Thecodenumberisincorrect.Inputthecorrectcodenumber.(Page106)
Playbackisnotwiththeaudio languageandsubtitlelanguage settingsselectedin“DVD/ DivX®Setup”.	TheDVDplayingdoesnotfeature dialogorsubtitlesinthelanguage selectedin“DVD/DivX®Setup”.	Switchingtoaselectedlanguageisnotpossi-bleifthelanguageselectedin“DVD/DivX® Setup”isnotrecordedonthedisc.(Page 105)
Thepictureisextremelyunclear/distortedanddarkduringplay-back.	Thediscefeaturesasignaltoprohibit copying.(Somediscsmayhave this.)	Sincethenavigationsystemiscompatible withthecopyguardanalogcopyprotectsys-tem,thepicturemaysufferfromhorizontal stripesorotherimperfectionswhenadisc withthatkindofprotectionsignalisviewed onsomedisplays.Thisdoesnotmeanthena-vigationsystemismalfunctioning.
iPodcannotbeoperated.TheiPodisfrozen.•ReconnecttheiPodwiththeUSBinterface cableforiPod.•UpdatetheiPodsoftwareversion.
	Aerrorhasoccurred.•ReconnecttheiPodwiththeUSBinterface cableforiPod.•Parkyourvehicleinasafeplace.andturn offtheengine.Turntheignitionkeybackto off(ACCOFF).Thenstarttheengineagain, andturnthepowertothenavigationsystem backon.•UpdatetheiPodsoftwareversion.

Appendix

Problemswiththephonescreen

SymptomCauseAction(Reference)
Dialingisnotpossiblebecausethetouchpanelkeysfordialingareinactive.	Yourphoneisoutofrangeforservice.	Retryafterre-enteringtherangeforservice.
	Theconnectionbetweenhecellular phoneandthenavigationsystem cannotbeestablishednow.	Performtheconnectionprocess.

Ifthescreenbecomesfrozen...

Parkyourvehicleinasafeplace,andturnoff theengine.Turntheignitionkeybacktooff (ACCOFF).Thenstarttheengineagain,and turnthepowertothenavigationsystemback on.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Ifthescreenbecomesfrozen... - 1

Appendix

Messagesandhowtoreacttothem

The following messages may be displayed by your navigation system. Referto the table below to identify the problem, thentakethes suggested corrective action.

Thereareoccasionswhenyoumayseeerrormessagesotherthanthoseshownhere.Insucha case,followtheinstructionsgivenonthedisplay.

Messagesfornavigationfunctions

MessageCauseAction(Reference)
Route calculation was not possible.	Route calculation has failed because of a malfunction in map data, software, or hardware.	• Changethedestination.• Consult the Pioneer Local dealer if this mes-sage persists.
Route calculation not possible:destinationistoo far.	Thedestinationistoo far.Setadestination closertothestartingpoint.
Route calculation not possible:destinationistoo close.	Thedestinationistoo close.Setadestination farther from the starting point.
Route calculation not possible:navigation cannot be provided around destinationor startingpoint.	Thedestination, waypoint(s), or startingpoint are in an area where noroadexists (e.g. amountain) and therout calculation is impossible.	• Setadestination and waypoint (s) on roads.• Reset the destination after you drivethe vehicle to any road.
Routetodestination cannot be calculated.	Thedestinationorwaypoint (s) are in an isolated island, etc. without a ferry and therout calculation is impossible. If there is noroad connected to your starting point or destination, this message will appear.	Changethedestination.
Failed tomakether outepro-file.	In rare cases, a route calculation error may occur.	• Retry.• Consult the Pioneer Local dealer if this mes-sage persists.
Nopicture folder.Savejpeg fileto/Pictures/folder	Cannot load the image because "Pictures" folder is not found in the inserted external storage device.	Use appropriated data and store it correctly. (Page 165)
Nopicture folder.Savejpeg fileto/Pictures/folder	"Pictures" folder exists on the SD memory card but there is no load-abled data in the folder.	Use appropriated data and store it correctly. (Page 165)
DataReader error. Failed to read the data for some reason.		Use appropriated data and store it correctly. (Page 165)
Thefile is corrupt Thedata is damaged or an attempt was made to set an image file that was not made to specifications as the splash screen.		Use appropriated data and store it correctly. (Page 165)

Appendix

MessageCauseAction(Reference)

Connectionfailed.Thecellularphone'sBluetoothwire-lesstechnologyisturnedoff.	Activatethetargetphone'sBluetoothwire-lesstechnology.
Thecellularphoneispaired(connected)withanotherdevice.	Cancelthepairing(connection)andretry.
Rejectionhasbeenreceivedfrom thecellularphone.	Operatethetargetphoneandaccepttheconnectionrequestfromthenavigationsystem.(Furthermore,checktheconnectionsettings onyourcellularphone.)
Thetargetcellularphonecannotbe found.	Checkwhetheryourcellularphoneisactivatedand,whetherthedistancetoyourcellularphoneisnottoofar.
Couldnotfindanyavailable phone.	Noavailablephoneexistsinthesur-roundingswhenthesystem searchesforconnectablecellular phonesfeaturingBluetoothwireless technology.
Registrationfailed.Thecellularphone'sBluetoothwire-lesstechnologyisturnedoffduring theregistrationstep.	Keepturningthetargetphone'sBluetooth wirelesstechnologyonduringtheregistration.
Rejectionbythecellularphonehas received.	Operatethetargetphoneandaccepttheregistrationrequestfromthenavigationsystem.(Furthermore,checktheconnectionsettings onyourcellularphone.)
Registrationstephasfailedfor somereason.	Retrytheregistrationandiftheregistration stillfails,tryregisteringusingyourcellular phone.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 1

Appendix

Messagesforaudiofunctions

WhenproblemsoccurwithAVsource playback, an error message appears on the display. Refer to the table below to identify the problem, the task the suggested corrective action. If the error persists, record the error message and contact your dealer or your nearest Pioneerservice center. The messages in “()” will appear on the rear display.

Built-inDVDdrive

MessageCauseAction(Reference)
Readingerror(ERROR-02-XX)	DirtyCleanthedisc.
	ScratcheddiscReplacethedisc.
	Thediscisloadedupsidedown.Checkthatthediscisloadedcorrectly.
Playbackerror.Pleaseremove thedisc.	Thereisanelectricalormechanical error.	•Replacethedisc.•SettheACCtooffandthensetittoon again.
Regioncodecannotbe matched(DIFFERENTREGION DISC)	Thediscdoesnothavethesamere-gionnumberasthenavigationsys-tem.	ReplacetheDVD-Videowithonebearingthe correctregionnumber.
UnreadablediscThistypeofdisc cannotbeplayed bythenavigationsystem.		Replacethediscwithonethenavigationsys-temcanplay.(Page211,Page228)
Playbackerrorduetoirregu-lartemperature.Pleasere-movethedisc.(THERMAL PROTECTIONINMOTION)	Thetemperatureofthenavigation systemisoutofthenormaloperat-ingrange.	Waituntiltheunit'stemperaturereturnsto withinnormaloperatinglimits.
Tracksthatcannotbeplayed backwillbeskipped(FILE SKIPPED)	Filesthatareprotectedbydigital rightsmanagement(DRM).	Theprotectedfilesareskipped.
Cannotplaybackalltracks (PROTECTEDDISC)	Allthefilesontheinserteddiscare securedbyDRM.	Replacethedisc.
Flashwriteerror.Unableto writetoflashmemory.(CAN NOTSAVEDATA)	TheplaybackhistoryforVODcon-tentscannotbesavedforsomerea-son.	•Retry.•Ifthemessageappearsfrequently,consult yourdealer.
Yourdeviceisnotaauthorized toplaythisprotectedDivX video.(YOURDEVICEISNOT AUTHORIZEDTOPLAYTHIS DivXPROTECTEDVIDEO)	Thedevicedoesnotmatchthede-viceregisteredwiththeVODprovi-der.VODcontentcannotbeplayed back.	Checkwhetherthisdevicehasbeenregis-teredwiththeVODprovider.
Videoresolutionnotsup-ported.(VIDEORESOLUTION NOTSUPPORTED)	Highdefinition(HD)DivXvideocan-notbeplayed.	Createplayableoneandretry.

SD/USB/iPod

MessageCauseAction(Reference)
Tracksthatcannotbeplayed backwillbeskipped	Filesthatareprotectedbydigital rightsmanagement(DRM).	Theprotectedfilesareskipped.
	Thistypeoffilecannotbeplayedby thisunit.	Replaceitwiththeplayablefile.(Page211, Page228)

Appendix

MessageCauseAction(Reference)

CannotplaybackalltracksAllthefilesontheinsertedexternal storagedevicearesecuredbyDRM.		Storeplayablefiles.
		Allofthefilescannotbeplayedby thisunit.
USBflashdrivewasdisconnectedfordeviceprotection.DonotconnectthisUSBflash drivetotheunit.Torestart USB,restarttheunit.	TheUSBconnectororUSBcableis short-circuited.	ConfirmthattheUSBconnectororUSB cableisnotcaughtinsomethingordamaged.
	TheconnectedUSBstoragedevice consumesmorethan1A(maximum allowablecurrent).	DisconnecttheUSBstoragedeviceanddo notuseit.Turntheignitionswitchtooff,then backACCtoonorturntheignitionswitchon andthenconnectthecompliantUSBstorage device.
	TheUSBinterfacecableforiPodis short-circuited.	ConfirmthatUSBinterfacecableforiPodor USBcableisnotcaughtinsomethingordamaged.
Authorizationfailure.iPodis notconnected.	TheiPodisnotcompatiblewiththis navigationsystem.	UseaniPodofacompatibleversion.
Authorizationfailure.iPodis notconnected.	Communicationfailure•DisconnectthecablefromiPod.OnceiPod mainmenuisdisplayed,connectthecable again.•Ifthemessageappearsfrequently,consult yourdealer.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 1

Appendix

Positioningtechnology

PositioningbyGPS

TheGlobalPositioningSystem(GPS)usesa networkofsatellitesorbitingtheEarth.Each ofthesatellites,whichorbitataheightof 68900000feet(21000km),continuallybroad-castsradiosignalsgivingtimeandpositionin-formation.Thisensuresthatsignalsfromat leastthreecanbepickedupfromanyopen areaontheground'ssurface.

The accuracy of the GPS information depends on how good thereception is. When the signals are strong and reception is good, GPS candeterminelatitude, longitude and altitude for accurate positioning in three dimensions. But if signal quality is poor, only two dimensions, latitude and longitude, can be obtained and positioning errors are somewhat greater.

Diagram illustrating satellite communication with ground vehicles and ground vehicles, showing signal paths from a plane to vehicles.

Positioningbydeadreckoning

Thebuilt-insensorinthenavigationsystem alsocalculatesyourposition.Thecurrentlocationismeasuredbydetectingdrivingdistance withthespeedpulse,theturningdirection withthegyrosensorandinclinationofthe roadwiththeGsensor.

Thebuilt-insensorcanevencalculate changesofaltitude,andcorrectthediscrepanciesinthedistancetraveledcausedbydriving alongwindingroadsorupslopes. Ifyouusethisnavigationsystemwithconnectingthespeedpulse,thesystemwillbecome moreaccuratethannoconnectionofspeed

pulse.Soyouconnectthespeedpulsewithout failtogettheaccuracyofpositioning.

☐Thepositionofthespeeddetectioncircuit varydependingonthevehiclemodel. For details, consultyourauthorizedPioneer dealeroraninstallationprofessional.
Sometypesofvehiclesmaynotoutputa speedsignalwhiledrivingatjustafewkilometersperhour.Insuchacase, thecurrent locationofyourvehiclemaynotbedis- playedcorrectlywhileintrafficcongestion orinaparkinglot.

HowdoGPSanddead reckoningworktogether?

Formaximumaccuracy,yournavigationsystemcontinuallycomparesGPSdatawithyour estimatedpositionascalculatedfromthedata ofbuilt-insensor.However,ifonlythedata fromthebuilt-insensorisavailableforalong period,positioningerrorsaregradually compoundeduntiltheestimatedpositionbecomes unreliable.Forthisreason,wheneverGPSsignalsareavailable,theyarematchedwiththe dataofthebuilt-insensorandusedtocorrect itforimprovedaccuracy.

□Ifyouusechainsonyourwheelsforwinter drivingorputonthesparewheel,errors maysuddenlyincreasebecauseofdifferenceinwheeldiameter.Initializethesensor statusanditmayrecovertheaccuracy to normalcondition.

- Fordetails, referto Clearingstatus on page151.

Appendix

Mapmatching

Asmentioned, thepositioningsystemsused by this navigationsystemaresusceptible to certainerrors. Their calculations may, on occasion, place you initial location on themap where noroadexists. In this situation, the processing system understands that vehicle travel only on roads, and can correctly your position by adjusting it to an rear by road. This is called map matching.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Mapmatching - 1

natural_image

Abstract diagram with curved lines and a dotted path, no text or symbols present

Withmapmatching

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Mapmatching - 2

natural_image

Abstract diagram with curved lines, a play button, and scattered dots (no text or symbols)

Withoutmapmatching

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Mapmatching - 3

Handlinglargeerrors

Positioningerrorsarekepttoaminimumby combiningGPS,deadreckoningandmap matching. However,insomesituations,these functionsmaynotworkproperly,andtheerror maybecomebigger.

WhenpositioningbyGPSis impossible

•GPSpositioningisdisabledifsignalscan-notbereceivedfrommorethanttwoGPS satellites.
- Insomedrivingconditions,signalsfrom GPSsatellitesmaynotreachyourvehicle. Inthiscase,itisimpossibleforthesystem touseGPSpositioning.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WhenpositioningbyGPSis impossible - 1

natural_image

Illustration of a car entering a tunnel with tire tracks (no text or symbols)

Intunnelsoren- closedparking garages

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WhenpositioningbyGPSis impossible - 2

natural_image

Line drawing of a car driving under a covered tunnel structure (no text or symbols)

Underelevated roadsorsimilar structures

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WhenpositioningbyGPSis impossible - 3

natural_image

Line drawing of a car parked in front of tall buildings (no text or symbols)

Whendriving amonghighbuild- ings

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - WhenpositioningbyGPSis impossible - 4

natural_image

Simple line drawing of a car parked under two trees (no text or symbols)

Whendrivingthrough adenseforestortall trees

Ifacarphoneorcellularphoneisused neartheGPSantenna,GPSreceptionmay belosttemporarily.
DonotcovertheGPSantennawithspray paintorcarwax, because this may block thereception of GPS signals. Snowbuildup can also degrade the signals, so keep the antennacular.
□IfaGPSsignalhasnotbeenreceivedforalongtime,yourvehicle'sactualpositionandthecurrentpositionmarkonthemapmaydivergeconsiderablyormaynotbeupdated.Insuchcase,onceGPSreceptionisrestored,accuracywillberecovered.

Appendix

Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors

Forvariousreasons,suchasthestateofthe roadyouaretravelingonandthereception statusoftheGPSsignal,theactualpositionof yourvehiclemaydifferfromthepositiondisplayonthemapscreen.

- Ifyoumakeaslightturn.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 1

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on a multi-lane road with a dotted arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

- Ifthereisaparallelroad.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 2

natural_image

Diagram of a car driving on a multi-lane road with lane markings (no text or symbols)

- If there is another road very nearby, such as in the case of an elevated freeway.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 3

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on an elevated road with a dotted arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

- Ifyoutakearecentlyopenedroadthatis notonthemap.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 4

natural_image

Diagram of a car driving on a curved road with directional arrows indicating flow (no text or symbols)

- Ifyoudriveinzigzags.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 5

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on a road with motion arrows indicating speed (no text or symbols)

- Iftheroadhasaseriesofhairpinbends.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 6

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on a curved road with motion arrows (no text or symbols)

- If there is a loop or similar road configuration.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 7

natural_image

Diagram of a car on a curved ramp with motion arrows indicating speed (no text or symbols)

- Ifyoutakeaferry.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 8

natural_image

Illustration of a car being pulled by a boat, with a hand pointing to it (no text or symbols)

- If you are driving on a long, straight road or agently curving road.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Conditionslikelytocause noticeablepositioningerrors - 9

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on a curved road with dashed lane markings (no text or symbols)

Appendix

- If you are on a steep mountain road with many height changes.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 1

natural_image

Illustration of a car driving on a curved road with motion lines and clouds (no text or symbols)

- Ifyouenterorexitamulti-storeyparkinglot orsimilarstructureusingaspiralramp.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 2

natural_image

Diagram of a car driving on a road with two cars inside a vehicle enclosure (no text or symbols)

- If your vehicle is turned on a turntable or similar structure.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 3

natural_image

Illustration of a car moving in a room with TV and wall-mounted equipment (no text or symbols)

- If your vehicle's wheelsspin, such as a gravel road or in snow.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 4

natural_image

Cartoon illustration of a car driving on a road with scattered clouds (no text or symbols)

- If you put on chains, or change your tires for ones with different size.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 5

- IftreesorotherobstaclesblocktheGPS signalsforaconsiderableperiod.

Diagram illustrating satellite coverage over a road with trees and a car, showing signal detection points.

- If you drive very slowly, or in a start-and-stop manner, as in a traffic congestion.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 7

natural_image

Illustration of a row of cars on a road (no text or symbols)

- If you join the road after driving around a large parking lot.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 8

natural_image

Diagram of a parking lot with lanes, parking areas, and a curved ramp (no text or labels)

- When you drive around traffic circle.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 9

natural_image

Diagram of a road intersection with a car and a dashed lane, no text or symbols present

- When starting driving immediately after starting the engine.

Appendix

Routesettinginformation

Routesearchspecifications

Yournavigationsystemsetsaroutetoyour destinationbyapplyingcertainbuilt-inrulesto themapdata.Thissectionprovidessomeusefulinformationabouthowarouteisset.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Routesearchspecifications - 1

CAUTION

Whenarouteiscalculated,therouteandvoice guidancefortherouteareautomaticallyset. Also,fordayortimetrafficregulations,onlyinformationabouttrafficregulationsapplicableatthe timewhentheroutewascalculatedisconsidered.One-waystreetsandstreetclosuresmay notbetakenintoconsideration.Forexample,ifa streetisopenduringthemorningonly,butyou arrivelater,itwouldbeagainstthetrafficregulationssoyoucannotdrivealongthesetroute. Whendriving,pleasefollowtheactualtraffic signs.Also,thesystemmaynotknowsometrafficregulations.

Thecalculatedrouteisoneexampleoftheroutetoyourdestinationdecidedbythenavigationsystemwhiletakingthetypeofstreetsortrafficregulationsintoaccount.Itisnotnecessarilyanoptimumroute.(Insomecases,youmaynotbeabletosethestreetsyouwanttotake.Ifyouneedtotakeacertainstreet,setawaypointonthatstreet.)
If the destination is too far, there may be instances where there are cannot be set. (If you want to set along distancer out going across several areas, set waypoints along the way.)
Duringvoiceguidance,turnsandintersectionsfromthefreewayareannounced. However,ifyoupassintersections,turns, andotherguidancepointsinrapidsuccession,somemaydelayornotbeannounced.
Itispossiblethatguidancemaydirectyou offafreewayandthenbackonagain.
Insomecases,theroutemayrequireyou totravelintheoppositedirectiontoyour

currentheading.Insuchcases,youarein- structedtoturnaround,sopleaseturn aroundsafelybyfollowingtheactualtraffic rules.

Insomecases,aroutemaybeginonthe oppositesideofarailwayorriverfromyour actualcurrentlocation.Ifthishappens, drivetowardsyourdestinationforawhile, andtryroutecalculationagain.
Whenthereisatrafficcongestionahead, a detourroutemaynotbesuggestedifdrivingthroughthetrafficcongestionwould stillbebetterthantakingthedetour.
Theremaybeinstanceswhenthestarting point,thewaypointandthedestination pointarenotonthehhighlightedroute.
Thenumberoftrafficcircleexitsdisplayed onthescreenmaydifferfromtheactual numberofroads.

Routehighlighting

Onceset,therouteishhighlightedinbright coloronthemap.
Theimmediatevicinityofyourstarting pointanddestinationmaynotbehigh-lighted,andneitherwillareaswithparticularlycomplexroadlayouts.Consequently,theroutemayappeartobecutoffonthe display,butvoiceguidancewillcontinue.

Autoreroutefunction

If you deviate from the esetroute, the system will re-calculate ether out of that point so that you remain on track to the destination.
Thisfunctionmaynotworkundercertain conditions.

Handlingandcareofdiscs

Somebasicprecautionsarenecessarywhen handlingyourdiscs.

Appendix

Built-indriveandcare

- Useonlyconventional,fullycirculardiscs. Donotuseshapeddiscs.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Built-indriveandcare - 1

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Built-indriveandcare - 2

Donotusecracked, chipped, warped, or otherwisedamaged discsastheymaydamagethebuilt-indrive.
When using discsthatcan beprinted on labelsurfaces, check the instructions and the warning so fthediscs. Depending on the discs, inserting and rejecting may not be possible. Using such discsmay result in damagethisequipment.
Donottouchtherecordedsurfaceofthe discs.
Storediscsintheircaseswhennotinuse.
Avoidleavingdiscsinexcessivelyhotenvir- onmentsincludingunderdirectsunlight.
Donotattachlabels, writeonorapplychemicalstothesurfaceofthediscs.
Donotattachcommerciallyavailablelabels orothermaterialstothediscs.

—Thediscsmaywarpmakingthediscun-playable.

—The labels may come off during play-back and preventejection of the discs, which may result in damage to the equipment.

- Tocleanadisc, wipeitwithasoftcloth, movingoutwardfromthecenter.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Built-indriveandcare - 3

natural_image

Illustration of a hand pressing down on a circular object with a dashed line indicating the center (no text or symbols present)

- Condensationmaytemporarilyimpairthe built-indrive'sperformance.Leaveittoadjusttothewarmertemperatureforabout onehour.Also,wipeanydampdiscswitha softcloth.

Playbackofdiscsmaynotbepossiblebe- causeofdisccharacteristics,discformat, recordedapplication, playbackenvironment, storageconditionsandsoon.
• Roadshocksmayinterruptdiscplayback.
Read the precautions for discs before using them.

Ambientconditionsforplaying adisc

Atextremelyhightemperatures,atemperaturecutoutprotectsthisproductbyswitchingitoffautomatically.
Despiteourcarefuldesignoftheproduct, smallscratchesthatdonotaffectactual operationmayappearonthediscsurface asaresultofmechanicalwear,ambient conditionsforuseorhandlingofthedisc. Thisisnotasignofthemalfunctionofthis product.Considerittobenormalwearand tear.

Playablediscs

DVD-VideoandCD

DVDandCDdiscsthatdisplaythelogos shownbelowgenerallycanbeplayedonthis built-inDVDdrive.

DVD-Video

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DVD-VideoandCD - 1

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DVD-VideoandCD - 2

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DVD-VideoandCD - 3

Appendix

□isavedemarkofDVDFormat/Logo LicensingCorporation.
ItisnotpossibletoplayDVD-Audiodiscs. ThisDVDdrivemaynotbeabletoplayall discsbearingthemarksshownabove.

AVCHDrecordeddiscs

Thisunitisnotcompatiblewithdiscsrecorded inAVCHD(AdvancedVideoCodecHighDefinition)format.DonotinsertAVCHDdiscs.If inserted,thediscmaynotbeejected.

PlayingDualDisc

DualDiscsaretwo-sideddiscsthathavea recordableCDforaudioononesideanda recordableDVDforvideoontheother.
PlaybackoftheDVDsideispossiblewith thisnavigationsystem. However, sincethe CDsideofDualDiscsisnotphysicallycompatiblewiththegeneralCDstandard, it may not be possible to play the CDside with this navigation system.

- Frequentloadingandejectingofa DualDiscmayresultinscratchestothe disc.

- Seriousscratchescanleadtoplaybackproblemsonthisnavigationsystem.Insome cases,aDualDiscmaybecomestuckin thedisc-loadingslotandwillnoteject.To preventthis,werecommendyourefrain fromusingDualDiscwiththisnavigation system.

- Pleaserefertothemanufacturerformore detailedinformationaboutDualDiscs.

DolbyDigital

Thisproductwilldown-mixDolbyDigitalsignalsinternallyandthesoundwillbeoutputin stereo.

□ManufacturedunderlicensefromDolby Laboratories."Dolby"andthedouble-D symbolaretrademarksofDolby Laboratories.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DolbyDigital - 1

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - DolbyDigital - 2

Detailedinformationfor playablemedia

Compatibility

Commonnotesaboutdiscompatibility

Certainfunctionsofthisproductmaynot beavailableforsomediscs.
Compatibilitywithalldiscsisnotguaranteed.
ItisnotpossibletoplaybackDVD-ROM/DVD-RAMdiscs.
Playbackofdiscsmaybecomeimpossible withdirectexposuretosunlight,hightemperatures,ordependingonthestorage conditionsinthevehicle.

DVD-Videodiscs

- DVD-VideodiscsthathaveincompatibleregionnumberscannotbeplayedonthisDVDdrive.Theregionnumberoftheplayer canbefoundonthisproduct'schassis.

DVD-R/DVD-RW/DVD-RDL(Dual Layer)discs

UnfinalizeddiscswhichhavebeenrecordedwiththeVideoformat(videomode) cannotbeplayedback.
Discswhichhavebeenrecordedwiththe VideoRecordingformat(VRmode)cannot beplayedback.
DVD-RDL(DualLayer)discswhichhave beenrecordedwithLayerJumprecording cannotbeplayedback.
Fordetailedinformationaboutrecording mode,pleasecontactthemanufacturerof media,recorders,orwritingsoftware.

Appendix

CD-R/CD-RWdiscs

Unfinalizeddiscscannotbeplayedback.
ItmaynotbepossibletopplaybackCD-R/CD-RWdiscsrecordedonamusicCDrecorderorapersonalcomputerbecauseof disccharacteristics,scratchesordirton thedisc,ordirt,scratchesorcondensation onthelensofthebuilt-indrive.
Playbackofdiscsrecordedonapersonal computermaynotbepossible,depending ontherecordingdevice,writingsoftware, theirsettings,andotherenvironmentalfactors.
Pleaserecordwiththecorrectformat.(For details,pleasecontactmanufacturerofmedia,recorders,orwritingsoftware.)
Titlesandothertextinformationrecorded onaCD-R/CD-RWdiscmaynotbedisplayedbythisproduct(inthecaseofaudio data(CD-DA)).
Read the precautions with CD-R/CD-RW discs before using them.

Commonnotesabouttheexternal storagedevice(USB,SD)

Donotleavetheexternalstoragedevice (USB,SD)inanylocationwithhightemperatures.
Depending on the kind of the external storage device (USB, SD) you use, this navigation system may not recognize the storage device or files may not be played back properly.
Thetextinformationofsomeaudioand videofilesmaynotbecorrectlydisplayed.
Fileextensionsmustbeusedproperly.
Theremaybeaslightdelaywhenstarting playbackoffilesonanexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD)withcomplexfolderhierarchies.
Operationsmayvarydependingonthe kindofanexternalstoragedevice(USB, SD).
Itmaynotbepossibletopplaysomemusic filesfromSDorUSBbecauseoffilecharacteristics,fileformat,recordedapplica-

tion, playbackenvironment, storage conditions, and soon.

USBstoragedevicecompatibility

FordetailsaboutUSBstoragedevicecompatibilitywiththisnavigationsystem, refer toSpecificationsonpage228.
Protocol:bulk
You cannot connect a USB storage device to this navigation system via a USB hub.
PartitionedUSBstoragedeviceisnotcompatiblewiththisnavigationsystem.
FirmlysecuretheUSBstoragedevicewhen driving.DonotlettheUSBstoragedevice fallontothefloor,whereitmaybecome jammedunderthebrakeorgaspedal.
Theremaybeaslightdelaywhenstarting playbackofaudiofilesencodedwithimage data.
SomeUSBstoragedevicesconnectedto thisnavigationsystemmaygeneratenoise ontheradio.
Donotconnectanythingotherthanthe USBstoragedevice.

ThesequenceofaudiofilesonUSBstoragedevice

ForUSBstoragedevice, thesequence is different from that of USBstoragedevice.

SDmemorycardandSDHCmemorycard

FordetailsaboutSDmemorycardcompatibilitywiththisnavigationsystem,referto Specificationsonpage228.

Handlingguidelinesand supplementalinformation

This system is not compatible with Multi MediaCard(MMC).
• Copyrightprotectedfilescannotbeplayed back.

Appendix

NotesspecifictoDivXfiles

OnlyDivXfilesdownloadedfromDivXpartnersitesareguaranteedforproperoperation.UnauthorizedDivXfilesmaynot operateproperly.
DRMrentalfilescannotbeoperateduntil playingbackisstarted.
Thenavigationsystemcorrespondstoa DivXfiledisplayofupto1590minutes43 seconds.Searchoperationsbeyondthis timelimitareprohibited.
DivXVODfile playback requiressupplying the IDcode of this navigationsystem to the DivXVODprovider. Regarding the IDcode, referto Displaying your DivXVOD registration code on page 174.
PlaysallversionsofDivXvideo(including DivX6)withstandardplaybackofDivX mediafiles.
FormoredetailsaboutDivX,visitthefollowingsite: http://www.divx.com/

DivXsubtitlefiles

Srtformatsubtitlefileswiththeextension ".srt" canbeused.
Onlyonesubtitlefilecanbeusedforeach DivXfile.Multiplesubtitlefilescannotbe associated.
Subtitlefilesthatarenamedwiththesame characterstringastheDivXfilebeforethe extensionareassociatedwiththeDivXfile. Thecharacterstringsbeforetheextension mustbeexactlythesame. However, ifthere isonlyoneDivXfileandonesubtitlefilein asinglefolder, thefilesareassociatedeven ifthefilenamesarenotthesame.
Thesubtitlefilemustbestoredinthesame folderastheDivXfile.
Upto255subtitlefilesmaybeused.Any moresubtitlefileswillnotberecognized.
Upto64characterscanbeusedforthe nameofthesubtitlefile,includingtheextension.Ifmorethan64charactersare usedforthefilename,thesubtitlefilemay notberecognized.
Thecharactercodeforthesubtitlefile shouldcomplywithISO-8859-1.UsingcharactersotherthanISO-8859-1maycausethe characterstobedisplayedincorrectly.
Thesubtitlesmaynotbedisplayedcorrectly ifthedisplayedcharactersinthesubtitle fileincludecontrolcode.
Formaterialsthatuseahightransferrate, thesubtitlesandvideomaynotbecompletely synchronized.
If multiples subtitles are programmed to display within a very short timeframe, such as 0.1 seconds, the subtitles may not be displayed at the correct time.

Appendix

Mediacompatibilitychart

General

MediaCD-R/-RW		DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Filesystem	ISO9660level1, ISO9660level2, RomeoandJoliet	ISO9660level1, ISO9660level2, Romeo,Joliet andUDF1.02	FAT16/FAT32
Maximumnumberof folders	700300
Maximumnumberof files	99935002500
PlayablefiletypesMP3,WMA,AAC,DivX			MP3,WMA,AAC,WAV,AVI,WMV, MPEG-4
Note: Maximumplaybacktimeofaudiofilestoredintheexternalstoragedevice(USB,SD):7.5h(450minutes)

MP3compatibility

MediaCD-R/-RW		DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Fileextension.mp3
Bitrate8kbpsto320kbps(CBR),VBR
Samplingfrequency	16kHzto48kHz(32kHz,44.1kHz,48kHz foreemphasis)		8kHzto48kHz
ID3tagID3tagVer.1.0,1.1,2,2,2.3 ID3tagVer.1.0,1.1,2.2,2,3,2.4
Notes:Ver. 2.x of ID3 tag is given priority when both Ver. 1.x and Ver. 2.x exist.Thenavigationsystemisnotcompatiblewiththefollowing:MP3i(MP3interactive),mp3PRO,m3uplaylist

Appendix

WMAcompatibility

MediaCD-R/-RW	DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Fileextension.wma
Bitrate5kbpsto320kbps(CBR),VBR
Samplingfrequency8kHzto48kHz
Note:Thenavigationsystemisnotcompatiblewiththefollowing:WindowsMediaTMAudio9Professional,Lossless,Voice

WAVcompatibility

MediaCD-R/-RW		DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Fileextension	IMA-ADPCM WAVfilesontheCD-R/-RW,DVD-R/-RW/-R DLcannotbeplayed.		.wav
FormatLinearPCM(LPCM)
Samplingfrequency			LPCM:16kHzto48kHzIMA-ADPCM:22.05kHzand44.1kHz
Quantizationbits			LPCM:8bitsand16bitsMSADPCM:4bits
Note: Thesamplingfrequencyshowninthedisplaymayberounded.

AACcompatibility

MediaCD-R/-RW	DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Fileextension.m4a
Bitrate8kbpsto320kbps(CBR)
Samplingfrequency8kHzto44.1kHz8kHzto48kHz
Note:ThenavigationsystemplaysbackAACfilesencodedbyiTunes.

Appendix

DivXcompatibility

MediaCD-R/-RW		DVD-R/-RW/-R DL	USBstoragede-vice	SDmemorycard
Fileextension.avi/.divx			DivXfilesontheexternalstoragedevice (USB,SD) cannotbeplayed.
Profile(DivXversion)	HomeTheaterVer.3.11/Ver.4.x/Ver.5.x/Ver.6.x
CompatibleaudiocodeMP3,DolbyDigital
Bitrate(MP3)8kbpsto320kbps(CBR),VBR
Samplingfrequency (MP3)	16kHzto48kHz(32kHz,44.1kHz,48kHz foreemphasis)
Maximumimagesize720pixels×576pixels
Maximumfilesize4GB
Notes:Thenavigationsystemisnotcompatiblewiththefollowing:DivXUltraformat,DivXfileswithoutvideodata,DivXfilesencodedwithLPCM(LinearPCM)audiocodeDepending on the file information composition, such as the number of audio streams, there may be a slight delayinthestartofplaybackondiscs.Ifafilecontainsmorethan4GB,playbackstopsbeforetheend.SomespecialoperationsmaybeprohibitedbecauseofthecompositionofDivXfiles.Files with high transfer rates may not be played back correctly. The standard transfer rate is 4 Mbps for CDs and 10.08MbpsforDVDs.

Appendix

Videofilescompatibility(USB,SD)

Fileextension.avi.mp4,.m4v.wmv
FormatMPEG-4MPEG-4H.264WMV
CompatiblevideocodeMPEG-4MPEG-4H.264WMV
Compatibleaudiocodec		LinearPCM (LPCM),IMA-ADPCM MP3	AACAACWMA
Recommended videospecifications	Imagesize:QVGA (320pixelsx240 pixels)	Bitrate: 768kbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 768kbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 384kbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 384kbps Framerate: 30fps
Maximumbitrate:	Imagesize: WQVGA (400pixelsx240 pixels)	Bitrate:2Mbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate:2Mbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate:1Mbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 768kbps Framerate: 30fps
Maximumbitrate:	Imagesize:VGA (640pixelsx480 pixels)	Bitrate:1Mbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate:1Mbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 576kbps Framerate: 30fps	Bitrate: 576kbps Framerate: 30fps
Maximumfilesize2GB
Maximum playbacktime150minutes

Commonnotes

Thenavigationsystemmaynotoperatecor-rectly,dependingontheapplicationused toencodeWMAfiles.
DependingontheversionofWindows Media™ PlayerusedtoencodeWMAfiles, albumnamesandothertextinformation maynotbecorrectlydisplayed.
Theremaybeaslightdelaywhenstarting playbackofaudiofilesencodedwithimage data.
Thenavigation system is not compatible with packet written datatransfer.
Thisnavigationsystemcanrecognizeupto 32characters, beginning with the first character, including extension for the file and folder name. Depending on the display area, then navigation system may try to display them with a reduced font size. However, the maximum number of the character that you can display varies as

cordingtothewidthofeachcharacter,and ofthedisplayarea.

Folderselectionsequenceorotheroperationsmaybealtered,dependingontheencodingor writingsoftware.
Regardlessofthelengthofblanksection betweenthesongsoforiginalrecording, compressedaudiodiscsplaywithashort pausebetweenensongs.

Appendix

Exampleofahierarchy

The following figure is an example of the structure in the disc. Then numbers in the figure indicate the order in which foldernumbers are assigned and the order to be played back.

:Folder

File

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Exampleofahierarchy - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    01 --> 02
    02 --> 1
    02 --> 2
    02 --> 3
    03 --> 4
    04 --> 5
    04 --> 6
    05 --> 6
    1 --> 3
    2 --> 3
    3 --> 4
    4 --> 5
    5 --> 6

Level 1 L evel 2 L evel 3 L evel 4

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Exampleofahierarchy - 2

Notes

Thisproductassignsfoldernumbers.Theuser cannotassignfoldernumbers.
If thereisafolderthatdoesnotcontainany playablefile, thefolderitselfwilldisplayinthe folderlistbutyoucannotcheckanyfilesin thefolder.(Ablanklistwillappear.) Also, thesefolderswillbeskippedwithoutdisplayingthefoldernumber.

Bluetooth

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Bluetooth - 1

Bluetooth®

Bluetoothisashort-rangewirelessradioconnectivitytechnologythatisdevelopedasa cablereplacementforcellularphones,hand-heldPCsandotherdevices.Bluetoothoperatesin2.4GHzfrequencyrangeandtransmits voiceanddataatspeedsupto1megabitper

second. Bluetooth was launched by as special interest group (SIG) comprising Ericsson Inc., Intel Corp., Nokia Corp., Toshiba and IBM in 1998, and it is currently developed by nearly 2000 companies worldwide.

•TheBluetooth® wordmarkandlogosareregisteredtrademarksownedbyBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Pioneer Corporation is under license. Other trademarks and tradenames are those of their respective owners.

AbouttheSATRADIO READYLogo

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - AbouttheSATRADIO READYLogo - 1

TheSATRADIOREADYlogoindicatesthatthe SatelliteRadioTunerforPioneer(i.e.,XM tunerandSiriussatellitetunerwhicharesold separately)canbecontrolledbythisnavigationsystem.Pleaseinquirewithyourdealeror nearestauthorizedPioneerservicestationregardingthesatelliteradiotunerthatcanbe connectedtothisnavigationsystem.

Note:

Thesystemwillusedirectsatellite-to-receiver broadcastingtechnologytoprovidelisteners intheircarsandathomewithcrystal-clear soundseamlesslyfromcoasttocoast.Satelliteradiowillcreateandpackageover100 channelsofdigital-qualitymusic,news, sports,talkandchildren'sprogramming. "SATRadio",theSATRadiologoandallrelatedmarksaretrademarksofSiriusSatellite Radioinc.,andXMSatelliteRadiolnc.

Appendix

HDRadio™ Technology

•AVIC-Z130BT
HDRadioTechnologymanufacturedunder licensefromiBiquityDigitalCorporation. U.S.andForeignPatents.HDRadio™ and theHD,HDRadio,and“Arc”logosarepro- prietarytrademarksofiBiquityDigitalCorp.
•AVIC-X930BT,AVIC-X9310BT
HDRadio ^™ , HDRadioReady ^™ and HD RadioReadylogosareproprietarytrade-marksofiBiquityDigitalCorporation.

SDandSDHClogo

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - SDandSDHClogo - 1

SDLogoisatrademarkofSD-3C,LLC.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - SDandSDHClogo - 2

SDHCLogoisattrademarkofSD-3C,LLC.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - SDandSDHClogo - 3

microSDLogoisattrademarkofSD-3C,LLC.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - SDandSDHClogo - 4

microSDHCLogoisattrademarkofSD-3C, LLC.

WMA/WMV

WindowsMediaiseitheraregisteredtrademarkortrademarkofMicrosoftCorporationin theUnitedStatesand/orothercountries.

Thisproductincludestechnologyownedby MicrosoftCorporationandcannotbeused ordistributedwithoutalicensefrom MicrosoftLicensing,Inc.

DivX

DIVX

DivXisacompresseddigitalvideoformatcreatedbytheDivXvideocodefromDivX,Inc. ThisunitcanplayDivXvideofilesrecordedon CD-R/RW/ROMandDVD-R/RW/ROMdiscs. KeepingthesameterminologyasDVDvideo, individualDivXvideofilesarecalled"Titles". Whennamingfiles/titlesonaCD-R/RWora DVD-R/RWdiscprioritoburning,keepinmind thatbydefaulttheywillbeplayedinalphabeticalorder.

☐DivX ^® , DivXCertified ^® and associated logos are trademarksof DivX, Inc. and are used underlicense.

ABOUTDIVXVIDEO:DivX® isadigital videoformatcreatedbyDivX,Inc.ThisisanofficialDivXCertifieddevicethatplaysDivXvideo.Visitwww.divx.comformoreinformationandsoftwaretoolstoconvertyourfilesintoDivXvideo.

ABOUTDIVXVIDEO-ON-DEMAND:This DivXCertified® devicemustberegisteredin ordertoplaypurchasedDivXVideo-on-De-mand(VOD)movies.Toobtainyourregistrationcode,locatheDivXVODsectionin DisplayingyourDivXVODregistrationcode. Go tovod.divx.comformoreinformationonhow tocompleteyourregistration.

Fordetails, refertoDisplaying your DivX VODregistrationcode on page 174.

Appendix

AAC

AACisshortforAdvancedAudioCodingand referstoanaudiocompressiontechnology standardusedwithMPEG-2andMPEG-4.SeveralapplicationscanbeusedtoencodeAAC files, butfileformatsandextensionsdifferdependingontheapplicationwhichisusedto encode.ThisunitplaysbackAACfilesencodedbyiTunes.

Detailedinformation regardingconnectediPod devices

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Detailedinformation regardingconnectediPod devices - 1

CAUTION

Pioneeracceptsnoresponsibilityfordatalost fromaniPod, even if that data is lost while using thenavigationsystem. Please backup youriPoddata regularly.
DonotleavetheiPodindirectsunlightforex-tendedamountsoftime.Extendedexposure todirectsunlightcanresultiniPodmalfunc-tionduetotheresultinghightemperature.
DonotleavetheiPodinanylocationwith hightemperatures.
FirmlysecuretheiPodwhendriving.Donot lettheiPodfallontothefloor,whereitmaybe-comejammedunderthebrakeorgaspedal.

Fordetails, refertothei Podmanuals.

iPodandiPhone

Made for

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - iPodandiPhone - 1

iPod

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - iPodandiPhone - 2

iPhone

"Made for iPod" and "Made for iPhone" mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by

thedevelopertomeetAppleperformance standards.

Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards.

Pleasenotethattheuseofthisaccessorywith iPodoriPhonemayaffectwirelessperformance.

iPhone,iPod,iPodclassic,iPodnano,and iPodtoucharetrademarksofAppleInc.,registeredintheU.S.andothercountries.

iTunes

iTunesisattrademarkofAppleInc., registered intheU.S.andothercountries.

UsingApp-based ConnectedContents

IMPORTANT

Requirementstoaccessapp-basedconnected contentservicessuchasPandorainternetradio andAhaRadiouingthePioneernavigationsystem:

AppleiPhone(firstgeneration), iPhone3G, iPhone3GS, oriPhone4withfirmwareversion 3.0orlater.
LatestversionofthePioneercompatibleconnectedcontentapplication(s)fortheiPhone, availablefromtheserviceprovider,downloadtoyouriPhonedevice.
A current account with the contents service provider.
iPhoneDataPlan. Note: if the Data Plan for your Phonedoes not provide for unlimited data usage, additional charges from your carrier may apply for accessing App-based Connected Contents via 3Gand/or EDGE networks.
ConnectiontotheInternetvia3G,EDGEor WiFinetwork.
OptionalPioneeradaptercableconnecting youriPhonetothePioneernavigationsystem.

Appendix

Limitations:

Accesstoapp-basedconnectedcontentswill dependontheavailabilityofcellularand/or WiFinetworkcoverageforthepurposeofallowingyouriPhonetoconnecttotheInternet.
ServiceavailabilitymaybegeographicallylimitedtotheU.S.Consulttheconnectedcontentserviceproviderforadditionalinformation.
AbilityofthePioneernavigationsystemtoaccessconnectedcontentsissubjecttochange withoutnoticeandcouldbeaffectedbyanyof thefollowing:compatibilityissueswithfuture firmwareversionsofiPhone;compatibilityissueswithfutureversionsoftheconnected contentapplication(s)fortheiPhone;changes toordiscontinuationoftheconnectedContentapplication(s)orservicebyitsprovider.

Pandora

PandoraisaregisteredtrademarkofPandora Media,Inc.

AhaRadio

Aha,AhaRadioandtheAhaandAhaRadio logosareeitherthetrademarksortheregisteredtrademarksofHarmanInternationalIndustries,Incorporated.

UsingtheLCDscreencorrectly HandlingtheLCDscreen

WhentheLCDscreenissubjectedtodirect sunlightforalongperiodoftime, itwillbecomeveryhot, resultinginpossibledamagetotheLCDscreen. Whennotusing thisnavigationsystem, avoidexposingitto directsunlightasmuchaspossible.
The LCD screens should be used within the temperaturerangesshowninSpecifications.
DonotusetheLCDscreenattemperatures higherorlowerthantheoperatingtemperaturerange,becausetheLCDscreen

maynotoperatenormallyandcouldbedamaged.

TheLCDscreenisexposedinordertoincreaseitsvisibilitywithinthevehicle. Pleasedonotpressstronglyonitasthis maydamageit.
DonotpushtheLCDscreenwithexcessive forceasthismayscratchit.
NevertouchtheLCDscreenwithanything besidesyourfingerwhenoperatingthe touchpanelfunctions.TheLCDscreencan scratcheasily.

Liquidcrystaldisplay(LCD)screen

If the LCD screen is near the event of an air conditioner, makes sure that air from the air conditioner is not blowing on it. Heat from the heater may break the LCD screen, and cool air from the cooler may cause moisture to form inside the navigation unit, resulting in possible damage.
Smallblackdotsorwhitedots(brightdots) mayappearontheLCDscreen.Theseare duetothecharacteristicsoftheLCD screenanddonotindicateamalfunction.
• The LCD screen will be difficult to see if it is exposed to direct sunlight.
When using acellular phone, keep the antenna of the cellular phone away from the LCD screen to prevent disruption of the video in the form of disturbance such as spots or colored stripes.

MaintainingtheLCDscreen

When removing dust from the LCD screen or cleaning it, first turn the system power off, then wipewith as of t dry cloth.
When wiping the LCD screen, take care not to scratch the surface. Donot use harshor abrasive chemical cleaners.

Appendix

LED(light-emittingdiode) backlight

Alightemittingdiodeisusedinsidethedis- playtoilluminatetheLCDscreen.

Atlowtemperatures, using the LED backlight may increase image lag and degrade the image quality because of the characteristics of the LCD screen. Image quality will improve with an increase in temperature.
• The product lifetime of the LED backlight is more than 10000 hours. However, it may decrease if used in high temperatures.
If the LED backlightreachestheendofits product lifetime, the screen will become dimmer and the image will no longer be visible. In that case, please consult your dealer or the nearest authorized Pioneer Service Station.

Appendix

Displayinformation

DestinationMenu

Destination Menu Address Return Home POI AVIC FEEDS Favorites History Cancel Route Traffic Coordinates Route Overview

	Page
Address35
ReturnHome37
POI
GasStation
Bank	37
Coffee
Hotel
SpellName37
NearMe38
NearDestination38
AroundCity38
AVICFEEDS40
Favorites39,47
History40,50
CancelRoute46
Traffic51
Coordinates	40
RouteOverview	43

PhoneMenu

Phone Menu OFF PHONE 02 Backpage Call Home Contacts Contacts Transfer Received Cells Dialed Cells Missed Cells

	Page
DialPad61
CallHome	62
Contacts	62
ContactsTransfer	65
ReceivedCalls	63
DialedCalls	63
MissedCalls	63

Appendix

SettingsMenu
Settings Menu Navi Settings System Settings AV Settings AV Sound Map Settings Bluetooth Settings Setting Replicator Screen Off

	Page
NaviSettings150
SystemSettings162
AVSettings170
AVSound174
MapSettings156
BluetoothSettings66
SettingReplicator181

NaviSettingsmenu
Navi Settings Connection Status 3D Calibration Status Gas Mileage Drive Log Settings Demo Mode Set Home Modify Current Location Eco Settings Off

	Page
ConnectionStatus150
3DCalibrationStatus151
GasMileage152
DriveLogSettings154
DemoMode154
SetHome154
ModifyCurrentLocation155
EcoSettings	155

Appendix

SystemSettingsmenu
System Settings Regional Settings Volume Splash Screen Back Camera Screen Calibration Illuml Color Service Information Restore Factory Settings

	Page
RegionalSettings
ProgramLanguage,VoiceLanguage	163
Time163
km/mile164
AverageSpeed164
Volume165
SplashScreen165
BackCamera166
ScreenCalibration167
IllumiColor167
ServiceInformation168
RestoreFactorySettings190

MapSettingsmenu
Map Settings Displayed Info Quick Access Selection Overlay POI View Mode Day/Night Display Automatic AV Guide Mode On Road Color Blue

	Page
DisplayedInfo
CloseUpView156
CityMap156
CityMapBarrier157
ShowTrafficIncident	157
BluetoothConnected	158
CurrentStreetName	158
FavoritesIcon	158
3DLandMark	158
ShowManeuver	159
ShowEcoMeter159
QuickAccessSelection	162
OverlayPOI	159
ViewMode30
Day/NightDisplay161
AV Guide Mode	161
RoadColor	161

Appendix

BluetoothSettingsmenu
Bluetooth Settings Connection Registration Device Name PIONEER NAVI Password 1111 Bluetooth On/Off On Echo Cancel On OK

	Page
Connection59
Registration56
DeviceName66
Password66
BluetoothOn/Off67
EchoCancel67

Bluetooth Settings Bluetooth On/Off On Echo Cancel On Auto Answer Preference Off Refuse All Calls Off Clear Memory Firmware update OK

	Page
AutoAnswerPreference67
RefuseAllCalls67
ClearMemory68
Firmwareupdate68

AVSystemSettingsmenu
AV System Settings 2:05 AV1 Input AV2 Input Wide Mode Auto SQ iPod Off Full Mate Multi Level Rear SP DivX® VDD VR Catalog Tel/VR 20dB Full VM

	Page
AV1Input170
AV2Input171
WideMode171
AutoEQMeas.	177
Mute	172
MuteLevel	172
RearSP	171
DivX®VOD174
VRCatalogMenu	173

Appendix

AVSoundSettingsmenu
AV Sound Settings 2:05 FAD/BAL EQ Loudness Sub Woofer Off HPF SLA Bass Booster Sonic Center Control Off

	Page
FAD/BAL(Balance)175
EQ175
Loudness180
SubWoofer180
HPF180
SLA180
BassBooster181
SonicCenterControl179

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Appendix - 2

Appendix

Glossary

AAC

AACisshortforAdvancedAudioCodingand referstoanaudiocompressiontechnology standardusedwithMPEG-2andMPEG-4.

Aspectratio

Thisisthewidth-to-heighttratioofaTVscreen. Aregulardisplayhasanaspectratioof4:3. Widescreendisplayshaveanaspectratioof 16:9, providingabiggerpictureforexceptional presenceandatmosphere.

Bitrate

Thisexpressesdatavolumepersecond,orbps units(bitspersecond).Thehighertherate, themoreinformationisavailabletoreproduce thesound.Usingthesameencodingmethod (suchasMP3),thehighertherate,thebetter thesound.

Built-insensor

The built-insensorthatenablesthesystemto estimateyourvehicle'sposition.

CD-DA

ThisstandsforageneralmusicCD(commercial-releaseaudioCD).Inthismanual,this wordissometimeusedforadistinctionbetweendataCDs(whichincludedecompressed audiofiles)andgeneralmusicCDs.

Chapter

TitlesofDVD-Videoareinturndividedinto chapterswhicharenumberedinthesame wayasthechaptersofabook.Withdiscsfeaturingchapters,youcanquicklyfindadesired scenewithchaptersearch.

Currentlocation

The present location of your vehicle; your current location is shown on them by a red triangle mark.

Destination

Alocationyouchooseastheendpointofyour journey.

DivX

DivXisapopularmediatechnologycreatedby DivX,Inc.DivXmediafilescontainhighlycompressedvideowithhighvisualqualitythat maintainsarelativelysmallfilesize.DivXfiles canalsoincludeadvancedmediafeatureslike menus, subtitles, and alternateaudiotracks. ManyDivXmediafilesareavailablefordownloadonline, and you can create your own using your personal content and easy-to-use tools from DivX.com.

DivXCertified

DivXCertifiedproductsareofficiallytestedby thecreatorsofDivXandguaranteedtoplayall versionsofDivXvideo,includingDivX6.

Favorites

Afrequentlyvisitedlocation(suchasyour workplaceorarelative'shome)thatyoucan registertoalloweasyrouting.

GPS

GlobalPositioningSystem.Anetworkofsatellitesthatprovidesnavigationsignalsforavarietyofpurposes.

Guidancepoint

These are important landmarks along your route, generally intersections. Then next guidance point along your route is indicated on them by the yellow flag icon.

Homelocation

Yourregisteredhomelocation.

ID3tag

Thisisamethodofembeddingtrack-related informationinanMP3file. Thisembeddedinformationcanincludethetracktitle, theartist'sname, thealbumtitle, themusicgenre, theyearofproduction, commentsandother data. Thecontentscanbefreelyedited using softwarewithID3tageditingfunctions. Althoughthetagsarerestrictedbythenumberofcharacters, theinformationcanbe viewedwhentetrackisplayedback.

Appendix

ISO9660format

ThisistheinternationalstandardfortheformatlogicofDVD/CD-ROMfoldersandfiles. FortheISO9660format,thereareregulations forthefollowingtwolevels:

- Level1:

Thefilenameisin8.3format(thename consistsofuptoeightcharacters,half-byte Englishcapitalletters,half-bytenumerals andthe“_”sign,withafile-extensionof threecharacters).

- Level2:

The filename can have up to 31 characters (including these separation mark “.” and a file extension). Each folder contains less than eighth hierarchies.

- Extendedformats

Joliet:

Filenamescanhaveupto64characters.

Romeo:

Filenamescanhaveupto128characters.

JPEG

ThisstandsforJointPhotographicExperts Group, and is an international still image compression standard.

MP3

MP3isshortforMPEGAudioLayer3.Itisan audiocompressionstandardestablishedbya workinggroup(MPEG)oftheISO(InternationalOrganizationforStandardization).MP3 isabletocompressaudiodatatoabout1/10th thesizeofaconventionaldisc.

MPEG

ThisstandsforMovingPicturesExperts Group, and is an international video image compression standard.

Multi-angle

WithregularTVprograms,althoughmultiple camerasareusedtosimultaneouslyshoot scenes,onlyimagesfromonecameraata timearetransmittedtoyourTV.SomeDVDs featurescenesshotfrommultipleangles,lettingyouchooseyourviewingangleasdesired.

Multi-audio(Multilingualdialog)

Somevideosfeaturedialogrecordedinmultiplelanguagesoraudiorecordedinmultipletracks.Forexample,dialoginuptoeightlanguagescanberecordedonasingleDVD-Video,lettingyouchoosethelanguageasdesired.

Multi-session

Multi-sessionisarecordingmethodthatal-lowsadditionaldatatoberecordedlater. WhenrecordingdataonaCD-ROM,CD-Ror CD-RW,etc.,alldatafrombeginningtoendis treatedasasingleunitorsession.Multi-sessionisamethodofrecordingmorethantwo sessionsinonedisc.

Multi-subtitle

Forexample, subtitlesinupto32languages canberecordedonasingleDVD-Video, letting youchooseasdesired.

Packetwrite

Thisisageneraltermforamethodofwriting individualfilestoaCD-R,etc.wheneverrequired,justasisdonewithfilesonfloppyor harddisks.

Parentallock

SomeDVD-Videodiscswithviolentoradult-orientedscenesfeatureparentallockwhichpreventschildrenfromviewingsuchscenes.With thiskindofdisc,ifyousettheunit'sparental locklevel,playbackofscenesinappropriatefor childrenwillbedisabled,orthesesceneswill beskipped.

Phonebook

Anaddressbookonuser'sphoneiscollectivelyreferredtoas"Phonebook".Depending on the cellular phone, the phonebook maybe called names such as "Contacts", "Business card" or something else.

PointOfInterest(POI)

Anyofarangeoflocationsstoredinthedata, suchasrailwaystations,shops,restaurants, andamusementparks.

Appendix

Regionnumber

DVDplayersandDVDdiscsfeatureregion numbersindicatingtheareainwhichthey werepurchased.PlaybackofaDVDisnotpossibleunlessitfeaturesthesameregionnumberastheDVDplayer.

Routesetting

The process of determining the ideal route to a specific location; routesetting is done automatically by the system when you specify a destination.

Setroute

Theroutemarkedoutbythesystemtoyour destination.Itishhighlightedinbrightcoloron themap.

Title

DVD-Videodiscshaveahighdatacapacity,enablingrecordingofmultiplevideosonasingle disc.If,forexample,onedisccontainsthree separatevideos,theyaredividedintotitle1, title2andtitle3.Thisletssyouenjoytheconvenienceoftitlesearchandotherfunctions.

Tracklog

Yournavigationsystemlogsroutesthatyoual-readypassedthroughifthetrackloggerisactivated. Thisrecordedrouteiscalleda"track log".Itishandywhenyouwanttochecka routetraveledorifreturningalongacomplex route.

VBR

VBRisshortforvariablebitrate.Generally speaking, CBR(constantbitrate)ismore widelyused. But by flexibly adjusting the bit rate according to the need of audiocompression, it is possible to produce compression-priority data.

Voiceguidance

Thegivingofdirectionsbynavigationvoice whileinguidance.

Waypoint

Alocationthatyouchoosetovisitbeforeyour destination;ajourneycanbebuiltupfrom multiplewaypointsandthedestination.

WMA

WMAisshortforWindowsMedia™ Audioand referstoanaudiocompressiontechnology that is developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMAdatacanbeencoded by using Windows MediaPlayversion7orlater.

Appendix

Specifications

General

Ratedpowersource.....14.4VDC

Groundingsystem......Negativetype

Maximumcurrentconsumption

10.0A

Dimensions(W×H×D):

AVIC-Z130BT

AVIC-Z130BT....2.27kg(5.0lbs)

AVIC-X930BT....1.98kg(4.4lbs)

AVIC-X9310BT....1.98kg(4.4lbs)

NANDflashmemory......4GB

GPSreceiver:

System.....L1,C/AcodeGPS

SPS(StandardPositioning

Service)

Receptionsystem......32-channelmulti-channel

receptionsystem

Receptionfrequency....1575.42MHz

Sensitivity....-140dBm(typ)

Positionupdatefrequency

Approx.oncepersecond

GPSantenna:

Antenna....Microstripflatantenna/

right-handedhelicalpolari-

zation

Antennacable....3.55m(11ft.7in.)

Dimensions(W×H×D)

33mm×15mm×36mm

(1-1/4in.×4/7in.×

1-3/8in.)

Weight....73.7g(0.2lbs)

Display

Screensize/aspectratio:

AVIC-Z130BT....7inchwide/16:9

AVIC-X930BT....6.1inchwide/16:9

AVIC-X9310BT......6.1inchwide/16:9

Effectivedisplayarea:

AVIC-Z130BT....157mm×83mm

AVIC-X930BT....137mm×72mm

AVIC-X9310BT....137mm×72mm

Pixels....384000(800×480)

Displaymethod......TFTActivematrixdriving

Backlight......LED

Colorsystem....NTSCcompatible

Tolerabletemperaturerange:

Poweron....+14°Fto+140°F

Poweroff....-4°Fto+176°F

Angleadjustment

AVIC-Z130BT....0°to22°

AVIC-X930BT....0°

AVIC-X9310BT....0°

Audio

Maximumpoweroutput.....50W×4

50W× 2ch / 4 +70W×

1ch/2Ω(forsubwoofer)

Continuouspoweroutput..22W×4(50Hzto15kHz,

5%THD,4ΩLOAD,Both

ChannelsDriven)

Load impedance .... 4Ω (4Ω to 8Ω [2Ω for 1ch]

allowable)

Preoutputlevel(max):

AVIC-Z130BT....4.0V

AVIC-X930BT.....2.2V

AVIC-X9310BT.....2.2V

Preoutimpedance:

AVIC-Z130BT....100Ω

AVIC-X930BT....1 kΩ

AVIC-X9310BT....1 kΩ

Equalizer(8-BandGraphicEqualizer):

Frequency.....40Hz/80Hz/200Hz/400Hz/

1kHz/2.5kHz/8kHz/10kHz

Gain....±12dB

Loudnesscontour:

Low....+3.5dB(100Hz), +3dB

(10kHz)

Mid....+10dB(100Hz),+6.5dB

(10kHz)

High....+11dB(100Hz),+11dB

(10kHz)

(volume:-30dB)

HPF:

Frequency.....50Hz/63Hz/80Hz/100Hz/

125Hz

Slope....-12dB/oct

Appendix

Subwoofer:

Frequency....50Hz/63Hz/80Hz/100Hz/125Hz

Slope....-18dB/oct

Gain....-24/+6dB

Phase......Normal/Reverse

Bassboost:

Gain....0dBto+12dB

DVDDrive

System......DVD-Video,CD,MP3,WMA,

AAC, DivXsystem

Usablediscs.....DVD-Video,DVD-R(DL),

DVD-RW, CD-ROM, CD-DA, CD-R/RW

Regionnumber......1

Signalformat:

Samplingfrequency.....44.1kHz/48kHz/96kHz

Numberofquantizationbits

16bit/20bit/24bit:linear

Frequencyresponse.....5Hzto44000Hz(withDVD,

atsamplingfrequency 96kHz)

Signal-to-noiseratio....97dB(1kHz)(IEC-Anetwork)

(CD:96dB(1kHz)(IEC-A network))

Dynamicrange....95dB(1kHz)(CD:94dB

(1kHz)

Distortion....0.008%(1kHz)

Outputlevel:

Video....1.0Vp-p/75Ω(±0.2V)

Audio....1.0V(1kHz,0dB)

Numberofchannels.....2(stereo)

MP3decodingformat......MPEG-1&2AudioLayer3

WMAdecodingformat......Ver.9.0L3

AACdecodingformat......MPEG-4AAC(onlyencoded

byiTunes):

.m4a

DivXdecodingformat......HomeTheaterVer.3.11,

Ver.4.X.Ver.5.X,Ver.6.X:

.avi,divx

USB

USBstandardspec.....USB2.0HighSpeed

Maxcurrentsupply......1A

Filesystem.....FAT16,FAT32

USBclass....Massstorageclass

Decodingformat.....MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE/

H.264/MPEG4/WMV

SD(AVIC-Z130BT)

SDmemorycard, SDHCmemorycard

Compatiblephysicalformat

Version2.00

Filesystem.....FAT16,FAT32

Decodingformat.....MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE/

H.264/MPEG4/WMV

SD(AVIC-X930BTandAVIC-X9310BT)

microSDcard, microSDHCcard

Compatiblephysicalformat

Version2.00

Filesystem.....FAT16,FAT32

Decodingformat.....MP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE/

H.264/MPEG4/WMV

Bluetooth

Version......Bluetooth2.0+EDR

Outputpower....+4dBmMax.

(Powerclass2)

FMtuner

AVIC-Z130BT

Frequencyrange.....87.9MHzto107.9MHz

Usable sensitivity ..... 9 dBf (0.8 μV/75 Ω, mono,

S/N:30dB)

Signal-to-noiseratio.....80dB(digitalbroadcasting)

(IEC-Anetwork)

72dB(analogbroadcasting)

(IEC-Anetwork)

Distortion....0.3%(at65dBf,1kHz,

stereo)

0.1%(at65dBf,1kHz,

mono)

Frequencyresponse.....30Hzto15000Hz(±3dB)

Stereoseparation.....45dB(at65dBf,1kHz)

AVIC-X930BT,AVIC-X9310BT

Frequencyrange.....87.9MHzto107.9MHz

Usable sensitivity ..... 9 dBf (0.8 μV/75 Ω, mono,

S/N:30dB)

Signal-to-noiseratio.....72dB(IEC-Anetwork)

Distortion....0.3%(at65dBf,1kHz,

stereo)

0.1%(at65dBf,1kHz,

mono)

Frequencyresponse.....30Hzto15000Hz(±3dB)

Stereoseparation.....45dB(at65dBf,1kHz)

AMtuner

AVIC-Z130BT

Frequencyrange.....530kHzto1710kHz

(10kHz)

Usablesensitivity.....25μV(S/N:20dB)

Appendix

Signal-to-noiseratio.....80dB(digitalbroadcasting)

(IEC-Anetwork)

62dB(analogbroadcasting)

(IEC-Anetwork)

AVIC-X930BT,AVIC-X9310BT

Frequencyrange.....530kHzto1710kHz

(10kHz)

Usablesensitivity.....25μV(S/N:20dB)

Signal-to-noiseratio.....62dB(IEC-Anetwork)

Traffictuner(AVIC-Z130BT)

Ratedpowersource.....13.8VDC

Groundingsystem......Negativetype

Maximumcurrentconsumption

60mA

Dimensions(W×H×D)...68mm×49mm×19mm

(2-5/8in.×1-7/8in.×

3/4in.)

Weight.....180g(0.397lbs)

CEA2006Specifications

Amplifier Power Standard CEA-2006 Compliant

Poweroutput.....14WRMS×4Channels

(4Ω and ≤1% THD + N)

S/Nratio....91dBA(reference:1Winto

4Ω)

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - CEA2006Specifications - 2

Note

Specificationsanddesignaresubjecttopossible modificationswithoutnoticeduetoim-

provements.

PIONEER AVIC-Z130BT - Note - 1

natural_image

Simple horizontal line with rounded ends and a small black rounded rectangle on the right end (no text or symbols)

http://www.pioneerelectronics.com

in Canada http://www.pioneerelectronics.ca

See "Visit our website" page

PIONEERCORPORATION

1-1, Shin-ogura, Saiwai-ku, Kawasaki-shi,

Kanagawa212-0031, JAPAN

PIONEERELECTRONICS(USA)INC.

P.O.Box1540, LongBeach, California90801-1540, U.S.A.

TEL:(800)421-1404

PIONEEREUROPENV

Haven1087, Keetberglaan1, B-9120Melsele, Belgium/Belgique

TEL:(0)3/570.05.11

PIONEERELECTRONICSASIACENTREPTE.LTD.

253AlexandraRoad,#04-01,Singapore159936

TEL:65-6472-7555

PIONEERELECTRONICSAUSTRALIAPTY.LTD.

5ArcoLane,Heatherton,Victoria,3202,Australia

TEL:(03)9586-6300

PIONEERELECTRONICSOFCANADA, INC.

300AllstateParkway, Markham, OntarioL3R0P2, Canada

TEL:1-877-283-5901

TEL:905-479-4411

PIONEERELECTRONICSDEMEXICO,S.A.deC.V.

Blvd.ManuelAvilaCamacho13810piso

Col.LomasdeChapultepec,Mexico,D.F.11000

TEL:55-9178-4270

先鋒股份有限公司

總公司：台北市中山北路二段44號13樓

電話:(02)2521-3588

先鋒電子（香港）有限公司

PublishedbyPioneerCorporation.

Allrightsreserved.